CORRESPONDENCE DIRECTORY For information on the topics listed below write The legal to the person indicated: Southwe1

Academic Program Gerald Duff, Vice President and Dean of the College I gix, Academic Records, Transcripts, Registration the and Matriculation as fc Glenn W. Munson, Registrar

Admissions and Transfers David J. Wottle, Dean of Admissions

Alumni Association In additior Jennifer Prascher, Director of Alumni Programs gifts. Sorn coming to Athletics of years, George Lapides, Director of Athletics children c

Dormitories and Student Housing C. V. Scarborough, Dean of Students

Business Matters Thomas R. Kepple, Jr., Dean of Administrative Services

Financial Aid Ray M. Allen, Dean of Financial Aid and Government Relations

General Information Loyd C. Templeton, Jr., Assistant to the President for College Relations

Gifts or Bequests Donald J. Lineback, Dean of College Resources

Summer Session Robert R. Llewellyn, Associate Dean of the College and Director of the Summer Session

THE BULLETIN OF SOUTHWESTERN AT MEMPHIS (Pub. No. 554-280) Is Published Quarterly By Southwestern At Memphis, 2000 N. Parkway, Memphis, Tennessee 38112. Second-class postage paid at Memphis, Tennessee Volume 71 • No. 2 — April 1984

f, The Bulletin of Southwestern At Memphis/1984-85

THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES FOUNDED IN 1848

TABLE OF CONTENTS (For more detailed references see the Index)

General Information

Purpose, 8 Admissions, 10 Expenses, 14

Scholarships and Student Aid, 16 Student Life, 22 Student Services, 27

Campus Regulations, 29

The Educational Program Planning a Degree, 34

Special Study Opportunities, 42 Foreign Study, 44

Academic Regulations, 46 Courses of Instruction, 50

Center for Continuing Education, 156 The Burrow Library, 157 The Computer Center, 159

Matters of Record Board of Trustees, 162 Emeriti, 164

Administration, 167

Sponsored Programs, 170 Prizes, Endowments and Memorials, 171 The Physical Plant, 179

Annual Commencement, 1983, 181 Southwestern At Memphis is a fully accred- COLLEGE CALENDAR ited four-year college of liberal arts and sciences. It is a member of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, the official accrediting SUMMER SESSION 1984 agency for the Southern States. Southwestern is a member of the American SIX WEEK TERM

Council on Education, American Association of June 5 — July 20 Colleges, College Entrance Examination Board, Southern University Conference, and Tennes- FOUR WEEK TERMS see College Association. 1st Four Weeks, June 5 — July 6 The Music Department of Southwestern is 2nd Four Weeks, July 9 — August 4 accredited by the Department of Education of the State of Tennessee and has full membership in the National Association of Schools of Music. SESSION OF 1984-85 Attendance at Southwestern At Memphis, a privately endowed college, is a privilege which TERM I may be forfeited at any time by any student who refuses or fails to conform to the regulations Orientation for New Students and standards of the college, or who is unwill- September 4 - 6, Tuesday - Thursday ing to adjust himself or herself to the college Registration for All Students traditions and environment. Among these tra- September 7, Friday ditions is the Honor System, administered by students, which is described elsewhere in the Classes Begin catalogue. September 10, Monday, 8:00 A.M. Southwestern At Memphis welcomes appli- *Opening Convocation cations for admissions from all persons and does September 11, Tuesday, 10:00 A.M. not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, color, Drop/Add Ends handicap, national and ethnic origin in its ad- September 14, Friday, 5:00 P.M. missions policies, scholarship and loan pro- Withdraw Period Begins grams, or other college educational programs, September 17, Monday policies and activities. Re - examinations Policies stated in this catalogue are expected September 17, Monday to be in effect through the academic year 1984- 85 but are subject to revision. Normally, policy Pass/Fail Option Ends revisions are implemented in the next aca- September 21, Friday, 5:00 P.M. demic year, following notice thereof and are ef- Fall Recess Begins fective for all students who graduate in or after October 12, Friday, 5:00 P.M. that academic year.- However, occasionally a Fall Recess Ends policy must be changed and implemented in the October 17, Wednesday, 8:00 A.M. same academic year. In such cases, written no- Mid - Term Grades Due tification of the revision will be mailed to all stu- October 24, Wednesday, 12:00 Noon dents currently enrolled. Withdraw Period Ends The Faculty of Southwestern At Memphis has November 2, Friday, 5:00 P.M. the authority and the responsibility for estab- lishing and maintaining those policies and pro- Registration Advising cedures governing the academic standing of November 5 - 16, Mondays - Fridays students at the College. Any deviation from the Pre - Registration for Term II policies and procedures stated in this catalogue November 19, Monday, relating to academic standing require the prior 3:15 P.M.-8:00 P.M. formal approval of the Faculty. Thanksgiving Recess Begins Reading Day November 21, Wednesday, 12:30 P.M. March 30, Saturday Thanksgiving Recess Ends Final Examinations November 26, Monday, 8:00 A.M. April 1-5, Comprehensive Examinations Monday-Friday December 3, 5, 7,Monday, End of Term II Wednesday, Friday April 5, Friday, 5:00 P.M. Reading Day Final Grades Due December 8, Saturday April 8, Monday, 12:00 Noon Final Examinations •

December 10 - 14, Monday - Friday End of Term I TERM III December 14, Friday, 5:00 P.M. Final Grades Due Registration-Validation Day

December 17, Monday, 12:00 Noon April 15, Monday, 8:30 A.M. - 11:30 A.M. Classes Begin April 15, Monday, 8:00 A.M. TERM II Drop/Add Ends April 17, Wednesday, 5:00 P.M. Registration-Validation Day Withdraw Period Begins

January 3, Thursday, 8:30 A.M. - 5:00 P.M. April 18, Thursday Classes Begin Pass/Fail Option Ends January 3, Thursday, 8:30 A.M. April 19, Friday, 5:00 P.M.

Re - examinations Re - examinations January 7, Monday April 22, Monday Drop/Add Ends Registration Advising for September

January 10, Thursday, 5:00 P.M. April 29 - May 10, Mondays - Fridays

Withdraw Period Begins Pre - Registration for September 1985

January 11, Friday May 10, Friday, 3:00 P.M. - 7:00 PM. Pass/Fail Option Ends Withdraw Period Ends January 17, Thursday, 5:00 P.M. May 10, Friday

Mid - Term Grades Due Comprehensive Examinations February 13, Wednesday, 5:00 PM. May 20, 22, 24, Winter Recess Begins Monday, Wednesday, Friday February 13, Wednesday, 5:00 P.M. Reading Day Winter Recess Ends May 25, Saturday February 18, Monday, 8:00 A.M. Final Examinations Withdraw Period Ends May 27-29, Monday, Tuesday, March 1, Friday Wednesday Registration Advising Final Grades Due

February 25 - March 8, Mondays - Fridays May 29, Wednesday, 5:00 P.M.

Pre - Registration for Term III *Baccalaureate Service

March 8, Friday, 3:15 P.M. - 6:30 PM. May 31, Friday, 3:30 P.M. Comprehensive Examinations *Graduating Exercises March 25, 27, 29, June 1, Saturday, 10:00 A.M. Monday, Wednesday, Friday

*Formal Academic Occasion

GENERAL INFORMATION

PURPOSE, 8 ADMISSIONS,•10 EXPENSES, 14 SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID, 16 STUDENT LIFE, 22 STUDENT SERVICES, 27 CAMPUS REGULATIONS, 29 8 Purpose of the College

PURPOSE OF THE COLLEGE education is a never-ending process of growth and development. It is a matter for the active The purpose of Southwestern At Memphis was person, the active questioner who lays claim to expressed clearly by President Charles E. Diehl, reason, conscience, and the power of choice at an early president of the college: He wrote: every moment in life. The Center for Continu- What is the use of liberal arts education, with ing Education, in the very midst of the campus its philosophy, history, languages, literature, and supported by the Southwestern faculty, science and the arts? symbolizes this commitment. The answer is that it is... the only sort of ed- Worthy living is exemplified in careers and ucation that will give that broad understanding vocations. Southwestern maintains its identity which fits men and women for worthy living. as a college of liberal arts and sciences in the Worthy living is nourished by and has respect belief that in the liberal arts and sciences one for truth. By providing for genuine scholarship finds the best preparation for a career or for a and sound learning, Southwestern is a model vocation. The basic skills for effective commu- for and an environment in which the pursuit of nication are developed. The foundation prin- truth is primary. Faculty members are ap- ciples which inform any discipline are studied. pointed and their continuing scholarship is en- The essential relationships among the disci- couraged so that students may become plines are articulated. The importance of moral accustomed to the discipline and power of responsibility for all actions in whatever disci- thorough research, detailed information, care- pline is made clear. ful analysis, and the creative synthesis of what President Diehl's statement about the pur- has been mastered. pose of Southwestern is made more significant Worthy living is made possible through an in light of the two characteristics which he de- education which encompasses as broad a range manded of every activity at the college: genu- of intellectual experience as may be achieved ineness and excellence. Therefore Southwestern without sacrifice of depth in a major field of At Memphis is dedicated to the ideals of gen- study. A historical perspective, a sense of the uineness and excellence in educating and help- human dimensions of literature, the meaning ing each student to grow as a whole person. found in religious experiences, a knowledge of other people, their cultures and their lan- Historical Summary guages, are fundamental in the structure of Before its move to Memphis, the college was Southwestern's degree program. located in Clarksville, Tennessee, where it had Worthy living is practiced in every encounter its origin in the Clarksville Academy, founded in the college community. Students participate in 1837. The Academy conveyed its property in in the shaping of their educational programs. 1848 to the Masonic Grand Lodge of Tennessee Students participate in the organization and and was merged into the new Masonic Univer- control of social regulations and honor code. sity of Tennessee, a degree-granting institution Students regulate the residence halls, the stu- of higher education. This institution became dent center, and the fraternity and sorority sys- Montgomery Masonic College in 1850, and in tem. Active representation by students on 1855 its name was again changed, to Stewart faculty, administrative, and Board of Trustees' College, in honor of its president, William M. committees is a long-accepted practice. The Stewart. Under. President Stewart's leadership constant aim is a genuine community of stu- the operation of the college passed from the dents, faculty, and staff where authority is rec- Masonic Lodge to the Presbyterian Synod of ognized, responsibility is assumed, and Nashville. accountability not avoided, each contributing Under the "Plan of Union" of 1873, the Pres- to the realization of our common purpose. byterian Church reorganized Stewart College Worthy living is not confined to the four years after the Reconstruction Era to operate it as a devoted to undergraduate education. Educa- single Presbyterian college for the entire area tion at Southwestern is a part of a commitment which was at that time considered to be the to life-long education. Southwestern affirms that southwest. Purpose of the College 9

In 1875 Stewart College became Southwest- ern Presbyterian University, developing along- side the undergraduate curriculum a School of Theology, under the leadership of Dr. Joseph Wilson, father of Woodrow Wilson. The School of Theology remained in operation until 1917. When the college moved to Memphis in 1925, it adopted as its official title Southwestern At Memphis, denoting a liberal arts college. Southwestern's relation to the Presbyterian Church has remained close and unbroken since 1855. 10 Admissions

ADMISSIONS week in advance. Appointments may be sched- uled between 9:00 A.M. and 4:00 P.M., Monday Admissions Procedure through Friday, and by special arrangement on A student who wishes to apply for admission Saturdays from 9:00 A.M. until noon. to Southwestern should write the Admissions The campus visit is the best way to experi- Office requesting an application form, which. ence Southwestern life. Students are encour- should be filled out carefully and mailed to the aged to visit between Monday and Friday so that, Dean of Adniissions, together with a photo- in addition to an interview, they may attend graph and a non-refundable application fee of classes and meet faculty. Arrangements can also twenty dollars. Applicants should also arrange be made through the Admissions Office to spend to take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the a night in one of the residence halls. College Entrance Examination Board or The (Outside Tepnessee, call toll free, 1-800-238- American College Test. It is advisable for the 6788. Instate residents call 1-901-274-1800.) student to take the test in the junior year as a means of adjusting to this type of examination Entrance Examinations or for early decision. Any student applying to All applicants for admission to the freshman live on campus should take the test no later than class are required to take either the Scholastic December of the senior year so that scores will Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Exami- be available to the Committee on Admissions nation Board or The American College Test. Ap- and Financial Aid by February 1. Applicants must plicants must request that an official SAT or ACT request that their test scores from SAT or ACT score report be sent to Southwestern directly be sent to Southwestern directly from the test- from the testing service. Application forms may ing service. This procedure is necessary re- be obtained from high schools, or by writing gardless of whether or not the scores are directly to the testing services, as follows: (1) recorded on the student's high school transcript. The College Entrance Examination Board, Box Applicants are expected to complete in high 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08541. (Students from school 16 or more academic units, including at Western states should write to Box 308, Berke- least four years in English, two years of the same ley, California 94701.) (2) The American College foreign language (classical or modern), and three Testing Program, P.O. Box 451, Iowa City, Iowa years of mathematics, including geometry and 52240. either two years of algebra or one year of al- gebra plus one year of advanced mathematics. Early Decision Plan Further, it is strongly recommended that a stu- Students who are certain they want to attend dent take at least two years of a laboratory sci- Southwestern may wish to take advantage of the ence and two years of history or social science. Early Decision Plan. Under this plan the student A fourth year of high school mathematics, in- must submit a completed application by No- cluding trigonometry and advanced algebra, is vember 15 and agree to apply to no other col- especially important for students who plan to lege. If offered admission, the applicant agrees elect mathematics, natural science, computer to accept the offer. Students who are applying science or economics programs. for financial aid are required to file the Early Students with slightly different patterns of Version of the Financial Aid Form in the office subjects may be considered only if their re- of the College Scholarship Service by Novem- cords in other respects clearly indicate readi- ber 1. The Early Decision applicant must take ness for Southwestern's program of study. the Scholastic Aptitude Test or the American College Test not later than the first week in No- Interviews and Campus Visits vember of the senior year. If accepted under the An interview with an admissions counselor is Early Decision Plan, the applicant is expected to strongly recommended for all applicants for submit the required deposit (as explained un- admission. The Admissions Office is open year der Advance Deposit) within two weeks of no- round and appointments may be made by writ- tification of admission and financial aid. . ing or telephoning the Admissions Office one Under the Early Decision Plan, the college Admissions 11

agrees to render a decision on admission (and Laundry facilities are available in several places financial aid, if requested) by December 1. If a on campus. decision on the student's application can not The college reserves the right to use the res- be reached by December 1, the student will be idence halls for its own purposes during vaca- . notified that the application will be guaranteed tion periods. The dining halls will be closed unbiased consideration under the regular ad- during Thanksgiving, Christmas, and mid-term missions procedure, and the student will be free breaks. The dormitories will be closed during to apply to other colleges. Christmas break between Terms I and II and during Spring Break between Terms II and III. Advanced Placement On or before March 1, current resident stu- Southwestern will grant advanced placement dents may apply to reserve space in the resi- and course credit to entering students who score dence halls for the next session by, paying a either 4. or 5 on the College Entrance Exami- $100.00 fee, which is applied to the cost of the nation Board Advanced Placement Examination room, and is refundable up to May 1. The bal- in the field. Students who score 3 on the CEEB ance of the room rent is payable on or before Advanced Placement Examination or perform August 3. The college cannot guarantee that a satisfactorily on a departmentally prescribed and room will be available unless this balance is paid. administered examination may receive ad- vanced placement if the department con- Orientation and Registration cerned recommends it. Course credit, however, ' All students entering Southwestern for the first in these cases must be approved both by the time are expected to be present for orientation department concerned and by the Curriculum week which immediately precedes the opening Committee. of college. The orientation period is designed to acquaint new students with the traditions, Advance Deposit ideals, and regulations of Southwestern and to In order to reserve a place in the class, all stu- afford them an opportunity to plan their courses dents whose applications are accepted must of study in consultation with members of the make a $100.00 tuition deposit to the college. faculty. During orientation week the new stu- Those students who are to reside on the cam- dents, in addition to discussing their courses of pus must deposit an additional one hundred study individually with a member of the faculty, dollars to reserve a room in the residence halls. meet with the representatives of various stu- If the student has applied for financial aid from dent organizations, take aptitude and place- the college, these deposits are not due until no- ment tests, receive instruction in the use of the ' tification of the decision of the Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid. The Candidates' library, attend social events, and hear talks by Reply Date, May 1, is the deadline for payment. administrative officers of the college. The dates The deposit is not an extra charge but is cred- of the orientation period are listed in the col- ited to the student's account and deducted from lege calendar. his or her expenses. It is not refundable after A complete medical examination is required May 1 in the event of the student's non-attend- of all full-time students entering the college for ance. The balance of the first payment is due the first time. The results of the examination, the first week in August. The college cannot recorded on a special form provided with reg- guarantee that a room will be available unless istration material, must be on file in the college this balance is paid. infirmary before actual registration. Failure to provide the requested information can result in Room and Board not being permitted to register and not being The rooms in the residence halls are equipped provided medical services until the form has with all necessary furniture, but the students been received. In the case of insufficient or must have mattress pads and supply bed sheets, missing medical data, the student will be granted blankets, pillows, towels, curtains, and rugs. provisional registration. 12 Admissions

Additional Information western's established degree requirements. All applicants for scholarship or financial aid Transfer students whose prior work does not must check the appropriate box on the regular lend itself to our degree pattern may find it nec- application for admission to Southwestern. essary to extend their college career in order to Additional information and application forms complete all requirements for the degree. will be supplied upo'n written request to: An applicant for admission as a transfer stu- Office of Admissions dent should write to the Office of Admissions Southwestern At Memphis of Southwestern for an application. The stu- Memphis, Tennessee 38112 dent should have transcripts sent directly from (901) 274-1800 Ext. 361. the secondary school and from all collegiate in- Atoll-free telephone number is available to those stitutions attended to the Dean of Admissions persons calling from outside the state of at Southwestern. Tennessee: If the high school record does not include the 1-800-238-6788. student's scores on the SAT, the ACT, and/or similar examinations, the student will be asked Admission of Special Students to have these sent to the Dean of Admissions. Special applicants who give evidence of suf- Southwestern's admissions policy is to con- ficient ability may be admitted to a course of sider applications for transfer only from stu- study not leading directly to a degree, but al- dents who are in good standing at the last lowing them to pursue that work for which they institution attended. Students under academic are best prepared and which they particularly or disciplinary suspension normally are not eli- • need. A course of this kind is not open to a stu- gible to apply to Southwestern until eligible for dent who has recently finished preparatory work readmission to the suspending institution. with insufficient credits to be admitted as a reg- Transfer from an unaccredited college re- ular candidate for a degree. quires a more thorough analysis of academic Special students are not regarded as candi- credentials, including the high school tran- dates for a degree and are not eligible to live in script and in some cases, the Scholastic Aptitude the residence halls or to participate in inter- Test of the College Board or the American Col- collegiate athletics, fraternity or sorority lege Test. If accepted, the student will be placed membership, and other extra-curricular activi- on probationary status for one academic year ties. Should the special student subsequently and is expected to maintain a record satisfac- become a degree candidate, credits earned while tory to the Committee on Curriculum, Stand- a part-time student are applicable towards the ards, and Standing. Students transferring from degree sought. institutions under consideration for accredita- Tutorial courses also are not ordinarily open tion should secure documents giving evidence to special students. In no case may a special stu- that their work is acceptable by the state uni- dent be enrolled in more than two classes, or versity system. for more than eight hours of credit. Application For information regarding the transfer of for admission as a special student must be made credit, see "Transfer Credit" in the "Planning a in writing and must be approved by the Com- Degree" section of this catalogue. mittee on Admissions before the student may be enrolled. The request will be acted upon after the formal application and scholastic record of Readmission of Students the student have been received. The request Students who leave the College for any rea- must be renewed each academic term. son (for example, leave of absence, voluntary withdrawal, suspension, or transfer to another Admission of Transfer Students college or university) must apply for and be ac- Southwestern will consider applications from cepted for readmission. All returning students students who wish to transfer from other ac- apply for readmission through the Office of the credited institutions, provided their previous Registrar of the College by completing an ap- college work fits into the framework of South- plication for readmission. This application re- . Admissions 13

quests current information about the student, schedules. Southwestern's Office of Admis- including an account of activities and educa- sions will gladly help arrange such details with tional experiences during the absence from the the interested student's high school teachers. College. In many cases interviews with the Dean of the Foreign Students College and the Dean of Students will be nec- Southwestern At Memphis encourages stu- essary to complete the readmission process. dents from other countries to apply for admis- Students seeking to be readmitted therefore sion to the college. Regular application forms must initiate their requests well in advance of may be obtained from the Admissions Office the beginning of the academic year or the start and must be completed by the student. Com- of a new term. parable application forms, such as those sup- Students who have taken more than two plied by Amideast, are sometimes acceptable. courses in any one term at another institution All applications must be accompanied by a $20.00 are considered as transfer students. These stu- application fee and a passport-size photograph dents must apply for admission to Southwest- of the applicant. A counselor's report and tran- ern. The Admissions Office will review all records script of the student's secondary school record, and the application for admission and deter- and examination scores and/or grades, must be mine whether or not admission is granted. sent from the appropriate officials. If a student has studied at other colleges or universities, Special Admission for High School Students transcripts from those institutions must also be Southwestern allows high school students sent to Southwestern. Normally, a score of at who have demonstrated exceptional ability and least 550 on The Test Of English As A Foreign motivation to begin their college work while Language (TOEFL) is required for admission to completing their secondary school course of Southwestern. study. Such a student may not take at South- A limited amount of financial aid is available western more than two courses per term dur- to a foreign student with financial need. Forms ing Terms I and II. by which the student and his or her family may To be eligible for the Southwestern High make a confidential financial statement to the School Scholars Program, a student must com- college are obtainable from the Admissions Of- plete an admission application, must have scored fice. Applicants for one of the competitive at least 1000 on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) scholarships must submit official scores from or 23 on the American College Test (ACT); rank either the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the in the upper one-fourth of his or her class; have College Board or the American College Test a positive high school recommendation, and (ACT). (See section on Scholarships and Stu- have a personal interview. dent Aid.) Course fees are $150 per credit hour for the A course in "English For Foreign Students" is first three credit hours taken. Participating stu- offered (see listing under English Department). dents are eligible to apply for financial aid based A foreign student adviser and student coun- on need as determined by analysis of the Fi- selors also are available to assist the student. nancial Aid Form (FAF). The FAF for the current year must be completed by the parents on be- half of the student and mailed to the Admis- sions Office. FAF forms are available from high school counselors or from the College Schol- arship Service. Students seeking aid for the Southwestern High School Scholars Program must so indicate on the regular application for admission form. Participation in the Southwestern High School Scholars Program will require coordination of the student's college and high school course 14 Expenses

EXPENSES Unless prior arrangements acceptable to the Cashier of the college are made, a student's account not paid in full at the due date will be General Information regarded as delinquent. A student whose The comprehensixe tuition fee of $6,330.00 account is delinquent will be denied the privi- for the regular academic year includes $40.00 . leges of registration, attending classes, obtain- out-patient care in the college infirmary, free ing transcripts of credit, using college facilities, admission to athletic events, free subscriptions being certified for initiation into a fraternity or to student publications, and other student ac- sorority, or being admitted to graduation. Any tivities. The tuition fee reflects only a portion student with N.D.S.L. loans or G.S.L. loans made of the actual cost of attending Southwestern. by Southwestern must have an exit interview The remaining cost of instruction is provided with the Financial Aid Office before being ad- by endowment income and gifts. mitted to graduation. The college reserves the right to increase ex- All candidates for degrees are required to pay isting charges, with due notice, and to add new the graduation fee by the beginning of Term II fees whenever it is deemed advisable. of their last year. A normal load for a student is 12-14 hours in Comprehensive Tuition. $6,330.00 each of Terms I and II, and 6 hours in Term III. Room. Single $1,755.00 For the comprehensive tuition fee, a regular Multiple $1,595.00 student is permitted to enroll in courses car- Board. $1,325.00 rying a maximum of fourteen credit hours in each of Terms I and II, and seven credit hours Payment Schedule in Term III. The regular college plan provides for pay- The student desiring to take more than a nor- , ment of tuition and room in two installments. mal academic load during any term should con- Comprehensive Tuition sult the section of the catalogue on "Registration" Students living Room and Board Room and Board off campus (Single Occ.) (Multiple Off.) appearing under "Academic Regulations." A August 15 3798.00 5646.00't 5550.00*t student who enrolls in more than fourteen hours December 5 2532.00 3764.00 3700.00 in Term I or Term II or in more than seven hours 6330.00 9410.00 9250.00 in Term III will be required to pay extra fees. (See Special Fees below.) *This amount will be billed less deposits already made. For full-time students enrolled in Terms.) and (There will be no refund on room rent. II, there will be no charge or refund for tuition and room for Term III. For students who enroll If monthly payments are preferred by parents for less than the full year, the following tuition and/or guardians, there are companies which rates apply. will meet the above schedule and allow monthly payments. Companies providing these services Term I $3165.00 are: The Tuition Plan, Inc., Concord, New Term I & III $3165.00 Hampshire 03301; and The Insured Tuition Pay- Term II & III $3165.00 ment Plan, Richard C. Knight Insurance Agency, Term III only $1268.00 Inc., 53 Beacon Street, Boston, Massachusetts Students living in the residence halls are re- 02108. If one of these is chosen, arrangements quired to take their meals in the dining hall. must be made prior to the date the first pay- There can be no exception to this regulation. ment is due. Other students and members of the faculty and staff may also obtain meals in the dining hall. Regulations Regarding Payment of Tuition and Fees A bill for the comprehensive tuition charge, Education Fees together with applicable room and board, will Education student teaching courses require a be mailed to all students before each due date. participation fee of $10.00 per credit hour. Expenses 15

Music Fees oratory breakage and similar items. However, Candidates for degrees in music are charged the student is reminded of his or her liability for the same tuition and fees as for all other majors. such charges which will be billed when incurred. These fees include private lessons for a maxi- mum of two credit hours per term. Withdrawals and Refunds Students majoring in other fields of study who College tuition and room fees are not re- wish to add the study of applied music to their fundable unless the student withdraws be- regular academic program will be charged an cause of protracted illness or for reasons entirely additional $50 per half-hour lesson (one credit beyond his or her control. All requests for with- hour), payable by the term. drawals must be initiated in the Dean of Stu- Special Fees and Deposits dents Office and must be approved by the Dean of the College. The date of his approval is con- 1. APPLICATION FEE. $20.00 sidered the official date of withdrawal. 2. TUITION DEPOSIT. $100.00 Board refunds are made on a pro rata basis This applies to incoming students only. The in the event of withdrawal. There will be no re- deposit, due by May 1, is non-refundable. fund on room rent. The College reserves the 3. ROOM DEPOSIT. $100.00 right to use and reassign rooms. Tuition re- For incoming students, the deposit, due by funds, when allowed, will be made on the fol- May 1, is non-refundable. For current lowing basis ("days" refers to days when classes Southwestern students, the deposit is non- are scheduled, i.e., five days per week): refundable after May 1. 4. SPECIAL STUDENTS TUITION (Students not TERMS I AND II seeking a degree at Southwestern). First 3 Withdrawal during first 10 days: refund of 3/4 hours-$150.00 per credit hour. Second 3 of tuition. hours-$195.00 per credit hour. Each addi- Withdrawal from 11 through 25 days: refund tional hour-$230.00 per credit hour. of V2 of tuition. 5. PART-TIME STUDENTS (degree candidates Withdrawal from 26 through 35 days': refund taking 9 hours or less). $195.00 per credit 1/4 of tuition. hour. No refund will be made when a student has 6. EXTRA COURSE FEE. $135.00 per credit hour. been suspended from the college or from the 7. SUMMER SCHOOL 1984. $100.00 per credit resident halls by action of an official discipli- hour. nary body. 8. DIRECTED INQUIRY-Summer 1984. $100.00 per credit hour. 9. LATE PAYMENT OF BILL. $25.00 10. LATE REGISTRATION FEE. $25.00 11. GRADUATION FEE. $45.00 12. REMOVAL OF CONDITIONAL GRADES. (Incomplete grade). $10.00 per grade 13. CHANGE OF SCHEDULE. $3.00 during the scheduled drop/add period, $10.00 thereafter. 14. RE-EXAMINATION FEE. $10.00 15. SPECIAL STUDENTS AUDIT FEES. One-half of per credit hour fees plus $20.00 registra- tion fee. See Special Student Tuition. 16. TRANSCRIPTS. See "Transcripts-Aca- demic Regulations." Contingent Charges The college does not require a student to make a special deposit to cover room damages, lab- 16 Financial Aid

SCHOLARSHIPS AND ern At Memphis and do not require nomi- STUDENT AID nation. Interest in competing for these scholarships should be indicated on the admission application and sent to the Col- This information pertains to incoming stu- lege by February 1 for preferential con- dents from September, 1984, and after, and to sideration. the competitive scholarships and awards ap: 1. Morse Scholarships (8), with a stipend plicable to them. Students who enrolled before covering the full cost of tuition, are that date will be guided by the scholarship and awarded entering students each year. They financial aid information—especially the re- are renewable and have a four year value newal policies—outlined in the catalog current over $28,000 each. when they entered the college. 2. Cambridge Scholarships (20) — equal to Students admitted for enrollment in South- seventy-five percent (75%) of tuition—are western At Memphis may benefit from one of awarded to entering students each year, the largest scholarship programs per capita in are renewable, and have a four year value the United States. For the 1983-84 college year, over $20,000 each. 67% of all Southwestern students received some 3. University Scholarships (60) — equal to one- form of financial assistance that totaled ap- half (r/.2) the cost of tuition—are awarded proximately $2.9 million. This program in- to entering students each year, are renew- cludes a wide range of merit scholarships with able, and have a four year value over $14,000 highest awards, among the most prestigious in each. the nation, equal to the cost of tuition, room, and board, valued at over $41,000 each. II. SPECIAL ACHIEVEMENT AWARDS Approximately thirty Special Achieve- I. COMPETITIVE SCHOLARSHIPS ment Awards are made each year to those Competitive scholarships for incoming students who have been accepted for ad- students are based solely on merit without mission to Southwestern and who have financial need a consideration. They are based demonstrated outstanding achievement in on the candidate's academic record, leader- extracurricular activities. ship, character, and personal achievements : The minimum value of this award is equal The scholarships are: to 25% of the cost of tuition. Demonstrated A. Scholarships By Nomination financial need over the amount of this award Each year four (4) Walter D. Bellingrath will be met with an additional stipend, the Scholarships and two (2) J. R. Hyde Schol- total award not to exceed 75% of the cost of arships, and every fourth year one (1) Henry tuition. It is renewable on the basis of con- Goodrich Scholarship, with stipends equal tinued achievement. to the full cost of tuition, room, and board Students who wish to be considered for a charges at Southwestern, are awarded to Special Achievement Award should indicate Southwestern's "most outstanding freshmen". their interest when submitting the applica- Consideration for these seven highest tion for admission. A letter of recommen- awards—which have a four year value in ex- dation supporting and describing the cess of $41,000 each—is by nomination only. candidate's particular achievement is re- High school counselors, principals or head- quired in addition to the standard recom- masters, Presbyterian ministers, and alumni mendations furnished by all applicants for of the College may make nominations. admission. Further information will be sent to those students nominated. III. OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS B. Scholarships By Application A. Southwestern At Memphis National Merit

The following competitive scholarships are Scholarship —The recipient of a Merit Schol- by application for admission to Southwest- arship sponsored by Southwestern may be a Financial Aid 17

student without financial need. This being provide a lower tuition cost for a student's the case, the student may receive an annual years of study at Southwestern At Memphis. stipend of $500, renewable for three addi- In the program, the Session of a Presbyterian tional years. church may nominate a student to receive a Partnership grant of $1,000, $2,000, or $4,000. B. Southwestern At Memphis National The church contributes its half share of the Achievement Scholarship—The recipient of Partnership to Southwestern At Memphis, a National Achievement Scholarship spon- and the college will match it, dollar foriclol- sored by Southwestern may be a student lar, and apply the total to the student's without financial need. This being the case, account. the student may receive an annual stipend Any institutional grant aid previously of $500, renewable for three additional years. awarded the recipient by Southwestern may

C. The Air Force ROTC Scholarship — Scholar- be used to match the Church's portion of the ships providing full tuition and fees, full book scholarship. Eligibility requirements for a allowance, transportation to Memphis and a Partnership Scholarship are as follows: tax-free allowance of $100 a month are avail- able to Southwestern students who partici- a. The student must be nominated by the pate in the Crosstown Air Force ROTC Session of a local Presbyterian Church. Program. Through an agreement between b. Freshmen and transfer students only are Southwestern and the United States Air Force, eligible for an initial Partnership Southwestern students may participate fully Scholarship. in the AFROTC program based at Memphis State University and can compete for an c. The recipient must meet all requirements AFROTC Scholarship. For details contact for admission to Southwestern At Mem- the 'Southwestern Coordinator for Aero- phis as a full-time student and maintain a space Studies. satisfactory performance throughout the academic year. D. Army ROTC Scholarships — A scholarship similar to the Air Force ROTC Scholarship Interested students should contact their mentioned above is now available to South- pastor or Clerk of Session to see if the church western students who enter the Army ROTC would be willing to enter a Partnership Program recently established at Memphis agreement with Southwestern. For further State University. Information about ROTC information about the Presbyterian Partner- Scholarships may be obtained by writing to ship program contact: Dr. Ray Allen, Dean of Memphis State University, Memphis, Ten- Financial Aid, Southwestern At Memphis, 2000 nessee 38152, or by calling Army ROTC (901) N. Parkway, Memphis, TN 38112. The tele- 454-2933 and Air Force ROTC (901) 454-2681. phone number is (901) 274-1800, or for those persons outside the state of Tennessee the E. The Presbyterian Partnership — Because Southwestern At Memphis shares an impor- toll-free number is 1-800-238-6788. tant relationship with the Presbyterian F. The Science Fair Award — In cooperation with Church, a special scholarship program has the Science Fair held each year in Memphis, been established. This program, called The Southwestern offers a $500 scholarship to a Presbyterian Partnership, is one of the tan- winning high school senior. This award is not gible ways Southwestern At Memphis seeks renewable. to strengthen its ties with the Church and help

students obtain the distinctive and high G. Outside ScholarshiRs — Such outside schol- quality education which Southwestern arships as the $1000 one-year National Merit provides. Scholarship and local awards, such as the The Presbyterian Partnership is a program Memphis Rotary Scholarship, are also avail- through which the college and local churches able to Southwestern students. Consult the cooperate in a very real and personal way to agencies sponsoring these awards. 18 Financial Aid

H. Campus Employment—Employment on the their income and assets; but if they cannot campus may be offered to students not re- provide $1,900, the federal government will ceiving financial aid based upon financial make up the difference. This "entitlement" need only after those students offered jobs program, on which a student can build ed- as a part of their financial aid package have ucational plans, depends annually upon ad- been placed. The student desiring such em- equate Congressional appropriations. ployment should contact the Dean of Finan- In order to be considered for a Pell Grant, cial Aid after the beginning of the academic a student must check the appropriate box on year. the Financial Aid Form (FAF) sent to the Col- lege Scholarship Service (CSS). The appli- IV. FINANCIAL AID TO MEET NEED cant is notified of the amount that the family should contribute toward educational ex- Anyone receiving a Southwestern grant or penses; the applicant, in turn, takes or sends other forms of aid to meet financial need this notification to the Dean of Financial Aid, must submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to Southwestern At Memphis, who then deter- the College Scholarship Service (CSS). The mines the amount of support for which the FAF is available at all secondary school coun- student is eligible. All students applying to selor offices or in the Financial Aid Office at Southwestern for aid based upon financial Southwestern. need must also apply for a Pell Grant.

A. Southwestern Grants — Non - competitive grants are made to students with financial D. Supplemental Educational Opportunity need. These are offered, usually, along with Grant—Supplemental Educational Oppor- other types of aid such as work and loans, tunity Grants may be available to help South- and depend upon available institutional western students with exceptional financial funds. need. Grants range from $200 to $2,000. For 1983-84, over $450,000 in Southwest- Contingent on the availability of college and ern grants was awarded to approximately 250 of federal funds, a grant, once awarded, will students. last for the duration of undergraduate study— Recipients of scholarships may receive fi- up to four years--if the student continues to nancial aid, including a grant, if their finan- qualify for this assistance. cial need exceeds the amount of .their

Southwestern scholarships and other grant E. Tennessee Student Assistance Award —Ten- aids they may receive from outside sources. nessee students are urged to apply to the Tennessee Student Assistance Corporation B. Ministerial Grant As a church-related col- for a grant which may go up to $900 per year lege, Southwestern stands ready to aid ap- while attending Southwestern. To be eligi- plicants for the ministry and children of ble, a student must have graduated from high church professionals. A pre-ministerial stu- school in Tennessee, have been a continu- dent who is certified by the responsible court ous resident of Tennessee for the twelve- or agency of the student's denomination, or month period beginning September 1 of the a student who is a dependent of a Presby- year preceding the start of the academic year terian Church professional in the support- for which the grant is made, and have finan- ing Synods, may receive, if needed and upon cial need. All Tennesseans should indicate on application, a ministerial grant of $200 plus the Financial Aid Form (FAF) sent to the Col- an institutional grant as explained above. lege Scholarship Service (CSS) that they are

C. Pell Grant — Currently, the Pell Grant is in- applying for the Tennessee Student Assist- tended to assure all students that they will ance Award. No other application is neces- have the first $1,900 needed each year to sary. Further information—if desired—may pursue education beyond the high school be obtained from the Tennessee Student As- level. Parents are to provide as much of this sistance Corporation, B-3 Capitol Towers, amount as can reasonably be expected from Suite 9, Nashville, Tennessee 37219. Financial Aid 19

F. Southwestern At Memphis National Merit than four years to obtain a degree. Other

Scholarship — Each year renewable Merit forms of financial assistance may be avail- Scholarships are awarded by the college to able to meet the unmet demonstrated finan- incoming freshmen. Selection is made from cial need of students involved in this program. those finalists in the National Merit Schol- If interested, a student should so indicate arship competition who have indicated on the Application For Financial Aid or by Southwestern At Memphis as their first choice writing to the Financial Aid Office.: and who have not received other National J. National Direct Student Loan — National Merit Scholarships. The maximum stipend is The Direct Student Loan Program, (Title II of $2,000 per year, based upon financial need NDEA) was established at Southwestern in to attend Southwestern. 1960 and each year has enabled students to G. Southwestern At Memphis National borrow money to help finance their college Achievement Scholarship—Each year re- expenses. The four-year maximum which may newable Achievement Scholarships are be borrowed under this program is $5,000. awarded by the college to incoming fresh- The loan bears simple interest at the rate of men. Selection is made from those finalists five per cent (5%) a year upon the unpaid in the National Achievement Scholarship balance. Interest does not begin until nine Program for Outstanding Negro Students months after the borrower ceases to be a who have indicated Southwestern At Mem- student at an institution of higher learning. phis as their first choice and who have not Repayment is to be made, together with ac- been selected as winner of other National crued interest, to Southwestern within a ten- Achievement Scholarships. The maximum year period, at no less than $30 a month. Li- stipend is $2,000 per year, based upon finan- ability for repayment of a loan shall be can- cial need to attend Southwestern. celled upon the death of the borrower or in the event he or she becomes permanently H. Regular College Work - Study Program The and totally disabled. College Work-Study Program makes avail- able part-time employment opportunities on K. Guaranteed Student Loan — Under the low- and off the campus to students who are in cost guaranteed loan program, students are need of earnings from such employment in eligible to have a portion of loan interest order to attend Southwestern. A student may charges paid by the federal government. work for no less than the national minimum Loans up to $2,500 a year (not to exceed wage rate for as many as forty (40) hours per $12,500 for undergraduate studies) may be week during the summer and ten (10) hours obtained by the student from his or her bank per week while attending as a regular stu- or commercial lending agency which partic- dent during the academic year. ipates in either a state-guaranteed loan plan or the federally insured loan program.

I. Special College Work - Study Program. Un- The federal government will pay all of the der a new Cooperative Education (Work- interest charges while the student is in school. Study) Program, a limited number of stu- The student pays an 8% interest charge dur- dents will be selected to work half-time (20 ing the repayment period unless the student hours per week) during 1984-85 in an ,as- borrowed under the program prior to Janu- signed department related to the student's ary, 1984. Loans have to be repaid within five academic program. In exchange, each will be to ten years after graduation, with payment paid one-half of the full tuition charges. Be- beginning six months after one ceases to be cause these students will be employed one- at least a half-time student. There is a three- half of the usual work week, their respective year moratorium on payments while a bor- academic loads cannot exceed ten (10) hours rower is serving as a member of the Armed during Terms I and II, and five (5) hours in Forces, Vista, or the Peace Corps, although Term III. Thus any student who participates interest will accrue and will have to be paid. may have to attend Southwestern for more Minimum annual loan repayment is $600, but 20 Financial Aid

payment can be accelerated if the borrower b. Any student who falls below a 1.75 aca- wishes. demic average for full-time study (com- These loans may be made by Southwest- puted on the best twenty-eight (28) hours ern to those eligible students who have not of academic work) during the freshman been able to obtain such loans from com- year or below a 2.00 average in succeed- mercial lenders. ing years, will have his or her financial as- sistance discontinued. L. Student Loan of the Presbyterian Church, U.S.—Up to $500 annually may be borrowed from the Student Loan Fund administered by VI. RENEWAL OF COMPETITIVE the General Mission Board in behalf of the SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDED IN Presbyterian Church. The student must have 1983-84 AND THEREAFTER held membership continuously for at least A. Bellingrath, 'Hyde, Goodrich, Morse, and one year immediately preceding the date of Cambridge Scholarships are renewable on application. Evidence of financial need is re- the basis of a grade point average of 3.00 or quired. Students interested in this loan should better. address all communications to: Associate for Student Loans B. University Scholarship recipients must Presbyterian Church maintain a minimum 2.50 grade point aver- 341 Ponce de Leon Avenue, N.E. age. If the student's average is below 2.50 at Atlanta, Georgia 30308. the end of the academic year, but 2.00 or bet- ter, and there is financial need, other forms Reporting Outside Financial Aid of aid may be offered. All outside financial aid or scholarship re- ceived by the student receiving assistance from C. Special Achievement Awards A Special Southwestern must be reported to the Dean of Achievement Award may be renewed if the Financial Aid. Southwestern reserves the right student is making satisfactory progress to- to make adjustments in the financial aid pack- ward graduation (i.e., maintaining at least a age offered to students when such outside aid 1.75 academic average for full-time study as substantially alters the student's financial need a freshman or at least a 2.00 average in suc- to attend the college. ceeding years) and is continuing to show evidence of special achievement in college V. RENEWAL OF SCHOLARSHIPS AND activities. Special achievement may be evi- FINANCIAL AID denced by outstanding academic achieve- Normally all forms of financial aid offered ment (at least a 3.00 g.p.a.). Holders of these by Southwestern are awarded with the ex- Achievement Awards must file by January 31 pectation of their being renewed on a yearly an annual statement describing their partic- basis. It is necessary, however, for the stu- ipation in college activities during the cur- dent to apply to the Dean of Financial Aid at rent year and their proposed activities for the Southwestern in January preceding each ac- forthcoming year. ademic year for such renewal. It will be nec- essary also for the student and parents to file, VII. TRANSFER STUDENTS ENTERING IN by January 31, a Financial Aid Form with the 1984-85 College Scholarship Service if the financial aid received is based upon financial need. A transfer student shall be eligible for all Conditions for the renewal of institutional financial aid—except Bellingrath, Hyde, or grants and other non-competitive aid Goodrich Scholarships—and/or competi- awarded by the institution for the 1984-85 tive awards, provided: academic year are as follows: A. had the student entered Southwestern dur- a. Such aid will be renewed and increased as ing the freshman year, he or she would have available. received such an award; Financial Aid 21

B. his or her previous college academic record is commensurate with the entrance require- ments for the Award (a 3.00 average shall be required for a University Scholarship and a 3.50 average for any higher scholarships); C. recent federal legislation mandates that Southwestern receive a transcript of finan- cial aid from each college previously at- tended by those students transferring to Southwestern who are candidates for finan- cial assistance.

VIII. A FINAL REMINDER All applications for Southwestern schol- arships or financial aid of any kind must be indicated on the regular application for ad- mission to Southwestern. If the student has applied properly and Southwestern has received The Financial Need Analysis Report from The College Scholarship Service (if the student is apply- ing for aid on the basis of financial need), the student should receive a Notification of Award by March 31. Although the student is en- couraged to notify The Financial Aid Office as soon as possible whether or not the aid is accepted, the deadline for accepting the of- fer from Southwestern is May 1. 22 Student Life

STUDENT LIFE President, Treasurer, and Commissioners (Ath- letics, Publications, Social Activities, Welfare, Religion, and Elections)—is elected by the en- The Thomas W. Briggs Student Center tire student body. The Briggs Student Center serves all ele- The chief functions of the Student Govern- ments of the Southwestern community. The . ment are to consider matters pertaining to the building contains the Lynx Lair, the Counseling welfare of the student body, to promote. stu- Center, a pleasant student lounge, a game room, dent body projects, to serve as a liaison agency a TV lounge, the Language Center, the campus between faculty, administration, and students, bookstore, the student mail room, and offices and to conduct all student elections. for students directing various student activities and publications. The program of the center is The Honor Council dedicated to the social, cultural, educational, The students of Southwestern maintain the and recreational enrichment of the Southwest- honor system and assume responsibility for the ern community. honorable conduct of all academic tests and ex- aminations, and other phases of campus life. Commons They elect an Honor Council which is com- Every student, whether living on campus or posed of representatives from each of the four off campus, is a member of one of the four res- classes. In cases of alleged dishonesty, this idential Commons. Residents of Bellingrath Hall, Council acts as a court, and a student found Ellett Hall, Neely Hall, Robb Hall, and White Hall, guilty by it is disciplined, with punishment ex- are members of Robb Common. Residents of tending to expulsion from the college. Either Townsend Hall, Williford Hall, and commuting the defendant, the accuser, or two or more students are members of Townsend Common. members of the Council may appeal the Coun- Residents of Stewart Hall, University Hall, cil's decision to a specially designated commit- Evergreen Hall, and Trezevant Hall are mem- tee of the faculty. This faculty committee may, bers of University Common. Residents of Voor- at its discretion, remand the case to the Council hies Hall and Glassell Hall are members of for retrial, after which the action of the Council Voorhies Common. Each Common is a micro- is considered final. Every entering student is ex- cosm of the college, representing diverse in- pected at the time of matriculation to sign a terests and backgrounds. pledge promising to uphold the honor system Resident Advisers in each Common are re- and accepting the jurisdiction of the Honor sponsible for coordinating a variety of cultural, Council as described in the published honor social, and athletic activities in their Common. code. Faculty and staff members are invited to act as advisers to each Common and frequently par- Social Regulations Council ticipate in their activities. Open forums, social The student body of Southwestern has the gatherings, field days, poetry readings, news- responsibility of governing its social and moral papers, and intramural athletic teams are a few conduct on campus through the cooperative examples of Commons-sponsored programs. efforts of class and ex-officio members of the Through such programs each Common has Social Regulations Council. The membership of developed its own particular interests and the Council consists of fourteen voting mem- character. bers: a president, eight elected class represen- tatives of the student body, and five ex-officio Student Government members. There are also five non-voting mem- The Student Government Association, the bers: one appointed secretary and four ad- legislative body of the student government, op- visors, two faculty members and two erates under a constitution ratified by the stu- administrators. dent body and approved by the college The general duties and responsibilities of the administration. The executive branch of the Council fall into two categories. First, the Council Student Government—the President, Vice- is charged with the power to initiate and put Student Life 23

into effect all campus social legislation, subject chief purpose of the organization is to stimu- to approval by the college administration. Sec- late interest in the study of the sciences. ondly, the Council has the authority to enforce The Pi Kappa Lambda honorary academic all social legislation. This responsibility in- music fraternity was established at Southwest- cludes hearing all appeal cases from the Coun- ern in the spring of 1949. It recognizes out- cil's constituent groups and hearing cases in standing achievement in music and may elect which precedents would be set. The Council may not over twenty per cent of those members of impose penalties extending to expulsion from the senior class majoring in music. the college. Eta Sigma Phi, national classic languages fraternity, was established at Southwestern in 1952. The purpose of this fraternity is to pro- Honor Societies mote interest in all aspects of Greek and Roman The Southwestern Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa literature, art, and life. Those who have at least Society is Gamma of Tennessee. Students are a B average in advanced courses in either Greek elected to Phi Beta Kappa by the faculty mem- or Latin are eligible for membership. bers of the chapter chiefly on the basis of out- Psi Chi, the national honorary psychology standing academic achievement. Students are fraternity, was established at Southwestern in eligible for election at the middle of their senior 1952. Its purpose is to stimulate further interest year on the basis of ten terms' work at South- in psychology by affording its members contact western, or at the end of their senior year on with psychology as a profession. Membership the basis of twelve terms' work at Southwest- in this fraternity, which is affiliated with the ern. Students graduating from Southwestern American Psychological Association, is by in- who have transferred from other colleges may vitation and is limited to psychology majors with be elected on the basis of at least six terms of at least a B average. residence and grades of comparable quality at Southwestern's chapter of Sigma Pi Sigma, the the colleges previously attended. only national physics honor society, was estab- Omicron Delta Kappa, Phi Chapter, was es- lished May 27, 1963. The chapter receives into tablished at Southwestern in 1927. The purpose membership physics students and a limited of this national organization is to recognize number from closely related fields when such leadership in college activities and to under- students attain high standards of scholarship, take various activities for the good of the col- professional merit, and academic distinction. lege. Student members are chosen from the The Southwestern chapter of Omicron Delta junior and senior classes, and not more than Epsilon (Theta Chapter of Tennessee) was es- three per cent of the student body may be tablished November 15, 1979. This Interna- elected to membership. Members must have tional Economics Honor Society was created to distinguished themselves in such activities as recognize scholastic excellence in the field of scholarship, athletics, and publications. economics and to establish closer ties between Mortar Board, a national honor society for students and faculty within and between par- seniors was established at Southwestern April ticipating colleges. Undergraduate member- 17, 1964, for the purpose of recognizing em- ship is limited to junior and senior students who inence in scholarship, leadership, and service. are making the study of economics one of their The Chi Beta Phi . scientific fraternity, Tau major interests, who have completed at least Chapter, was established at Southwestern in twelve hours of coursework in economics, who 1935. Membership in this organization is lim- have at least a 3.50 average in all economics ited to students majoring in laboratory science courses attempted, and who are in the top third and mathematics who have completed not less of their class. than twenty term hours of work in these fields with a high average. At regular meetings, lec- The Social Fraternities and Sororities tures and demonstrations by members of the Six national fraternities and four national so- group or by specially invited guests are pre- rorities have active chapters at Southwestern. sented, and interested visitors may attend. The The fraternities, listed in order of their estab- 24 Student Life

lishment here, are as follows: Pi Kappa Alpha, of Teachers of Singing, the American Guild of Alpha Tau Omega, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Kappa Organists, Pi Kappa Lambda, and local per- Sigma, Kappa Alpha, and Sigma Nu. The soror- forming groups such as the Masterpiece Festi- ities, similarly listed in order of establishment val Chorus and Orchestra. at Southwestern, include the following: Chi Various ensemble opportunities are available Omega, Kappa Delta„ Alpha Omicron Pi, and as provided in the curriculum of the Music De- Delta Delta Delta. These national fraternities and partment. A student pep band plays at college sororities have attractive lodges on the campus athletic events during the year. which are used for meetings and social events. Hassell Hall, the most recent addition to the To be eligible for initiation, a pledge must have campus, houses practice rooms, studios, a mu- passed a minimum of nine hours at South- sic library, and a recital hall. Whether or not a western with a grade-point average of 1.666 or student is a music major, Hassell Hall is avail- better in the preceding term. Written certifi- able for individual practice and for ensemble cation by the Registrar and the Cashier that the rehearsals. student has met the scholarship requirements and has settled all college accounts is necessary Theatre Activities for initiation. Southwestern's McCoy Theatre provides ex- The Interfraternity Council for the fraterni- cellent opportunities for students interested in ties and the Panhellenic Council for the soror- any aspect of theatre from acting to technical ities, made up of two representatives from each support. The theatre facility is unique in the mid- of the groups, in cooperation with the Dean of south offering space that can be configured in Students, are in charge of the social activities of number of ways to accommodate a variety of the groups and all matters of interfraternity set designs and arrangements for seating. The relations. theatre is an integral part of the Department of Theatre and Media Arts, and a full complement Chaplain and Religious Activities of courses is available in this area under capa- The student religious program at Southwest- ble instructors. ern is designed to offer each student an op- A subscription theatre series brings local ac- portunity for the development of religious faith tors, directors, musicians, and Southwestern through denominational as well as interden- students together in productions throughout ominational activities. Although Southwestern the year. The inaugural production in the the- is a college of the Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.), atre was CANDIDE, selected as one of the best the program is projected on the conviction that theatrical productions in Memphis in 1982. In it is wholesome for students of different reli- the first full year there were five productions gious affiliations to learn and to worship to- including CARNIVAL and THE TEMPEST. In the gether. In addition to separate activities of second year there were four productions, in- denominational groups, interdenominational cluding the first production in the mid-south of activities are coordinated by the Religion Com- SWEENEY TODD. These productions depend on mission of the Student Government Association active student participation. The students have and the Chaplain of the college. the opportunity to work with creative and tal- ented persons and hence to develop their own Musical Activities talents either for the personal satisfaction in- The Southwestern Singers perform music from volved or as part of an academic program. variouis periods of choral literature. The choir appears at several campus and city functions during the year, travels to churches and schools The International House on a tour of the Mid-South each spring, and en- The Southwestern International House is a gages in foreign tour every third year. residence hall for students who are interested Music students, under the guidance of the in foreign languages and cultures. The Inter- faculty, participate in the activites of such national House consists of two separate sec- professional groups as the National Association tions, male and female, each of which houses Student Life 25

speakers of French, Spanish and German. This the publications. The Sou'wester is the weekly special living arrangement was designed to student newspaper, and the Lynx is the college provide students with an opportunity to prac- annual. Currents is the college literary maga- tice their language skills with native speakers zine which includes academic papers by stu- and other students, to stimulate international dents and faculty. The S FA is the weekly awareness on campus, and to assist foreign stu- newsletter publicizing campus activities. Other dents during their years at Southwestern. Res- student publications include Faces, the student idents of the International House also sponsor directory, and The Freshman Handbook. international awareness events throughout the year. WLYX-FM For more information, contact Southwestern Students and community volunteers make up International House, %Professor Jim Vest, 2000 the staff of the college's FM radio station, WLYX- N. Parkway, Memphis, TN 38112. FM. The station broadcasts on 89.3 MHZ, and it has an effective broadcast radius of approxi- Departmental Clubs mately 30 miles from the campus. The program The French Club at Southwestern, named Sans format is jazz and classical music; however, Souci, consists of a group of students who meet speciality music programs are included on a regularly for the purpose of increasing their ex- regular basis to provide a comprehensive mu- perience in spoken French and their knowl- sic format. Programs of an educational nature edge of French civilization. Cultural and musical are broadcast, and Southwestern events are programs and social activities are featured. covered when those events are of public interest. Membership in the Club is open to students in Students may take internships or do work- or above second year French. study in conjunction with the activities at WLYX- The German Club (Der Deutsche Verein) en- FM. The Department of Theatre and Media Arts deavors to promote interest in German life and supervise the internships, and the actual work civilization and offers experience outside the for WLYX-FM is directed by the General Man- classroom in hearing and speaking the lan- ager of the station. Students are encouraged to guage. Cultural and musical programs and so- use the station for educational purposes, tn- cial activities are featured. Membership is open cluding radio plays, special events coverage, to students in or above second year German. news reporting, public service announce- The Spanish Club is maintained to promote ments, and general broadcasts of interest to the interest in the life, art, and literature of the public. Spanish world, and to provide special occa- sions for hearing and speaking the language. Its Other Organizations programs include social activities, dramatic The "S" Club is the athletic organization on performances, lectures, and informal discus- the campus which serves the purpose of bring- sions. The Club is open for membership to all ing together. all those who have won letters in students in intermediate and advanced classes athletics at Southwestern. in Spanish. The Black Students Association was formed to provide an organization in which black stu- Student Publications dents may participate and with which they may All student publications are governed by the identify themselves. The organization seeks to Publications Board, which is chaired by the channel communication in order that members Publications Commissioner and is composed may participate more fully in campus social life; of editors and elected representatives of each to coordinate presentations and exhibitions of of the four classes and four representatives from black culture; to foster a better understanding the faculty and administration. The Publica- of the conflict between the races; to recruit black tions Board appoints editors and business man- students and to orient new black students to agers of the various publications who are the adjustments to be made upon entering the responsible to the Board, not only in all finan- college. cial matters, but also for the proper conduct of Southwestern is a corporate member of the 26 Student Life

American Association of University Women. It qualified for the NCAA championship tourna- is on the approved list of this organization, which ment. In recent years the team has ranked in qualifies its women graduates holding the B.A. the top 20 NCAA Division III teams in the nation or B.S. degree for A.A.U.W. membership. in the weekly rankings during the season. The women's tennis team won state cham- The Laurence F. Kinney Program pionships in two of the last three years and A supervised program of community service competed in regional playoffs in South Caro- activities is open to students on a volunteer ba- lina and Kentucky. In those years a member of sis. The purposes of this program are (1) to meet the team qualified for the national tournament. actual needs in the Memphis community, (2) to Women's varsity teams compete in the Wom- provide training for Southwestern students to en's Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. perform such service skillfully and in a spirit of Many varsity athletes at Southwestern are sharing, and (3) to develop in students a will- awarded financial aid based upon the family's ingness to make a place in a busy college financial need as established by the College schedule for activities which may carry beyond Scholarship Service. Financial aid for all stu- graduation in similar service in communities dents is the responsibility of the Dean of where they settle. Financial Aid and the Committee on Admis- Initiated a number of years ago by a grant from sions and Financial Aid. the Danforth Foundation, these service pro- Intrarnurals: A large percentage of Southwest- grams have been continued by Southwestern ern men and women participate in a highly because of the enthusiasm of a large number competitive intramural program. Teams are or- of students who participate in them each year. ganized by a wide variety of groups. Intramural The activities generally take about three hours teams compete in flag football, volleyball, bas- a week, and include work with community and ketball, softball, tennis, track and swimming. social agencies, hospital visitation, literacy ed- There is racquetball competition in singles, ucation, teaching crippled children, elderly vis- doubles and mixed doubles. itation and supervision of crafts and recreation at community centers. Physical Education: Varsity coaches offer classes in many areas. The specific courses are listed in Athletics the Physical Education section of the Courses The Department of Athletics and Physical Ed- of Instruction. Four hours of credit towards ucation administers extensive sports, physical graduation may be earned by taking Physical fitness and recreational programs. Included in Education courses. Emphasis in the courses is the department offerings are the following. placed upon the individual student's growth in Intercollegiate Sports: Southwestern sponsors competence and appreciation for the particular teams in eight varsity sports for men (football, sport or activity. The majority of the courses are in areas which can be continued on an individ- basketball, baseball, soccer; golf, tennis, track, and cross country) and five varsity sports for ual basis after graduation. women (volleyball, basketball, tennis, soccer and Facilities include Fargason Stadium, Mallory cross country). The intercollegiate athletic pro- Gymnasium (racquetball courts, weight room, gram is an integral part of the total educational wrestling room, training room, classrooms and process and a substantial percentage of the stu- dressing rooms), Hyde Women's Gymnasium, dent body participates in the program. Alburty Swimming Complex, Stauffer Baseball Southwestern is a member of the NCAA and Field, an all-weather track, eight all weather competes in Division III. The men's varsity teams tennis courts, and numerous practice fields for compete with the other five teams in the Col- varsity teams as well as fields for intramural lege Athletic Conference. Three of the last six games. years Southwestern has won or tied for the con- ference championship in football. The men's basketball team won the conference champi- onship 1979-80 and 1980-81 and in both years Student Services 27

STUDENT SERVICES to the Counseling Center for both individual and group counseling. The Center offers work- The concern that Southwestern has for its shops, testing, counseling, and referral serv- students is reflected in the variety of resources ices for the Southwestern student community. and services provided by the faculty and the ad- Qualified professionals whose training and ex- ministrative staff. perience relate specifically to the needs Of the individual within the college environment are Career Planning and Job Placement Services available to assist students in confronting The Career Planning and Placement Center personal issues. brings together resources to help students re- Current lists of full-time, part-time, and sum- late their knowledge and skills to those careers mer employment are available. and occupations which offer them the greatest Special presentations and career programs are opportunity to reach their life goals. offered on campus regularly throughout the ac- Recognizing that most undergraduates will ademic year. Students have the opportunity to explore several career options before deciding learn more about and ask questions relating to on one they will pursue, the office is committed specific career interests, job search tech- to supporting this exploration process. A coun- niques, and achieving career goals. selor is available by appointment to assist stu- As students prepare to find a job upon grad- dents in clarifying goals, assessing personal uation, the Career Planning and Placement Of- abilities and values and systematically explor- fice aids them in their job search. Recruiters from ing major areas of study and career options. Vo- business, industry, education, government, and cational testing and interpretations may be non-profit organizations visit the college each included as part of counseling when deemed year to interview graduating seniors. The office necessary by the counselor. Those seeking em- establishes contacts with other employer rep- ployment are aided in job search techniques, resentatives to whom students can be referred. including resume writing and interviewing. The Dean of the College and the Dean of Stu- A Career Library is maintained by the office dents are available to consult with students in housing information on a wide variety of career matters related to administrative policies as well areas. Information is available in book, pam- as academic, personal, and social concerns. phlet and periodical form. Guides listing uni- versities offering graduate and professional Medical Services and Insurance programs in all fields are available. In addition, Students may be treated for ordinary ill- a Placement Library houses annual reports and nesses by the physician retained by the college, other literature on local, regional, and national who at stated times during the week visits the organizations and companies. Reference guides student infirmary on-campus, where a regis- are available for locating potential employers. tered nurse is on duty during the day. The doc- tor's services include treatment of those Counseling and Advising disorders which would be treated by the family Each student is assigned to a faculty member physician in his office or at the patient's home. who serves as the student's academic advisor. Where unusual problems involving the eyes, This person normally serves as the faculty ad- skin, bones, etc., or instances requiring special visor until the student selects a major. By the studies are brought to the college physician, he end of the sophomore year, each student is ex- may refer the student to appropriate specialists pected to select a major and is then assigned an in the city. All charges are obligations of the advisor in that department by the Chairperson. student. A faculty advisor is available to assist in many When serious illnesses or accidents are ways but especially in course selections and brought to the attention of the college physi- schedule planning. cian, arrangement is made for hospitalization Students with normal problems of college life, and emergency service in one of the several well- students in crisis situations, and those who wish equipped local hospitals, and an appropriate assistance in personal development may come specialist is asked to take charge. Minor emer- 28 Student Services

gencies occuring at night or when the college physician is not available will ordinarily be re- ferred to the emergency room of local hospitals for appropriate care. In all such unusual in- stances, the fees of the private physicians and the costs of X-rays, tests, hospitalization, and all other charges are obligations of the student. The college makes available information concern- ing an optional accident, sickness, and hospi- talization insurance policy. A folder indicating the benefits is furnished each student. When acute emotional disorders are brought to the attention of the college physician or col- lege counselor, he will refer the student to a psychiatrist for emergency care. The parents will then be notified and will take responsibility from this point. In emergency situations, if the par- ents cannot be reached, the Dean of Students may make the decision to hospitalize the stu- dent. The parents will be notified as soon as possible and will assume responsibility. In the event of chronic emotional disorder, the par- ents will be notified, and they will then assume responsibility for the student's treatment. Campus Regulations 29

CAMPUS REGULATIONS Honor Code, which prohibits cheating, steal- A desire to promote responsible maturity un- ing, and lying in official matters. The success of dergirds policies and procedures in the area of the Honor Code depends on the support of the student life at Southwestern At Memphis. Re- entire community, but the Council is the judi- sponsible maturity demands the highest regard cial agency which enforces the regulations up both for one's own humanity and for harmony to and including expulsion. Every applicant to within one's community —all set in the context the college is required to read the stipulations of personal freedom. Personal freedom is to be of the Code and to subscribe to it before being viewed as an appropriate setting for the devel- admitted. opment of personal standards and social ethics of the highest order, and not as sanctioning a Social Regulations Council disregard of either. The Social Regulations Council is composed Broad policies relating to extracurricular af- of students, along with several faculty and ad- fairs and campus life are recommended to the ministrative advisers. Its responsibility is to frame Dean of Students by the Community Life Com- social regulations subject to approval of the mittee, composed of a widely representative college administration and to enforce these group of faculty, students, and administrators. regulations. The administration of rules pertaining to stu- The Administrative Policy Committee, com- dent behavior are chiefly in the hands of the posed of faculty members, administrative offi- Honor Council, the Social Regulations Council, cials, and students, has general oversight of the Dean of Students, and the Academic Dean. policies concerning college facilities and their The aim of the college is that regulations shall use by individuals and groups outside the col- have an educational justification and shall be lege as well as by students and faculty. This group kept at a minimum. In brief, members of the exercises disciplinary functions only in cases college are expected to conduct themselves as referred to it by the Social Regulations Council responsible citizens of an academic commu- or when some matter, outside the purview of nity. Persistent departures from this standard will the Council, arises. lead to restrictions and may result in suspen- All members of the college share in the sion. Through the agencies mentioned above, responsibility for the quality of campus life and Southwestern seeks to preserve all the rights participate through their representatives in the and responsibilities of individuals, but at the formation and administration of college same time it reserves the right of the commu- regulations. nity to exclude at any time persons whose con- duct is undesirable. In such cases, no refunds Disciplinary Probation of tuition, fees, board or room will be made, Students may be placed on disciplinary pro- and neither the college, nor its student, faculty, bation for a violation of college regulations, and or administrative judicial committees, nor its their parents notified, by the Dean of Students officers shall be under any liability therefor. or the Social Regulations Council.

Student Government Association Policy on Alcohol The Student Government Association has re- Mature personal and community responsi- sponsibility for determining the allocation of bility is expected of all Southwestern students. resources to student-led activities. It attempts Rowdiness, drunkenness, and other socially to see that the various groups on campus, con- offensive conduct will result in disciplinary tinuing student interests— social, educational, action. religious, etc. — and general student welfare The college attempts through counseling to are properly supported. make known the effects of the use or misuse of alcohol. The college is subject to the laws of the Honor Council State of Tennessee and the City of Memphis The Honor Council is composed entirely of regulating the use of alcoholic beverages. Every students and is charged with enforcing the member of the collegiate community has a per- 30 Campus Regulations

sonal responsibility in regard to these laws, and vice the college offers professional counseling, no member can assume Southwestern pro- on a strictly confidential basis, to any student vides a sanctuary for the misuse of alcohol or who is concerned about his or her own behav- other drugs. ior with regard to drug use. The offer of such College policy prohibits the consumption of confidential help by the college is not to be alcoholic beverages in the following public construed as its sanctioning the continuing or areas: all academic and administrative build- regular use of illegal drugs. ings; the gymnasium and stadium; the Burrow The college reserves the right to deter Mine Library;, all maintenance and security buildings what kinds of response are appropriate to pro- or facilities; the Infirmary. No variance from this tect individuals and the campus community from policy will be permitted except for special oc- the deteriorating effects of addiction and illegal casions, for which a petition to the Social activity. Any student determined through due Regulations Council and approval by the Coun- process to have illegally sold or transferred drugs cil are required. Specific regulations of the Stu- will be subject to separation from the college. dent Center govern use of alcohol in that place. A member of the Southwestern community Residence Halls and Campus Property should always give thoughtful consideration to A college regulation of long-standing pro- the image of the college reflected by the pos- hibits students from having guns on the cam- ture of its members before the public. There- pus and from keeping animals in their rooms fore the college expects individuals and groups or elsewhere on the campus. The only excep- to refrain from excessive or public use of al- tion is guide dogs for • visually handicapped coholic beverages on the campus. students. The Social Regulations Council is authorized Marring and destruction of furnishings and to interpret and apply the policies referred to defacement of walls, doors and woodwork, above. The Council will sit in judgment on in- breakage of windows, etc., will not be toler- stances of abuse or violation of policy and on ated. Compensatory damages will be assessed objectionable behavior associated with over- for any violation and disciplinary action taken indulgence, such as destruction of property and with respect to those responsible. Cost of dam- interference with another's right to privacy and age to common areas of dormitories will be quiet. Students, faculty, and staff members of prorated among the residents. the college have the responsibility to repOrt to The college reserves the right to use the in- the Council any observed instances of violation dividual rooms in the residence halls as it wishes of these policies. during any scheduled recess or vacation pe- riod. Ample notification will be given to stu- Policy on Drugs dents of any such planned use of the rooms. The unauthorized possession, use, sale, or The college is not responsible for theft or transfer of marijuana and certain other drugs damage to students' personal items and per- violates federal laws and laws of the State of sonal property of students is not insured by the Tennessee. The campus of Southwestern is college. In many cases insurance coverage can subject to these laws and does not in any sense be obtained through the parents' existing afford a refuge from enforcement of them. Any homeowners or rental insurance policy. place on campus is subject to search by law en- forcement officers on presentation of usual Social Functions credentials and warrants. If any member of the The calendar of social events for all student college community is apprehended, detained, activities is maintained by the Office of the Dean and charged with illegal possession, use, sale, of Students. or transfer of drugs on campus or off campus, college officials cannot be expected to inter- Automobiles vene to shield that person from the machinery All automobiles to be used on campus or of legal processes. parked on campus must be registered with Through the Southwestern Counseling Ser- Campus Security and have a Campus Safety Campus Regulations 31

Sticker displayed on the rear window of auto- is, in significant ways, reflected in its willing- mobiles, driver's side, or on the rear fender of ness to provide a broad forum for differing motorcycles. The college has provided parking attitudes and ideas." areas which are designated primarily for stu- Non-Southwestern organizations requesting dent use. Certain other parking areas are re- the use of campus facilities are cautioned that served for faculty and/or visitors. Copies of. their meetings should not be for money-raising current parking and traffic regulations are avail- purposes and shall not be advertised or able at the Security Office. publicized in such a way as to suggest that Southwestern sponsors the purpose of the off- Student Agreements campus organization. All public announce- No agreement of students with individuals or ments of such meetings will include the organizations, such as students or officers of statement: "Facilities for this meeting are pro- other institutions, or business concerns, will be vided as a public service by Southwestern At recognized as binding upon the college unless Memphis. This service in no way implies col- and until approved by the Dean of Administra- lege sponsorship or endorsement." tive Services. This provision does not apply to those matters concerning student publications which are properly safeguarded by the Publi- cations Board.

New Organizations Students desiring to form any new organi- zation must apply for permission, in writing, to the Dean of Students. Aims and membership of the proposed group should be stated clearly. Any local campus group wishing to become af- filiated with a national organization must make similar application. In order to be recognized as college organizations, all groups, whatever their purpose may be, must have the 'official sanction of this committee. This same commit- tee shall have the authority to remove official recognition from an organization by due process.

Use of Campus Facilities All campus facilities are for the use of the ac- ademic community of Southwestern. Campus organizations or informal groups of students (minimum of five) may request the use of a hall, classroom, or auditorium through the Dean of Students or the administrative official who has direct oversight of the facility. The following statement of policy was framed by the faculty to express Southwestern's tradi- tional support of free dialogue and debate: "We believe that the free exchange of ideas, including the right to express minority and unpopular opinions, is vital to the pursuit of knowledge. Indeed, we believe that the greatness of an institution of higher learning 32 Planning A Degree 33

THE EDUCATIONAL German, 95 PROGRAM Greek, 97 History, 102 Interdisciplinary Study, 107 PLANNING A DEGREE, 34 International Studies, 108 Degrees Offered, 34 Latin, 97 Residence and Other Requirements, 34 Marine Sciences, 67 The Major Field of Study, 35 Mathematics and Computer Science, 115 Interdisciplinary Majors, 36 Military Science, 120 Transfer Credit, 37 Music, 122 Academic Achievement, 38 Oriental Humanities, 107 Requirements for the Philosophy, 127 Bachelor of Arts Degree, 38 Requirements for the Physical Education, 130 Bachelor of Science Degree, 40 Physics, 131 Preparation for Professional Careers, 40 Political Science, 136 Preparation for Graduate Study, 41 Portuguese, 98 Preparation for Engineering, 41 Psychology, 140 SPECIAL STUDY OPPORTUNITIES, 42 Religion, 144 FOREIGN STUDY, 44 Russian, 98 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, 46 Spanish, 99 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION, 50 Theatre and Media Arts, 148 Aerospace Studies, 52 Biblical Studies at Southwestern, 153

Anthropology and Sociology, 54 MEEMAN CENTER FOR Arabic, 94 Art, 58 CONTINUING EDUCATION, 156 Astronomy, 62 THE BURROW LIBRARY, 157 Biology, 63 THE COMPUTER CENTER, 159 Business Administration, 74 THE CLOUGH-HANSON GALLERY, 58 Chemistry, 69 East Asian Studies, 73 THE EMILY SIMPSON COURTENAY Economics, 74 MODERN LANGUAGE CENTER, 93 Education, 82 English, 86 Foreign Languages; 91 French, 94 Geology, 101 34 Planning A Degree

PLANNING A DEGREE International Studies and Foreign Languages International Studies and Political Science Religion and Culture Degrees Offered Religion and Psychology The curriculum at Southwestern provides a The Bachelor of Science degree may be four-year program of liberal arts and sciences awarded for study in which there is a concen- leading to a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor Of tration in the field of the natural sciences and Science degree. Candidates for either of these mathematics. The degree may be awarded in the two degrees complete courses for general de- following areas: gree requirements. Depending on the major Biology field, either a B.A. degree or a B.S. degree can Chemistry be awarded. Chemistry (with certification by the Ameri- The Bachelor of Arts degree may be awarded . can Chemical Society) for study resulting in a major in any of the fol- Mathematics lowing areas: Physics Anthropology- Sociology The B.S. degree may also be awarded for study Art resulting in a major in either of the following Biology areas: Chemistry Chemical Biology Economics Computer Science/Mathematics Business Administration Special interdisciplinary majors may be con- English structed to fulfill individual educational goals. French The Bachelor of Arts degree has been awarded German to students who majored in the following in- Classics (Greek and Latin) terdisciplinary areas, among others: Spanish American Studies (Art-History) History American Studies (English-History) International Studies Art-Biology Mathematics English-Psychology Music English-International Studies Philosophy English-Communication Arts Physics French-International Studies Political Science German-Business Administration Psychology Spanish-International Studies Religion Political Science-Psychology Theatr6 and Media Arts Religion-Philosophy-Psychology The B.A. degree may also be awarded for study The provisions governing interdisciplinary resulting in a major in any of the following in- majors are described below. terdisciplinary areas: Detailed descriptions of the majors named Anthropology/Sociology and Psychology above are given in the sections of this catalogue Economics and Business Administration which present the curriculum offerings of each Economics and Mathematics department. Students are encouraged to con- Economics and International Studies sult with faculty advisors about their plans for Business Administration and Mathematics a major and to complete a declaration of major Business Administration and Computei- as soon as reasonable so that careful course Science scheduling can result in completion of a degree Business Administration and International with the normal four-year period. Studies Foreign Languages Residence and Other Requirements Computer Science/Mathematics To obtain a degree from Southwestern a stu- International Studies and History dent must earn in residence a minimum of sixty- Planning A Degree 35

two credit hours. The senior year (thirty credit of absence is not given for the purpose of study hours) must be spent in residence. Of the thirty at another institution. Failure to return to the credit hours required, six may be transferred college at the specified time will result in ter- from other academic institutions in the sum- mination of the relationship and will require mers preceding or following the senior year. A application for readmission. A leave of absence minimum of 124 credit hours is required for will generally not exceed one year in length. graduation with no more than four credit hours in physical education to be counted. In addi- tion to the 124 credit hours, the student must The Major Field of Study obtain a number of quality points double or No later than the end of Term II of the soph- greater than the number of credit hours omore year, a student must declare an intended attempted. major department, and after consultation with The requirement in a major must be satisfied. the chairpersbn of the department, be ac- A2.00 (C) average is required in the major field. cepted as a major. Any student in good standing A second degree may be awarded upon the will be accepted by any chosen department, but completion of a minimum of thirty additional only after consulting the chairperson concern- credit hours. The appropriate major require- ing suitability of work in the department for that ments and comprehensive examinations must student. The consultation is also the time to be completed satisfactorily. make a preliminary plan for the remainder of A student may satisfy the general degree re- the college career. Forms for securing admis- quirements as set forth in any catalogue during sion to a major department are available from his or her residence. The student may satisfy the Registrar. major requirements as set forth in that same Students will not be registered for classes in catalogue, or in a later one, but not in an earlier their junior year if they have not declared ma- one. Students reentering the college after a jors. Majors may be changed at any time, but prolonged interruption of their education may changes made after the end of the sophomore elect to graduate under the current catalogue year may result in delays or inconveniences. provided they carry a minimum of twelve credit Major requirements are stated in departmen- hours during the academic year. tal descriptions in this catalogue. Students con- Students wishing to participate in special sult with departmental chairpersons, but their programs at other accredited institutions are courses are not monitored by chairpersons. required to obtain permission and approval in Students are responsible for acquainting them- advance from the Curriculum Committee. In the selves with degree and major requirements and case of a temporary transfer for a term or more, for arranging courses of study accordingly. A students should consult with the Registrar to faculty advisor is assigned from the major de- work out a program which will facilitate ac- partment, and a student is expected to work ceptance of credit upon their return to South- closely with this'advisor on an appropriate aca- western. The Registrar, in consultation with demic program. Students are encouraged to department chairpersons and the Dean of the work closely with the Registrar's Office to in- College, must approve all work at other insti- sure up-to-date and accurate records of aca- tutions in advance of beginning the work. In demic work. some cases it may be necessary to postpone ap- All candidates for a degree must pass com- proval until course syllabi, papers and tests are prehensive examinations in the major field of examined. study, taken in the senior year. The special re- Students planning to leave the college for quirements of a department may be obtained other than academic reasons may petition the from the chairperson of that department. Registrar for a leave of absence. The granting of Attendance at the commencement exercises a leave of absence indicates a continuing rela- is required for all candidates for a degree, in- tionship with the college and allows students cluding those whose work was completed in the to resume studies at a specific time without first two terms and those needing summer reapplying for admission to the college. A leave courses for completion. 36 Planning A Degree

Interdisciplinary Majors 1) Consult with faculty members in the depart- Some students prefer to study in an area that ments that will be combined in the major to can best be covered by combining the work in determine the feasability of the interdisci- two or even three academic departments. In- plinary major. terdisciplinary majors are important ways in 2) Prepare, in consultation with the depart- which the faculty can meet the special aca- ments, a petition requesting the Faculty's ap- demic needs of these students. Students are • proval of the interdisciplinary major. This encouraged to explore the possibility of inter- petition is addressed to the Chairperson of disciplinary majors with their faculty advisors. the Committee on Curriculum, Standards, An interdisciplinary major may be used as and Standing. The petition should contain preparation for graduate work, but a student these items: contemplating graduate or professional edu- (i) An essay in which a rationale for the in- cation should investigate the way in which an terdisciplinary major is developed. Some interdisciplinary major might affect particular clear academic link or tie between the plans. departments is essential; simply taking The following procedures have been estab- courses in two departments is not suffi- lished to help a student construct an interdis- cient. The rationale should be such that ciplinary major. The procedures are designed only by combining work in the depart- to insure that the proposed major is feasible ments can the rationale be realized. within Southwestern's educational resources and (ii) A complete listing of courses, with num- that it is educationally acceptable. bers and titles and dates when the courses Students who wish to declare any of the es- are to be taken, which comprise the in- tablished interdisciplinary majors may do so by terdisciplinary major. Though it is custom- obtaining the approvals of the Chairpersons of ary that the number of courses in the the departments involved in the interdiscipli- departments will be less than expected of nary major. The regular "Declaration of Major" a major in the departments, it is essential form is used to record the approvals and to ad- that courses be included in the depart- vise the Registrar of the College. Any deviation ments that result in reasonably advanced from the program of study outlined in the de- work. Introductory level courses in a large scription must be approved by the depart- number of areas is not sufficient. ments involved and by the Curriculum (iii) A complete description of the manner in Committee subject to Faculty review. which comprehensive examinations will Other departments may be combined to cre- be structured and administered, and ate unique academic programs for students. In when the examinations will be taken. the past the following interdisciplinary majors (iv) Some indication of how the departments have been developed by individual students: will work cooperatively with the student American Studies (Art-History) in realizing the rationale for the interdis- English—International Studies ciplinary major. This may take the form English—Communication Arts of a specially designed directed inquiry English-Psychology or tutorial for the student, participated in Art Biology by representatives of the departments; it Religion—Philosophy Psychology may be a major project in one area re- Political Science—Psychology viewed and evaluated by members of the French-International Studies other department. Whatever form it takes, German-Business Administration some academic program sponsored by Students who wish to declare an interdisci- the departments in the interdisciplinary plinary major that does not have a program of major is necessary. study should follow the steps below in order to 3) The petition should be endorsed in writing secure the necessary approvals within a rea- by the Chairpersons of the departments. This sonable time and to ensure an adequate review endorsement should give an assessment of of the proposed program of study. the student's ability to undertake and com- Planning A Degree 37

plete successfully the work projected in the Southwestern allows its students to enroll in petition. The departmental endorsements courses at other colleges and universities and should also specify who will serve as the to transfer credit hours to Southwestern. A stu- principal faculty advisor for the student. dent who desires to have academic work trans- 4) The petition is submitted to the Dean of the ferred from another institution must have the College for initial review before it is sent to work approved in advance by the appropriate the Curriculum Committee for a full review academic department chairperson at South- and action. western and by the Dean of the College, acting 5) Interdisciplinary majors must be declared and on behalf of the Committee on Curriculum, receive approval no later than mid-term of Standards, and Standing. It is the responsibility Term II of the Junior year. It is expected that of the student to ensure that an official tran- work on the petition, interviews with faculty, script from the other institution is forwarded to consultation with the academic deans will take the Registrar at Southwestern. Final evaluation place no later than Term I of the Junior year. of transfer work must be completed within The student who submits an interdiscipli- twelve (12) weeks of the completion of the nary major petition will have already de- course(s) in question. clared a major by the end of Term II of the The following guidelines are used in evalu- Sophomore year. If the interdisciplinary ma- ating academic work from other institutions for jor can be worked-out in time for the Soph- transfer credit: omore year deadline for declaring a major, it 1. The institution at which the coursework is should be submitted earlier. taken must be an accredited college or 6) Any changes in the approved interdiscipli- university. nary major must have departmental approv- 2. 'Each course must be judged comparable als and the approval of the Curriculum in terms of content and quality to a course Committee before changes are made. in the curriculum at Southwestern or it must be judged to be consistent with the liberal Transfer Credit arts and science curriculum of Southwest- Students who transfer to Southwestern will ern and of a quality comparable to that ex- have their previous college work evaluated for pected of courses at Southwestern. transfer credit upon their acceptance for ad- Departmental chairpersons make these mission. Transfer students are responsible for judgements; in many cases the Registrar having final copies of transcripts sent from each of the College can act with the authority of institution attended. Official evaluation of departmental chairpersons. The chairper- transfer credit will not be completed until these sons and the Registrar assign credit toward final transcripts have been received by the Re- a Southwestern degree in such a way as to gistrar's Office at Southwestern. match comparable work at Southwestern. Academic work from other institutions is 3. A maximum of 62 credit hours (1 credit evaluated for transfer credit according to the hour =1 semester hour) may be accepted guidelines below. Transfer students must sat- towards a Southwestern degree. Of the isfy all of the degree requirements outlined in thirty hours earned to qualify for the sen- this catalogue. The Humanities requirement may ior year in residence, no more than six credit be fulfilled using Alternative One or Alternative hours may be earned in the summer pre- Two, depending upon the acceptance of trans- ceding or in the summer following the fer credit for previoiusly completed course- senior year. work. Religion, Philosophy, Bible, and certain 4. Transfer credit hours are not accepted if the other Humanities courses may be accepted for grade is D+ or below Transfer credit hours part or all of the Humanities 101-102, 201-202 are credited to the Southwestern tran- requirement (Alternative One); or the courses script as credit hours only; they are not used may be credited toward fulfilling requirements to determine the Southwestern grade point in Biblical studies or Bible-related studies (Al- average. ternative Two). 5. Transfer credit hours may be used to sat- 38 Planning A Degree

isfy degree and major requirements where ment has been waived by the Department appropriate. of English. 6. Transfer hours based on a quarter system II. FOREIGN LANGUAGE COMPETENCY: One are converted to the Southwestern credit course at the intermediate (200) level. This hour basis using the formula that one (1) requirement may be met in any one of the quarter hour equals two-thirds ( 2/3) credit following ways: hour. A student may use a 4 quarter hour —By scoring three or higher on the Ad- course, equivalent to 2 and 2/3 credit hours, vanced Placement Test in a language. to satisfy course requirements for a South- —By achieving a satisfactory score on a western degree, up to a maximum of five departmental placement-proficiency courses. Fractional transfer credit hours will test. be credited. —By completing successfully any three or If a student with transfer credit is a candidate four hdur credit course numbered 200 for academic achievement recognition, the stu- or higher. dent must have the grade point average re- In the modern languages, the placement- quired for academic achievement on all proficiency tests will cover reading, writing, Southwestern work and must have a grade point and listening comprehension; in Greek and average for all transfer work and Southwestern Latin, reading and writing. The tests: (1) must work combined which meets the standard for be taken by any student who wishes to ful- academic achievement. fill the degree requirement in foreign lan- guages by demonstrating satisfactory Academic Achievement proficiency; (2) may be taken by any stu- The candidate for the degree who attains an dent who wishes to continue at Southwest- overall average of 3.5000 or above in all aca- ern the study of a language previously demic work at the college or university level and, studied elsewhere, and who needs help in in addition, an average grade of B or better on determining what language course to enter. the comprehensive examinations will be rec- Ordinarily, a student who has completed two ommended for the degree cum laude. units of a language in high school enters the The candidate for the degree who attains an intermediate-level course (201) in that lan- overall average of 3.8500 or above in all aca- guage. It is recommended that the foreign demic work at the college or university level and, language competency requirement be sat- in addition, an average grade of A— on the isfied no later than the end of the sopho- comprehensive examinations, will be recom- more year. The foreign language requirement mended for the degree magna cum laude. is waived for those students for whom Eng- The candidate for the degree who attains an lish is not their native language. overall average of 3.9500, and a grade of A on III. AREA AND DISTRIBUTION REQUIRE- each comprehensive examination, will be rec- MENTS: Course descriptions for the courses ommended for the degree summa cum laude. listed below may be found in the "Courses The major "with honors" requires work in a of Instruction" section of this catalogue. restricted field during the senior year and a The Humanities Requirement general examination over the entire field. The honors program is described under Special This requirement may be completed by Study Opportunities. choosing one of two alternative approaches to the study of the humanities. The interdis- Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree ciplinary approach is Alternative One below. All students are required to complete courses Because the interdisciplinary course "Man which will result in achieving a core curriculum in the Light of History and Religion" is a of general education as follows: prominent part of this alternative, Alterna- I. COMMUNICATION SKILLS: English 151, tive One is frequently called the "Man" op- Writing. This course is required of all stu- tion. The departmental approach is dents except those for whom the require- Alternative Two below. Because of the Bibl- Planning A Degree 39

ical heritage orientation of courses in this al- be chosen from those coded C4 in the ternative, Alternative Two is termed the "Life" "Courses of Instruction." option.

Alternative One-The Interdisciplinary In the event that a student changes from Approach the interdisciplinary approach to the de- A. and B. Humanities 101-102, 201-202 partmental approach, the following princi- Man in the Light of History and Religion. ples apply: Freshman year (I-II); sophomore year (I-II) - Humanities 101 will be reckoned as one [3-3, 3-31. A two-year interdisciplinary study course under "A. Biblical Studies." of the ideas, beliefs, and cultural develop- - Humanities 102 will be reckoned as one ments that have formed Western man. course under "A. Biblical Studies." C. Literature, History and Philosophy-three -Humanities 201 will be reckoned as one (3) additional courses from the following course under "B. Philosophy and/or areas, subject to the conditions stated: Religion." (1) Literature, both English and foreign; no - Humanities 202 will be reckoned as one more than two courses to be chosen course under "C. (2) History." from those coded C2 in the "Courses - Religion 100, 110, or 120 must be taken of Instruction." in order to take any other course in "A. (2) History and Philosophy; no more than Biblical Studies." Humanities 101 is not two courses to be chosen from those sufficient as a prerequisite for other coded C4 and C5 in the "Courses of courses in "A. Biblical Studies." Instruction." Changes from Alternative Two to Alterna- Alternative Two-The Departmental tive One are permitted only at the beginning Approach of the Sophomore year (that is, a student may A. Biblical Studies-two (2) courses to be begin Alternative One with Humanities 201- chosen from the following courses; the 202 after taking the Biblical studies courses courses are to be taken in the freshman year. in Alternative Two). Either Religion 100 or 110 or 120 must be taken as a prerequisite for the other Bible courses. In addition to Humanities courses in either Religion 100, 110, and 120 are offered in Alternative One or Alternative Two, courses Term I. must be completed in the areas of Natural Religion 100, 110, 120, 200 Science, Social Science, and Fine Arts. The Religion 212, 213, 214, 215, 218-219 area and distribution requirements are stated Religion 223, 224, 225, 226, 228-229, below. B. Philosophy and/or Religion-two (2) courses to be chosen from the following The Natural Science Requirement courses: Philosophy 201, 304, 334, 350, 357, 510, 515 Three (3) courses are to be chosen from at Religion 131, 231, 334, 335, 342, 345, 346, least two of the following areas; one course 151, 357, 160, 161, 263, 264 must have a laboratory: (1) Biology C. Literature and History-three (3) addi- (2) Chemistry tional courses from the following areas, sub- (3) Mathematics or Computer Science ject to the conditions stated: (4) Physics or Astronomy (1) Literature, both English and foreign; no (5) Geology more than two courses to be chosen See courses in the "Courses of Instruction" from those coded C2 in the "Courses coded D1 (Biology), D2 (Chemistry), D3 of Instruction." (Mathematics or Computer Science), D4 (2) History; no more than two courses to (Physics or Astronomy), D5 (Geology). No 40 Planning A Degree

more than one course in Computer Science els), Medicine-Health Sciences, Law, and may be used to fulfill this degree Ministry. requirement. Southwestern's academic program offers a variety of courses which may be used as prep- The Social Science Requirement aration for graduate study or as preparation for particular professional careers. The prerequi- Three (3) course to be chosen from at s sites for professional courses of study vary least two of the following areas: greatly not only among the various professions (1) Anthropology/Sociology but also among individual institutions prepar- (2) Economics ing students for the professions. Therefore, the (3) Political Science or International faculty advisor should be consulted as soon as Studies a student has decided upon aims for the future, (4) Psychology or Education in order that the best course of study may be See courses in the "Courses of Instruction" planned according to individual purposes and coded El (Anthropology/Sociology), E2 needs. (Economics), E3 (Political Science or Inter- Pre-professional advisors are available for national Studies), E4 (Psychology or special consultation with those students inter- Education). ested in the following areas: The Fine Arts Requirement Two (2) courses are to be chosen from at least Career Advisors two of the following areas: Accounting, (1) Art Professor Legge (2) Music Advertising and Journalism, (3) Theatre and Media Arts Professors Cooper and Ray Hill See courses in the "Courses of Instruction" Business, coded Fl (Art), F2 (Music), F3 (Theatre and Professor Grinspan Media Arts). Church Professions, Professors Brown and Neat Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Engineering, Degree Chairperson of the Science Coordinating (Offered only for majors in Biology, Chemistry, Committee, or Chairperson of the appropri- Chemical Biology, Computer Science/Mathe- ate science department matics, and Physics) Finance, The general degree requirements for the Professor Doug Southard Bachelor of Science are identical to those for Foreign Service, the Bachelor of Arts except for the following: Professor Hammond Health Professions, The Natural Science Requirement Professors Amy, Barnhardt and Gilow Six (6) courses to be chosen from Biology, International Business, Chemistry, Physics, and three or four courses Professor Iskander in mathematics as required by the department Law, major. Professor Grunes Media Arts, Preparation for Professional Careers Professor Ray Hill Southwestern graduates have prominence in Museum Careers, their chosen professional fields. Forty-three Professor Anthony percent of Southwestern's graduates have ob- Music, tained advanced, professional degrees. The top Professor Eckert five occupational classifications for graduates Psychological Services, are: Business-Finance, Education (on all lev- Professor Queener Planning A Degree 41

Public Administration, of study in the chosen major field and in related Professor Sweetser fields without lessening general knowledge of Social Services, other fields. As most graduate schools require Professor Ekstrom a reading knowledge of either French or Ger- Teaching (Secondary, Elementary), man for all higher degrees, and some schools Professor McClay require a knowledge of both languages, the prospective graduate student is strongly urged In some cases very specific recommenda- to include courses in these languages in the un- tions for pre-professional courses have been dergraduate program. developed. This is especially true for Medicine The prospective graduate student should se- and the Health Sciences, Business Administra- riously consider applying for the Honors Pro- tion, Education (on all levels), and Law. The ad- gram. The honors program provides an visors named above have this information and opportunity to do more independent, inten- should be consulted early in one's undergrad- sive, and individual work than can be done in uate work. Special meetings are scheduled dur- the regular degree programs. The honors work ing orientation period to outline the offers an excellent introduction to graduate recommended courses and to discuss the best study as it employs the full resources of library schedule of courses at Southwestern. and laboratory, and promotes independence of There are obvious correlations between cer- thought and study. The Honors Program is more tain professions and academic majors. For ex- fully described in the section on Special Study ample, a career in the foreign diplomatic service Opportunities. might result from a major in International Stud- ies or from a major in one of the modern for- Preparation for Engineering eign languages. An appointment in the field of Southwestern's science departments provide public administration or in state and local gov- educational opportunities for students who an- ernment might result from a major in Political ticipate engineering as a profession. Science Science. Social work frequently requires an ac- faculty members are helpful sources of infor- ademic background in Psychology or in An- mation about engineering schools, and they thropology/Sociology. The choice of major work with students in preparing applications for therefore may be influenced by definite profes- study at engineering schools after completion sional objectives. The college offers series of of degree work at Southwestern. workshops designed to help students identify The best preparation for engineering through career and professional objectives and relate a liberal arts and sciences degree program is to these objectives to the choice of a major. The major in the appropriate science and to master faculty members in a department are also in- the necessary mathematical and computer skills. valuable sources of information about the use Southwestern's science departments have an of majors in a particular profession. The de- enviable reputation for science training, and the scriptions of the courses in the departments, College now offers substantial instruction in found in the Courses of Instruction section of computer science, well-grounded in mathe- this catalogue, contain further information along matics. The prospective engineering student these lines. gains at Southwestern not only the strong sci- ence and mathematics background required for engineering but also the more comprehensive Preparation for Graduate Study perspective engendered by the study of the lib- A student who plans to do graduate work eral arts. leading to one of the advanced academic de- grees should confer with the faculty advisor during the freshman year if possible, and cer- tainly before entering the junior year. The stu- dent's undergraduate program should be planned in such a way as to include a maximum 42 Special Study Opportunities

SPECIAL STUDY OPPORTUNITIES and departmental comprehensive exams must be at least at the "A — " level. In addition, the honors paper must be judged by the readers to The Honors Program be of at least "A — " quality. The honors program provides the principal The honors student will earn in the major field means whereby a student may do more inde- three to six credits per term which may be dis- pendent, intensive, and individual work than can tributed among class courses, tutorials, and the be done in the regular degree programs. The honors course. Normally, the honors course will honors work offers an excellent introduction to call for twelve hours total credit for the year. This graduate study as it employs the full resources work is to be completed during Term I and Term of library and laboratory and promotes inde- II of the senior year. pendence of thought and study. Special attention is necessary to ensure the All honors programs include a project of either completion of the honors project in time for it a scholarly or creative nature. This project can to be evaluated and approved. For this reason, be research culminating in a written report or final copy of the honors project is due in the thesis, or it can be a creative project as repre- department by the last day of classes in Term II. sented by an original production. A copy of the The corrected final copy is due to the Indivi- report or production is presented to the Indi- dualized Study Committee along with required vidualized Study Committee for approval and signatures and evaluations by readers no later will be placed in a permanent file or display in than the end of the second week of Term III. the library. The candidate for honors submits the appli- The Tutorial Plan cation to read for the honors to the chairperson The tutorial plan of instruction, like the hon- of his or her major department during Term III ors program, has as its chief purposes the in- of the junior year. The Individualized Study dividualizing of instruction, the avoiding of mass Committee must receive the completed and production methods in education, and the pro- endorsed application by September 21 of the vision of means whereby students may go be- next academic year. Students considering hon- yond the scope of a class course, both in the ors work are encouraged to take a one-hour tu- amount of work done and the kinds of interests torial in Term III of the junior year. Emphasis in pursued. The tutorial courses are an adaptation the tutorial will be selection of a topic, prelim- to American conditions of the tutorial plan as inary research and definition of project, and followed in the English universities of Oxford preparation of the honors application. and Cambridge. The method is that of exten- To be eligible for the honors program a stu- sive reading under guidance, and conferences dent must have a minimum grade point average with the tutor on the material read. This plan of 3.25 in all studies outside the major and a was inaugurated in September, 1931, with the minimum grade point average of 3.25 in the aid of a grant from the Carnegie Corporation. courses taken in the major department. In com- The tutorial course may be a broad survey of puting this average all work attempted by the a field, or may involve intense specialization in student at Southwestern or at other colleges shall some of its aspects. The student has the privi- be included, not omitting D and F grades, ex- lege of requesting special courses in which he cept under unusual circumstances. or she is interested, if a member of the faculty At least four examinations of three to four is available to direct study in those fields. At a hours each will be given in the candidate's final minimum, forty hours of study are required for term. (At the discretion of the instructors, hon- each credit hour. ors students may be exempted from final ex- aminations in courses in their major in the term Directed Inquiry in which the honors paper is submitted.) The The term directed inquiry indicates a type of examinations will be judged by at least three independent study designed to give more examiners. To receive the honors award the individuality than is provided by honors, student's general performance in honors work tutorials, and seminars. A directed inquiry is a Special Study Opportunities 43 project agreed upon by a student and profes- ships are defined within the course structures sor; it may be a laboratory experiment, special of several academic departments. Require- readings on a given topic, some type of art work, ments for acceptance as an intern are set by each a group of essays, etc. The details of the project department. At a minimum the student is ex-. are agreed upon by the student and the pected to be able to integrate his or her aca- professor. demic work with on-the-job activities. At present Credits for a directed inquiry range from one internships are parts of the departmental pro- to six hours. Forty hours of work, including out- grams for Anthropology/Sociology, Art, Eco- side reading, experiments and conferences, are nomics and Business Administration, Education, required for one hour of credit. No more than History, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, twelve hours credit may be earned in any one International Studies, and Theatre and Media department. The maximum number of hours for Arts. Special internship opportunities can all directed inquiries allowed is twenty-four. be proposed subject to approval by the de- Normally, a freshman may not undertake a di- partment concerned and the Curriculum rected inquiry until after the completion of two Committee. terms of regular studies. Special students are A maximum of nine credit hours toward the generally not eligible for directed inquiries. 124 credit hours for graduation may be earned Proposals for directed inquiries must be ap- by taking internships, and no more than six credit proved by the Individualized Study Commit- hours in internships maybe earned in one de- tee. Appropriate forms are available in the partment per term. Registrar's Office. These forms call for details such as the beginning and ending dates of the Special Opportunities in Term Ill project and set forth specific rules governing Term III at Southwestern is six weeks in du- such things as extensions or other possible ration, lasting from mid-April to the end of the considerations. The student should become fa- school year in May. A full-time load for a stu- miliar with this form well in advance of the date dent is six or seven credit hours, usually two intended to submit a proposal, so that every- courses. The length of the term and a student's thing will be in order and approved by the de- course load make Term III a particularly good partment when submitted. Normally, a student time to offer courses of a different nature from will not be permitted to take more than one di- those offered during Terms I and II. It presents rected inquiry at a time. an especially good opportunity for special study Applications for directed inquiries are to be options such as foreign study, directed inquir- submitted in time for the Committee to act be- ies, field trips, and interdepartmental courses. fore the date set for the project to begin. In the past several years, groups of students have In the event that more than one student is traveled to Spain, France, Italy, Mexico, and Po- interested in a directed inquiry on the same land as well as New York City and Washington, topic, a tutorial on the topic may be taught, sub- D.C. There are two regularly scheduled field ject to review and approval by the Individual- trips, one sponsored by the Biology Depart- ized Study committee. The design of such ment and one by the Departments of -Anthro- tutorials must conform to the standard tutorial pology/Sociology and Geology. format. Innovative courses, especially those which are interdiscipliniary or interdepartmental in na- Internships ture, pose unique offerings to Southwestern Southwestern recognizes the need and the students during Term III. Some of the courses value of integrating traditional academic work which have been introduced in Term III in the and practical application. Internships are im- past include "Women's Studies," "Law, Politics portant ways in which students may have this and Education," "Human Intuition and Judge- experience. ment," "Human Heredity," "Opera for Ama- Internship credit is given for involvement in teurs," and "World Hungec" programs in which off-campus work and sig- Traditional courses are offered as well, giving nificant academic work are combined. Intern- students the opportunity to work on degree or 44 Special Study Opportunities

major requirements as well as investigate new grams of study in France, Latin America and or other areas of interest. Term III is also a good Spain. Students interested in studying in these time for directed inquiries and internships. countries for a summer, a term, or a year, are invited to consult with the chairperson of the Southern College University Union appropriate language department. In 1968 a group of liberal arts colleges and As with all foreign study, students intending Vanderbilt University formed the Southern. to study abroad during the regular academic year College University Union for the purpose of should prepare with their major departments a collaborating on educational programs and 'full plan for both their junior and senior years. activities. The institutions in addition to South- The plan is submitted to the Individualized Study western At Memphis and Vanderbilt University Committee in advance to be sure that the for- are Birmingham-Southern College, Centre Col- eign study will fit appropriately into the degree lege of Kentucky, Centenary College, Fisk Uni- program at Southwestern. versity, Millsaps College, and University of the South. Germany: Direct Exchange Program with Science Semester At Oak Ridge National the Eberhard-Karls-Universitat Tubingen Laboratory Southwestern At Memphis has a formal re- Through a cooperative arrangement be- lationship with the University of Tubingen which tween Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak allows the two institutions to exchange stu- Ridge, Tennessee, and the participating insti- dents without the students paying tuition to the tutions of the Southern College University host institution. To be eligible, a student must Union, qualified students in the natural and have at least two years of German at the college some social sciences may spend the spring terms level. of their junior or senior year in residence at Oak 'Interested students should consult with the Ridge, engaged in seminars and in active sci- Chairperson of the German Department about entific research. Interested students should qualifications and details of the academic contact Professor Barnhardt in the physics de- experience. partment, Southwestern coordinator for the program, during the academic year preceding France, Germany, Latin America, Spain: the one in which they intend to participate. Summer Study Programs Student groups accompanied by a South- FOREIGN STUDY western professor utilize on occasion Term III and/or the summer for language study in France, All foreign study programs proposed by a Germany, Latin America or Spain. Student in- student must be submitted to the Individual- terest and the availability of Southwestern in- ized Study Committee in advance of the in- structors determine when foreign-study groups tended study. Information concerning foreign are formed. study opportunities available to Southwestern students can be obtained from the Dean of Students. England: British Studies At Oxford In 1970, Southwestern initiated a summer Southwestern At Memphis is an Associate In- program of British Studies at University Col- stitution of the Institute of European Studies with lege, Oxford, England. In 1972, the program was programs in Durham and London, Great Brit- expanded and Southwestern was joined in its ain; Freiburg, Germany; Paris and Nantes, sponsorship by the other colleges and univers- France; Madrid, Spain; Vienna, Austria; and ities which, with Southwestern, comprise the Mexico City, Mexico. The college coordinator Southern College University Union. During the for these programs is the Dean of Students. six weeks of the program, now conducted at St. France, Latin America, Spain: John's College, Oxford, students on lec- The Year Abroad tures by eminent British authorities on the Arts, Southwestern At Memphis has had continu- History, Philosophy, and Literature of one pe- ing relationships with several organized pro- riod of British cultural development: Medieval, Special Study Opportunities 45

Renaissance, The Enlightenment, and Nine- the four or more courses offered by the pro- teenth and Early Twentieth Century Britain. The gram faculty; hear guest speakers on interna- particular period is announced from year to year. tional economics, business, and politics; take In addition, a number of seminars in related, field trips; and explore the centers of com- but more restricted subjects are offered by tu- merce in the host city. The CME program is tors drawn from Southwestern and other par- sponsored by the Southern College University ticipating institutions. Of these, a student Union but is open to undergraduate students normally elects two. In this way the program of- from other colleges and universities. For fur- fers an excellent background of the period while ther information and application forms, con- conducting the mechanics of the school along tact Dr. Wasfy B. Iskander at Southwestern At lines familiar to American students. In addition Memphis or write directly to Program's Direc- to the experience of living and dining in the six- tor: Dr. Derek Waller, Box 27, Station B, Van- teenth century buildings of the college, stu- derbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37235. dents make weekend excursions to Stratford- on-Avon, Canterbury, Stonehenge, and other places rich in the cultural history of England. The program is co-educational and under- graduate, although it is also open to recent graduates and students from other colleges and universities. At least one year of college level instruction is a prerequisite for acceptance. In 1974 Southwestern At Memphis joined with British Studies At Oxford in assisting South- western students of merit to attend Oxford. The scholarship is offered in gratitude for the serv- ices of Professor John Henry Davis — a Rhodes Scholar, a member of the history faculty for forty- four years, and President of British Studies At Oxford in the first four sessions. The number of scholarships offered, their value, and in- structions for making application are an- nounced each year at the beginning of Term II. For further information and application forms, write to Dr. Yerger Clifton, Dean of British Stud- ies At Oxford, Southwestern At Memphis.

Challenges of the Multinational Economy: International Politics, Economics and Business Challenges of the Multinational Economy (CME) is a summer study program which em- phasizes the contemporary problems in inter- national political economy. The international setting of the program may be changed from year to year. Each year, a particular theme will be chosen as the focus of that program. In 1982, it was "Energy and Economic Development," and in 1983 it was "The Multinational Corporation." The program is usually held in London, Eng- land, at the London School of Economics for 6 weeks. Participants in the program take two of 46 Academic Regulations

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Regular students may obtain permission to audit a course, without payment of fee, by The Board of Trustees vests responsibility for agreement with the professor concerned. Au- curriculum, instruction, and the regulation of dited courses are not included in the number academic affairs with the President and the Fac- of hours carried, nor are they recorded on the ulty. They in turn allocate this responsibility and permanent record. implement it through various committees and individuals. Class Standing Two committees are chiefly responsible for A minimum of 31 credit hours are required regulating the academic program. The Com- for admission to the sophomore class; 63 for mittee on Curriculum, Standards and Standing, admission to the junior class; 93 for admission which includes students in its membership, has to the senior class. It should be noted that to broad responsibility, subject to faculty review, generate the 124 credit hours needed for grad- to frame and implement necessary procedures uation, a minimum of 31 credit hours per year to insure that the instructional standards and should be earned. aims of the college are met. The Individualized No later than the end of Term II of the soph- Study Committee, also subject to faculty re- omore year, a student must declare an intended view, is responsible for developing college major department, and after consultation with policies in regard to honors work, tutorials, di- the chairperson of the department, be ac- rected inquiries, and individual foreign study cepted as a major. Any student in good standing arrangements, and implementing the policies will be accepted by any chosen department, but in individual cases. only after consulting the chairperson concern- The regulations that follow are not compre- ing suitability of work in the department for the hensive but are included here for the sake of student. The consultation is also the time to easy reference by faculty and students. Any var- make a preliminary plan for the remainder of iation from academic regulations requires the the college career. Forms for securing admis- formal approval of the Faculty. Students are en- sion to a major department are available from couraged to inquire in the Registrar's Office in the Registrar. the event that variations seem necessary. Class Attendance Registration At the beginning of every course, the instruc- Qualification as a regular student requires tors will state class attendance guidelines that registration in four courses (12 credit hours) in are to be enforced. A student who is absent from Term I and in Term II and two courses (6 credit class due to illness or other excusable reasons hours) in Term III. Registration for additional or will provide the professor with an explanation fewer courses must be approved in advance by of the absence. Whenever possible this expla- the Curriculum Committee. nation should be given prior to the absence so No student may carry more than 16 credit the student's work may be continued with min- hours in Terms I and II or more than 8 credit imal interruption. hours in Term III. Computation of the total credit When excessive absences from class (includ- hours permitted per term includes directed in- ing laboratories) jeopardize the student's work quiries and concurrent enrollment at other in- in that course, the instructorwill inform the Dean stitutions. A year's residence with satisfactory of the College. Notice will be sent to the stu- grades is the usual prerequisite for taking more dent, with copies to the instructor and faculty than the maximum number of courses. Not more advisor as a warning that further absences may than three courses in the same department, and lead to failure in or suspension from the course. not more than two under the same instructor The Dean of Students will be made aware of the may be taken for credit without special per- situation. mission in advance from the Dean of the Col- If continual absences make a student unable lege, except for those students enrolled in the to complete a course satisfactorily, the instruc- honors program. tor will make a written recommendation to the Academic Regulations 47

Dean of the College that the student be dropped testing dates and times within the schedule. In from the course with a grade of F. If a student some courses the purposes of a final exami- is recommended for exclusion from as many as nation are best served by special testing: take- two courses in the same term, the student will home examinations, departmentally adminis- be urged to withdraw from the college. tered oral examinations, special projects and assignments for example. Whatever the testing Schedule Changes method, the important factor is ,that students During the first week of classes in Terms I and are asked to synthesize major concepts,ap- II, and the first three days of classes in Term III, proaches, and facts from the course, and to the student may make an approved change of demonstrate that they can do this on their own. schedule. After the above time periods, no A student who has a failing average on course changes may be made without approval of the work is counselled before the final examination Curriculum Committee. about the status of that work and about the role the final examination will play in determining Withdrawal From Class the final grade, but the student is not excluded In Terms I and II, students withdrawing from from taking the final examination. A student who a class between the beginning of the second has a passing average on course work and who week and the end of the eighth week will re- fails the final examination, and as a result has a ceive a grade of W (withdrew). Unauthorized failing average for the course, may, at the dis- withdrawal from any class constitutes a failure cretion of the instructor, be permitted to take a in the course. Courses dropped after the eighth re-examination. An E grade is given in this case. week during Terms I and II will carry the grade The highest grade in the course that can be given of F except in cases of prolonged illness. With- upon re-examination is D + . A student who has drawal from all classes must be requested in a passing average on course work and who fails writing from the Dean of the College. the final examination, but who earns a passing During Term III students withdrawing from final grade, may be given the appropriate letter classes in the first three days will have no re- grade for the course. cord made of the enrollment in the class. Dur- Unexcused absence from a final examination ing Term III, the W grade will be in effect from automatically results in failure in the course. A the fourth day of classes through the end of the student who is prevented by illness or other fourth week. A grade of F will be recorded for reason from taking the final examination at the courses dropped during the last two weeks of scheduled time must present a written excuse Term III. or doctor's certificate and will be given a grade of X. In some courses, due to the lesser weight Examinations given to the final examination in determining The Honor Code represents what the stu- the final grade for the course, a professor may dents, the Faculty, and the administration be- not wish to give the grade of F for an unexcused lieve to be the best environment for the pursuit absence or the grade of X in the event of an of our educational aims. All tests and exami- excused absence. The professor's policy on this nations are conducted under the Honor Code, matter is made clear at the beginning of the and students are asked to indicate on their tests course so that there is no misunderstanding and and final examinations that they have abided by so that it is clear that this situation is an excep- the principles contained in the Honor Code. tion to the general college policy. Normally every course for which credit is given Consult section on Removal of Conditional has a final examination as a component. Final Grades for policies governing E and X grades. examinations are intended to assess students' mastery of the subject matter of the course and Grades and Grade Points are normally comprehensive in scope. In official recording of academic work, the Final examinations are given during the ex- following symbols are employed: A, excellent; amination week according to the published B, good; C, average; D, passing; P, pass; E, schedule. This schedule allows for alternative reexamination; X, incomplete; IP, honors work 48 Academic Regulations

in progress; F, failure; W, withdrew; NG, grade Removal of Conditional Grades not submitted by professor. E and X grades are Students with E grades (see Examinations) conditional and may be removed. (See below.) must notify the Registrar of their intention to A, B, C, D are employed with plus and minus take reexaminations at least one week in ad- notations as follows: vance of the scheduled time and must pay the Quality. Quality required fee of $10.00. If the student passes the Grade Points Grade Points reexamination, a term grade of D — , D, or D+ A 4.0 C+ 2.3 will be earned, unless the course was taken Pass/ A — 3.7 C 2.0 Fail, in which case the grade of P will be re- B + 3.3 C— 1.7 corded. Seniors in the final term of attendance B 3.0 D+ 1.3 are eligible for reexamination without delay if B — 2.7 D 1.0 they fail a final examination. D — 0.7 The grade of X will be given to the student Quality points are used to determine a stu- who is unable to complete course work, in- dent's grade point average. The quality points cluding the final examination, because of ill- earned are divided by the number of credit hours ness or other emergency. Upon completion of attempted. Pass/Fail credit hours are not in- the unfinished work, and the payment of a $10.00 cluded in the determination of the grade point fee for the removal of a conditional grade, the average. Conditional grades (see below) are student will receive whatever final grade is treated as grades of F and earn no quality points merited. and no credit hours until they are removed. All unfinished work must be completed and all conditional grades must be removed by the professor submitting a final grade to the Regis- Repeating A Course Because of Grade trar's Office no later than the end of the fourth Any student who has received a grade of D — week of classes of the following term. After the D, or D+ in a course may repeat the course for removal of an X or E grade by the professor, the a higher grade. Written permission of the in- student must clear the record with the Registrar structor is required. No additional hours credit and Cashier by the end of the sixth week of may be earned when repeating a course for a classes of the following term. If illness or other higher grade. Any student who has failed a extraordinary circumstances prevent this, then course may repeat the course for credit. When a petition requesting an extension must be sub- calculating a student's overall grade point aver- mitted to and approved by the Curriculum age, the two grades earned in the repeated .Committee. Conditional grades not remoyed course are averaged. by the deadline will become grades of F. Sen- iors are required to remove all conditions by the end of the first week in May Pass-Fail Students may enroll in a class on a pass-fail Grade Reports basis for one course per term, or two courses Reports of students' grades will be sent to the per year. No more than a total of six courses are students at their home addresses at the end of permitted under this program. The Pass/Fail op- each term. Except during Term III, mid-term de- tion may not be used in courses taken to satisfy ficiency reports are mailed to those students who general degree requirements or courses taken have any grade of D+ or below. For a grade of to satisfy major requirements including cog- F, specific reasons for the grade may be indi- nate courses. cated on the report. Complete mid-term re- Courses with grades of Pass count neither for ports are available for all students from their nor against a student in the computation of av- faculty advisors. erages. Permission of the instructor is required and must be obtained during the first two weeks Honor Roll and Dean's List of the class in Term I and II, by the end of the An Honor Roll and a Dean's List are compiled first week in Term III. at the end of Term I and II. To qualify for the Academic Regulations 49

Honor Roll, a student must be enrolled in twelve visions will apply when either of these grades or more credits of academic work, and must are on the record in question. The action to sus- achieve all grades of A- or above, plus a term pend, however, will not be taken until it is de- grade point average of 3.85 or better. To qualify termined what the grades will be when the for the Dean's List, a student must achieve a term conditional grades are removed. grade point average"of 3.7 in twelve or more hours. Transcripts Complete college records for each student Academic Probation and Suspension are kept in the Registrar's Office. A student is To maintain acceptable scholastic standing and entitled to one copy of his or her record with- to graduate, a student must have an overall grade out charge and additional copies at the rate of point average of 2.000 (C) for all work at- $2.00 each. Additional copies of each order will tempted and for all work in the major depart- cost $0.50 each. Requests for transcripts must ment. The Curriculum Committee, through the be in writing. No transcript will be issued to stu- Probation and Suspension Subcommittee, dents, current or past, whose financial ac- places on academic probation any student counts are deliquent. whose grade point average for a term falls be- low the minimum standard. The minimum standards are as follows: Freshman-1.60 Sophomore-1.80 Junior-2.00 Senior-2.00 Notification of probation will be on the stu- dent grade report. Notification of possible ac- ademic suspension after Term I grades have been received and after Term II grades have been re- ceived will be by letter from the Subcommittee. The letter will set forth the particular reasons the student may be suspended. A student will be suspended at the end of the academic year if the following minimum cu- mulative grade point averages are not attained by the end of Term III of the appropriate year: Freshman-1.50 Sophomore-1.70 Junior-1.90 If there are definite reasons relating to the personal situation of a student which;in the opinion of the Subcommittee, resulted in the failure to achieve academically, the Subcom- mittee may allow the student to continue into the next academic year. The period of academic suspension will be for at least one academic term. A student is el- igible for readmission upon recommendation of the Vice-President and Dean of the College and approval of the Subcommittee on Proba- tion and Suspension. Term grade point averages are affected by the , conditional grades of 'X' and 'E'. The above pro- 50 Courses of Instruction

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION C. LITERATURE, HISTORY, AND PHILOSOPHY Normally courses numbered in the one- C2 Literature hundreds and two-hundreds are for freshmen C4 History and sophomores; those in the three-hundreds C5 Philosophy and four-hundreds are for juniors and seniors; tutorial courses are numbered in the five-' D. NATURAL SCIENCE hundreds. The college reserves the right to DI Biology cancel any course for which there is insufficient D2 Chemistry enrollment. D3 Mathematics or Computer Science The Roman numerals, in parentheses, fol- D4 Physics or Astronomy lowing the course titles indicate the term in D5 Geology which the course is usually taught. Course credit is shown in brackets at the right of the title line. E. SOCIAL SCIENCE Credit is given for half of a hyphenated course El Anthropology/Sociology should the student not enroll the following term. E2 Economics In general, courses numbered in the one- E3 Political Science or International Studies hundreds and two-hundreds are given yearly. E4 Psychology or Education Higher level courses are frequently offered every F. FINE ARTS other year. Students making long range plans Fl Art for majors are urged to consult with the chair- F2 Music person of the department for information con- F3 Theatre and Media Arts cerning the sequence of offerings. Some courses are offered on demand (marked 0.D.), subject to departmental approval. THE ACADEMIC CALENDAR From time to time experimental, special top- The academic year consists of three terms. ics courses are offered by faculty members. Term I and Term II include twelve weeks of in- These courses are numbered "500." Faculty struction and an additional week for examina- members propose these courses; approvals are tions. Students enroll in four courses, normally required from the department chairperson, the twelve to fourteen credit hours, during each of Curriculum Committee, and the Faculty. They these two terms. Term III includes six weeks of are conducted in a manner consistent with reg- instruction and an additional two and one-half ular course offerings, governed by normal class days for examinations. Students enroll in two schedules and examination policies; however, courses, normally six to seven credit hours, they may not be used to satisfy general degree during Term III. One credit hour is equivalent requirements. to one semester hour. Term I begins in early September and ends Special Provisions Concerning Degree before the Christmas recess. Term II begins in Requirements early January and ends in early April. Term III Some courses may not be used to satisfy de- begins in mid-April and ends in late May or early gree requirements. Those courses which can be June. A detailed calendar which includes dates used are designated on the title and credit lines for recesses and for special academic days may of the catalogue listings. Directed Inquiries may be found at the front of this catalogue. not be used. With very few exceptions, the Courses which are taught in two terms are courses designated as fulfilling degree require- normally scheduled for Term I and Term II with ments carry three or more hours credit. An ac- the Term I course being the first in the se- cumulation of one-hour applied music or art quence. In most instances the second course credits may be used to satisfy requirements. in the sequence will require completion of the Listed below is an explanation of the codes first course. During Term III a variety of special used to designate courses which meet degree courses are offered. Interdisciplinary courses requirements: are important parts of the curriculum in Term Courses of Instruction 51

Ill as well as opportunities for study off-cam- pus. See the section on Special Opportunities in Term Ill for additional information.

Class Schedules During Terms I and II, classes meet on Mon- day, Wednesday and Friday for sixty minutes, a total of 180 minutes per week. On Tuesday and Thursday, classes meet for an hour and thirty minutes for a total of 180 minutes per week. Class periods in Term III are 90 minutes in length, Monday through Friday, for six weeks of instruction. 52 Aerospace Studies

AEROSPACE STUDIES able, on a competitive basis, to entering Colonel Douglas W. Stockton. B.S., United States freshmen and to cadets enrolled in the AFROTC Military Academy (West Point); M.A., Auburn courses. Details are available from the Office of University. Admissions and Financial Aid at Southwestern, or from the AFROTC office in Jones Hall at Memphis State University. Captain William M. Aven. B.B.A., Memphis State • Students wishing to participate should con- University; M.S., Air Force Institute of tact the Southwestern Registrar, the South- Technology. western coordinator for the program, or the AFROTC Commander at Memphis State Uni- Captain Randall M. Fountain. B.B.A. and M.B.A., versity. All the courses listed below are taught Memphis State University. on the Memphis State campus by officers who are detailed by the Air Force to administer the Captain Benard H. Simelton. B.A., Mississippi program, and who are subsequently approved Valley State University; M.A., University of North by the Memphis State University President. In Dakota. every other respect the courses are treated as Southwestern courses. A maximum of 16 credit Dr. Wilmer A. Sweetser, Southwestern hours total may be earned in the Departments Coordinator of Aerospace Studies and Military Science.

No Major Offered COURSE OFFERINGS Through a crosstown agreement between Southwestern At Memphis and the United States General Military Course Air Force, Southwestern students may partici- 111-112. Air Force Today. (I-II) [1 - 11 pate fully in the AFROTC program based at This course deals with the Air Force in the con- Memphis State University. Students should note temporary world through a study of the total that the beginning date for fall classes is about force structure, strategic offensive and defen- a week earlier than the normal fall beginning sive forces, general purpose forces, and aero- date for Southwestern classes. space support forces. One class hour per week The program is in two parts, the General Mili- and one hour of Leadership Laboratory. tary Course at the freshman-sophomore level, and the Professional Officer Course at the jun- 211 - 212. The Development of Air Power. (I - II) ior-senior level. The freshman-sophomore level 11-11 program, open to all students, involves one hour This course is a study of air power from bal- per week of classroom instruction and one hour loons and dirigibles through the jet age; a his- per week of corps training. The junior-senior torical review of air power employment in level program is available only to selected, eli- military and non-military operations in support gible students who desire to qualify as officers of national objectives; and a look at the evo- in the United States Air Force while pursuing lution of air power concepts and doctrine. One their academic studies at Southwestern. On class hour per week and one hour of Leader- successful completion, the program leads to a ship Laboratory. commission in the Air Force as a Second Lieu- tenant. Participants in the junior-senior level Aerospace Studies program receive a monthly subsistence allow- 301-302. Field Training. (Summer) [01 ance from the Air Force. Students not enrolled AFROTC Field Training is offered during the in the freshman-sophomore level program who summer months at selected Air Force bases wish to apply for the Professional Officer Course throughout the United States. Students in the must make application not later than March 1. four-year program participate in four weeks of Air Force ROTC scholarships which pay full Field Training, usually between their sopho- college costs (tuition, books, travel to Mem- more and junior years. Students applying for phis, and a subsistence allowance) are avail- entry into the two-year program must success- Aerospace Studies 53

fully complete six weeks of Field Training prior discussed within the context of the military or- to enrollment in the Professional Officer Course. ganization. Actual Air Force cases are used to The major areas of study in the four-week Field enhance the learning and communication Training program include junior officer train- processes. ing, aircraft and aircrew orientation, career ori- entation, survival training, base functions and 411-412. National Security Forces in Air Force environment, and physical training. Contemporary American Society.

The major areas of study included in the six-week (I-II) [3 - 3] Field Training program are essentially the same This is a full year course focused on the Armed as those conducted at four-week Field Training Forces as an integral element of society, with an and in the General Military Course including emphasis on American civil-military relations and Leadership Laboratory. context in which U.S. defense policy is formu- lated and implemented. Special themes in- Leadership Laboratory clude: societal attitudes toward the military; the Leadership Laboratory is taken an average of one role of the professional military leader-man- hour per week throughout the student's period ager in a democratic society; the values and so- of enrollment in AFROTC: 60 hours in the Gen- cialization processes associated with the Armed eral Military Course and 60 hours in the Profes- Services; the requisites for maintaining ade- sional Officer Course. Two-year program quate national security forces; political, eco- students participate in the latter only. Instruc- nomic, and social constraints on the national tion is conducted within the framework of an defense structure; the impact of technological organized cadet corps with a progression of ex- and international developments on strategic periences designed to develop each student's preparedness; the variables involved in the for- leadership potential. Leadership Laboratory in- mulation of national security policy; and mili- volves a study of Air Force customs and cour- tary justice. In each semester, students will be tesies; drill and ceremonies; career expected to prepare individual and group opportunities in the Air Force; and the life and presentations for the class, write, report and work of an Air Force junior officer. Students de- otherwise participate in group discussions, velop their leadership potential in a practical, seminars, and conferences. supervised laboratory, which typically includes field trips to Air Force installations throughout 413. Elementary Aeronautics. (I) [0] the U.S. An introduction to aviation and the fundamen- tal principles of flight; basic meteorology and Professional Officer Course its applications to aviation; use of navigation 311-312. Air Force Management and computers, instruments, and radio aids; basic

Leadership. (I-II) [3 - 3] regulations governing airmen, aircraft opera- An integrated management course emphasiz- tions, and flight safety. This course is designed ing the individual as a manager in an Air Force to prepare for the FAA Private Pilot Written Ex- milieu. The individual motivational and behav- amination. Prerequisite: AS311, 312, or permis- ioral processes, leadership, communication, and sion of the Professor of Aerospace Studies. Three group dynamics are covered to provide a foun- class hours per week. dation for the development of the junior offi- cer's professional skills as an Air Force officer (officership). The basic managerial processes involving decision-making, utilization of ana- lytic aids in planning, organizing, and control- ling in a changing environment are emphasized as necessary professional concepts. Organiza- tional and personal values, management of forces in change, organizational power, po- litics, and managerial strategy and tactics are 54 Anthropology and Sociology

ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY ality, social institutions, and culture; the structure and functioning of human commu- nities; and the conditions which produce con- ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR tinuity and change, consensus and conflict. J. Peter Ekstrom. Chairperson. B.A., Beloit Col- lege; M.A., The Affierican University; Ph.D., Opportunities for Majors. The objectives of University of Illinois. (Cultural ecology, social' the Department are to prepare students for organization; South America.) professional careers in anthropology and so- ciology, to enrich general education, and to as- sist in the preparation of qualified persons for ASSISTANT PROFESSORS careers in social service, teaching, research in Grace M. Marvin. B.A., College of William and governmental or private organizations, foreign Mary; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth Univer- service, and programs in developing countries. sity; Ph.D., University of Virginia. (Social the- A departmental major may select one of sev- ory, community studies, research methods; eral tracks, each of which affords study and work U.S.A.) toward specific goals and career options. These possibilities include intensive preparation for Diane G. Sachs. B.A., Southwestern At Mem- graduate work in either anthropology (Mr. phis; M.A., Memphis State University. (Ethnic Ekstrom) or sociology (Ms. Marvin), an intern minorities, religious institutions, social prob- program in social service (Mr. Bates), and a lems; U.S.A.) bridge with psychology (Ms. Marvin) or reli- gion (Ms. Sachs). Additional bridge combina- Assistant Professor to be announced. tions are possible. Detailed descriptions of each track are available from the member of the De- partment named, or from the chairman. PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS Facilities. Offices and classrooms for the De- David Dye. B.A., Memphis State University; partment are located on the first floor of Clough M.A., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., Wash- Hall. Facilities include a social research work- ington University. (Archeology-methodology room, a photographic darkroom, an audio-vis- and theory; Southeastern U.S.A.) ual room, a departmental library, and exhibit areas. A notable resource of the Department is B.A., University of New Orle- Patricia McLain. the Human Relations Area Files, a research li- ans; M.A., Memphis State University. (Anthro- brary on microfiche. It contains over two mil- pology, urban studies, medical anthropology.) lion pages of cross-indexed primary source materials concerned with human behavior. The file is available to students and faculty mem- VISITING ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR bers, and useful for research not only in an- John D. Bates. B.A., Milton College; M.S.S.W., thropology and sociology but also in such fields University of Wisconsin. (Social service meth- as religion, government, linguistics, and eth- ods and practicum.) nohistory. On the same floor is a computer ter- minal which students use to analyze primary and secondary research findings.

The Oapartment of Anthropology - Sociology unites two major social science disciplines. Al- Internships and Off-Campus Study. Partici- though the areas differ in origin, boundaries, pation in the work of some thirty social service and methodology, they share a common task: agencies in Memphis may be arranged under the discovery and analysis of general principles sponsorship of the Department. See A/S 365. Off- which explain human social and cultural life. To campus projects in archeology, ethnology, and that end, Southwestern's Department empha- urban studies, either during the school year or sizes the comparative development of person- in summers, are encouraged. Students may also Anthropology and Sociology 55 participate in projects sponsored by other col- 203. Evolution and Early Man. (I) [3] El leges and universities, or arrangements may be The basic data, concepts and theories of phys- made with the Department for such projects to ical anthropology. Analysis of the origins and be developed as Directed Inquiries. development of man. Primates, fossil men, liv- ing races, and evolutionary principles. No Requirements for a major: prerequisite. All majors take the two introductory courses: A/S 103 (General Anthropology) and A/S 105 206. Social Problems. (II) [3] El (General Sociology), as well as A/S 261, 262 (Re- Analysis of the structure of social problems. search Methods, A/S 275 (History of Social The- Topics include poverty, deviance, racism, and ory) and A/S 526 (Senior Tutorial). Five additional sexism. Prerequisite: A/S 105. courses are required. They are chosen in con- ference with members of the Department, and 215. Field Anthropology. (III) [3] El closely align a student's personal interests with An analysis of selected archeological sites lead- his or her career needs. (See "Opportunities for ing to an understanding of the evolving rela- Majors") tionship of native American cultures and the physical environment through time. The phys- Requirements for a major in Anthropology/ ical and'cultural dimensions of time will be a Sociology and Psychology: common theme of both this course and its pair- (1) Anthropology/Sociology 103, 105, 206, 261, ing with Geology 215. Four weeks will be spent 301 or 313, and 365. in the field. Prerequisites: Geology 111-113L, (2) Psychology 101-102, 219, 229, and 304. Anthropology 103, and/or consent of the in- (3) Antropology/Sociology 262 or Psychology structor. Students must concurrently enroll in 211, Anthropology/Sociology 303 or Psychology Geology 215. Course to be offered in alternate 223, Anthropology/Sociology 466 or Psychology years. Next offered in 1985. 407 or Psychology 411. 261. Qualitative Research Methods. (I) (4) Anthropology/Sociology-Psychology 474. [3] El Basic methods and techniques of anthropo- COURSE OFFERINGS logical field work. Includes participant obser- vation, interviewing, data collectidn, analysis, 101. Contemporary Concerns (III) [3] El and presentation. Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. Several key dimensions of contemporary an- 262. Quantitative Research Methods. (II) [3] El thropology and/or sociology will be explored Basic concepts and methods of sociological re- by faculty now researching in these areas. search. Includes research design, sampling, Freshmen only. measurement, data collection, analysis and interpretation. Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. 103. General Anthropology. (I, II) [3] El The basic data, concepts, and theories of cul- 275. History of Social Theory. (I) [3] El tural anthropology. Emphasis on the founda- History and development of the major theo- tions of human society, social organization, retical schools of anthropology and sociology culture, and symbol systems. No prerequisite. in both Europe and America. Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. 105. General Sociology. (I, II) [3] El The basic data, concepts, and theories of soci- 301. Psychological Anthropology. (I) [3] El ology. Considers social institutions, processes, A synthesis of materials from cultural anthro- and problems in the contemporary world. No pology, sociology, and ethnopsychology as they prerequisite. relate to personality development. Prerequi- site: A/S 103 or 105. 107. General Archeology. (III) [3] El Study of the major systems of archeological 303. Individual and Society. (I) [3] El method. Principles and practice of site survey- Analysis of the relationship between the indi- ing, excavation, and analysis. No prerequisite. vidual and society; emphasis on symbolic in- 56 Anthropology and Sociology

teraction, social roles, mental disorders, phy, major institutions and stratification. deviance, and contemporary social issues. Pre- Includes case studies and field work. Prerequi- requisite: A/S 103 or 105. site: A/S 105.

309. The Family. (III) [3] El 334. Social Change. (II) [3] El This major social institution is considered from Basic processes of cultural dynamics - innova- sociological, anthropological and historical tion, cultural transmission, and cultural adap- perspectives. Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. tation. Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105.

312. Social Organization. (II) [3] El 335. Modernization and Culture Change. (I) A survey of the basic organizational principles [3] El of human society. A variety of theoretical view- The major theoretical approaches to the study points will be explored. Prerequisite: A/S 103. of socio-cultiral change. Special attention to contemporary change in traditional cultures. 313. Medical Anthropology. (II) [3] El Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. Social aspects of health and illness. Cross-cul- tural and subcultural study of the incidence, 336. Social Movements. (II) [3] El causation, diagnosis, and treatment of physical The examination of social collectives acting to and mental health problems. Prerequisite: A/S promote or resist change in society. Such col- 103 or 105. lectives include political, economic, religious and cultural movements. Prerequisite: A/S 105. 316. Religion and Society. (II) [3] El The forms, functions, and dynamics of religion 341. Peoples of Africa. (I) [3] El in society. The emphasis is on the institution of An introduction to sub-Saharan Africa, cover- religion in contemporary American society. ing environment, history, art, political, and re- Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. ligious organizations. Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. 318. The Arts and Society. (II) [3] El The nature and functions of the arts in society. 343. Racial and Ethnic Minorities. (I) [3] El Includes a study of primitive art, music, and An examination of racial and ethnic relations in dance of Africa, the Americas, and the South a variety of contemporary cultures, including, Pacific. Prerequisite: A/S 103. but not restricted to, the United States. Atten- tion is given to historical and cultural factors in- 321. Ecological Anthropology. (I) [3] El volved in present structural arrangement. The study of the complex and varied systems of Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. interaction between people and their environ- ment. Several competing models of ecological 346. Peoples of South America. (II) [3] El anthropology will be analyzed including ma- Introduction to a variety of aboriginal peoples terialist, symbolic, and systems approches. Pre- of South America. Emphasis on ecological ad- requisite: A/S 103. aptation to both physical and cultural environ- ments. Prerequisite: A/S 103 or 105. 327. Social Stratification. (I) [3] El The study of social classes or status differentia- 363. Audio-visual Methods. (III) [3] El tion within human societies. An in depth review The use of cameras and recorders as research of how and why stratification occurs at different tools in the analysis of cultural systems. Prereq- levels of societal development. Prerequisite: A/ uisite: A/S 261 and basic knowledge of dark- S 105. room technique.

329. Urban Society. (III) [3] El 365. Social Service Methods. (I) [3] El Forms, functions, and dynamics of the city ex- Contemporary social work theory and profes- . plored in terms of theory, ecology, demogra- sionally supervised participation in social service Anthropology and Sociology 57 agencies. Prerequisites: A/S 105; Psychology 101; Honors in Anthropology/Sociology and one of the following: A/S 261, 301; Psy- (1) Courses required: fulfillment of the re- chology 303, 304. quirements for a major in the department. (2) Honors course: A/S 527-528, and a substan- 373. Culture History. (III) [3] El tial research paper in an area of special Basic features of contemporary culture traced interest to the candidate. through time with emphasis on innovation, cul- (3) Examinations: superior scores on examina- ture contact, and diffusion. Prerequisite: tions from four of the departmental course A/S 103 or 105. areas.

375. Contemporary Social Theory. (II) [3] El Deals with recent and contemporary theoreti- cal positions in anthropology and sociology. Current trends toward a wider synthesis with related disciplines will be stressed. Prerequi- site: A/S 275.

401 -402 - 403. Special Problems. (I, II, III) [3 - 3 - 3] Designed to encourage senior or advanced junior majors to study intensively in an area of their special interest. Prerequisite: Two or more 300 level A/S courses.

451 - 452 - 453. Research. (I, II, III) [3 - 3 - 3] This course allows senior and advanced junior majors to become active participants in on- going departmental research projects. Prerequisite: A/S 261 or 262, and four or more 300 level A/S courses.

466. Social Service Practicum. (II) [3] Especially recommended for students who an- ticipate careers in social service. Seminars and field placement in local agencies. Prerequisite: A/S 365.

474. Interdepartmental Seminar. (II) [3] Discussion of topics integrating Anthropology/ Sociology and Psychology. Required of bridge majors. Seniors only.

525 - 526. Senior Tutorial. (I, II) [3 - 3] Designed to afford graduating seniors a thor- ough review of all courses taken in the depart- ment and thereby prepare them for the comprehensive examinations.

527 - 528. Honors Tutorial. (I, II) [6 - 6] Open to candidates for honors in the depart- ment. A tutorial consisting of advanced original research. 58 Art

ART collection is dedicated to teaching and pro- vides resources for periodic exhibits.

PROFESSOR The Art Department sees as its primary func- Lawrence K. Anthony. Chairman and Artist in tion that of offering to the Southwestern student, Residence. B.A., Washington and Lee Univer- regardless of experience or major, the oppor- sity; M.F.A., University of Georgia. (Sculpture tunity to develop a sensitivity to the visual lan- and drawing; Director, Clough Hanson Gallery.) guage, through studio work and the study of art history. The department offers the major a bal- Assistant Professor To Be Announced. anced program in studio and art history to- gether with more specific professional options outlined below. In the studio courses the stu- PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS dent is encouraged, through the assigning of Martha Christian. B.F.A., Syracuse University. specific problems designed to develop visual (Fiber arts.) awareness, to find creative and independent solutions. Structured studios are offered in basic design, drawing, painting, sculpture, weaving, Betty M. Gilow. B.F.A., Memphis Academy of and photography. The non-art major is encour- Arts. (Painting, drawing, design.) aged to take any of these courses. Advanced students, usually majors, but not necessarily so, Murray Riss. B.A., City College of New York; who have a particular interest in some media M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design. not appropriate to a regular course, are as- (Photography.) signed a tutor within the department or inter- departmentally through a Directed Inquiry. Jean Sizemore. B.A. and M.A., University of Ar- Offices and studios of the Department are lo- kansas; M.A., University of Iowa. (Women in cated in Clough Hall. art, American architecture.) The Art major, depending on the reasons for majoring in art, should pursue one of the fol- Cheryl Cape West. B.A., Vanderbilt University; lowing "tracks." These "tracks" are approved M.A., Memphis State University. (Survey of courses of study, but majors may petition to Western Art.) pursue their own course of study to meet par- ticular goals. William C. Womack. (Calligraphy.) I. Requirements for a major in Art with empha- The Clough-Hanson Gallery sis in Studio: Professor Anthony, Director. For the student interested in art as a vocation, The Clough-Hanson Gallery, located in Clough for teaching, or for further study in graduate Hall, is used to bring to the campus changing school, a program of studies balanced between exhibitions of contemporary art from Novem- studio and art history is preferable. The follow- ber through May. From June until November, ing courses are required: selected objects from the Jessie L. Clough Art (1) Studio Art: 201, 202, 207, 525, 526. Memorial for Teaching are exhibited. (2) Art 200, 420. (3) Art History: 331, 332, 333, plus 3 additional hours. The Jessie L. Clough Art Memorial for Teaching (4) Studio Art: Art 300 (4 credits) plus 12 addi- In 1953, Miss Etta Hanson gave to the college tional hours in at least 3 different media. the important collection of oriental woodcut prints, porcelains, fabrics, and other objects that II. Requirements for a major in Art with em- she and her sister had collected. Named in honor phasis in Art History: of Miss Jessie L. Clough, the collection forms For those students interested in the study of art the basis of the college collections of art. The history to the end of research, writing, or teach- Art 59 ing, with graduate school as a definite goal, this technical processes of various media; and the program of study is suggested. The following functions of art for the artist and for society. courses are required: (1) Studio Art: 201, 202 or 205, 207, 211. 201. Basic Drawing. (I) [3] Fl (2) Art 200, 420. An introduction to fundamental drawing prob- (3) Art History: 331, 332, 333, plus 15 additional lems in various media. hours. (4) 2nd year competency in a modern or clas- 202. Two Dimensional Design. (II) [3] Fl sical foreign language. Elements of color theory as they relate to de- (5) 3 hours from Art 203, English 343, Anthro- sign and pictorial concepts. pology 318. 203. Aesthetics. (III) [3] C5 III. Requirements for a major in Art with em- A consideration of some philosophical prob- phasis in Pre-Architecture: lems which arise in connection with the Though a major in art is not prerequisite to description, interpretation, and evaluation of graduate schools of architecture, the student works of art. Same as Philosophy 203. who intends to pursue a graduate level profes- sional degree should, as an art major, take the 205-206. Painting. (I-11, III) [3-3] Fl following courses to satisfy the prerequisites for An introduction to materials and techniques of admission to a graduate level program. The fol- painting. Exploration of structural properties of lowing courses are required for a major in Art color and tone. with emphasis in Pre-Architecture: (1) Studio Art: 201, 202, 205, 207, 211. 207. Three Dimensional Design. (I) [3] Fl (2) Art 200, 420. A course to develop, through studio problems, (3) Studio Art: 300 (2 credits). an awareness of the expressive potential of three (4) Art History: 331, 332, 333, 328, 329, 346. dimensional form. (5) Economics: 211. 208. Sculpture. (II, Ill) [3] Fl (6) Physics: 103, 104, 107, 108. Further exploration of three dimensionality by (7) Mathematics: 103, 104, 105. carving in wood and stone, modeling in clay, (8) Architectural Internship: 525, 526 (3-6 credits) casting or constructing in metals. *Studio courses require 120 hours work per term for three hours of credit. 211-212. Photography. (I-11) [3-3] Fl An introduction to basic camera and darkroom Off-campus Study. Through a consortium ar- techniques. (The student will provide camera rangement, full-time Southwestern students may and film.) take courses at the Memphis Academy of Arts without payment of additional tuition, and for 215-216. Fiber Arts. (I-111) [3-3] Fl full credit at Southwestern. Courses in museum An introduction to designing with fiber. Weav- methods are possible through an arrangement ing is emphasized. Off-loom projects such as with the Memphis Brooks Museum of Art and basketry, spinning, dyeing, and stitched fabrics The Dixon Gallery. The Academy and the Brooks are options. Gallery, both near the Southwestern campus, along with other educational institutions, gal- 217. Calligraphy. (II) [3] Fl leries, and theatres in the Memphis area, offer A study of the history and forms of letters of the a rich variety of exhibitions and films to stu- basic Roman alphabet, the Foundational Hand, dents throughout the year. the Italic and Chancery cursive hand, and cal- ligraphic composition including the Classical and COURSE OFFERINGS contemporary forms.

200. Art Fundamentals. (I & III) [3] Fl 300. Life Study. (I, II) [1-1] An introduction to the visual language of art Drawing, clay modeling from life. Prerequisite: through the study of the elements of art; the Art 201-202. 60 Art

305 - 306. Advanced Painting. (I - 11, III) [3 - 3] 340. Chinese Art. Open only to those students who have dem- From the Shang through the Ch'ing dynasties, onstrated initiative for further exploration in the archaic bronzes, jades, ceramics, sculpture, ar- media of their choice. chitecture and painting produced under the patronage of the imperial court, the Buddhist

307 - 308. Advanced Sculpture. (1 - 11 - III) [3 - 3 - 3] church and the intellectual class. Studio problems in clay modeling, molding, casting in metals and plastics and carving and 341. Japanese Art. welding. Prerequisite: Art 207. From the Jomon through Edo periods, ce- ramics, bronzes, sculpture, architecture, paint-

311 - 312. Advanced Photography. (I - II) [3 - 3] ing and woodblock prints produced for royalty, An advanced course limited to those students warriors, literati, merchants, Buddhist and Shinto, who have demonstrated the capacity and com- worshippers. mitment for professional study. Permission of the instructor. 346. American Art. (II) [3] Fl A survey of style in American art, architecture, and the decorative arts from the Colonial Pe- 315 - 316. Advanced Fiber Arts. (I - II, III) [3 - 3] Fl A continuation of Art 215-216. Prerequisite: Art riod to the present. 215-216. 351. Women in Art. (III) [3] Fl 328. American Architecture. (I) [3] Fl A study of the traditionial female arts, the work A study of American architecture from the colo- of women "fine artists," the concepts of female nial period to the late 19th century, considering imagery, and the ways in which contemporary its European background and native feminist scholarship is challenging our under- development. standing of art history. 420. Art Theory and Criticism. (II) [3] 329. Introduction to Modern Architecture (II) A study of the major historical writers and their [3] Fl works on art theory and criticism. Emphasis will A study of the technical and stylistic develop- be placed on understanding their ideas as both ments in architecture from the late 19th century directive and reflective of their societies and to the present. societies' visual images. Prerequisite: Art 331, 332, 333 or permission of the instructor. 331. Survey of Western Art I. (I) [3] Fl Ancient and medieval western art. A study of 525 - 526 - 527. Senior Seminar. (I - II - III) [3 - 3 - 3] the origins and the development of style in Individual creative projects or research under- western art through the Middle Ages. taken with the approval of the art staff. Required weekly review with art faculty. Twelve hours per 332. Survey of Western Art II. (II) [3] Fl week. Renaissance through Impressionism in western art. 600. Studio Art. (I - II - III) [1 - 1 - 1] Further work in a given area of studio art or gal- 333. Survey of Western Art III. (I) [3] Fl lery management may be taken for one hour Modern art in the western world from Post credit with the permission of the instructor. (The Impressionism to the present day. last two digits of course number corresponds to those of the prerequisite course.) Minimum 339. Indian Art. of four hours weekly required. From the Indus Valley Civilization through the

Mughal Dynasty, pottery, sculpture, architec- 650 - 651 - 652. Gallery Management. (I - 11 - III) ture and painting produced for royalty, Bud- [1-1-1] dhist and Hindu worshippers. The spread of An internship involved with the various aspects Indian styles to Southeast Asia. of gallery management, such as: selection, Art 61 framing, mounting, crating, shipping, publicity design, printing, computer entries, preparation and designing of exhibitions, hanging, recep- tions, security, etc. One hour credit per term.

532. The Teaching orArt. [3] (See Education.) A study of the methods and materials of classroom and studio instruction in art. .

529 - 530. Honors in Art [6 - 12 hours] (1) In the spring of the student's junior year, an art major, in consultation with an appropri- ate member of the art faculty, may write a proposal for honors work in the senior year. The proposal must be approved by the de- partment before the petition is submitted to the Individualized Study Committee. (2) Courses required: all major requirements with the exception of Art 525, 526. 6-12 hours of a supervised honors studio or research project and a thesis on the project are required. (3) Examinations—an overall grade of A on the thesis, the project itself, and the depart- mental comprehensive examinations is required. 62 Astronomy

ASTRONOMY

Professor John L. Streete, Department of Physics. Program Chairman.

No Major Offered

The course in Astronomy is designed to be of general interest and is open without pre- requisites to all students. Students who wish to become professional astronomers should consult Professor Streete to arrange a program of courses, within the framework of a physics major, that will permit admission to graduate study in astronomy. Qualified students are welcome to use Southwestern's telescopes for appropriate ob- servational experiments and research. Ar- rangements may be made with the Department of Physics.

COURSE OFFERINGS

115. Astronomy. (II, III) [3] D4 An introduction to modern astronomy. Topics such as cosmology, galaxies, the interstellar medium, the structure and evolution of stars, motions of stars, the sun and the solar system will be discussed.

117. Astronomy Laboratory. (II) [1] Laboratory instruction in the use of astronom- ical instruments and data. Astronomy 63

Non-science majors. Biology 100 and Biology 101 are intended to give the non-science major insight and confidence in his or her opinions PROFESSOR and decisions regarding topics in the biological Robert Lewis Amy. B.S., Thiel College; M.S., sciences. Non-science majors may also choose University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of instead to take the regular introductory Biology Virginia. (Developmental biology; radiation bi- 111-115 series. Several intermediate courses may ology, effects of radiation on development.) also be open to non-majors, with permission of the instructor.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS The major as a focus for general education. A Bobby R. Jones. Chairman. B.S., University of major in biology may serve to focus on: (1) un- Arkansas; Ph.D., University of Missouri. derstanding bf a modern scientific discipline, (Genetics; cell biology; genetics of micro- with practice in its methods of investigation, (2) organisms.) acquaintance with biological problems, and some knowledge of how biology may contrib- John S. Olsen. B.S. and M.S., University of Il- ute to their solutions, (3) a concept of the breadth linois; Ph.D., University of Texas. (Taxonomy of of modern biology and its various disciplines. vascular plants, chemosystematics, plant mor- phology and anatomy.) Career preparation. In recent years a large percentage of biology majors have pursued ca- reers as professional biologists (teachers and/ ASSISTANT PROFESSORS or workers) or as medical doctors. Others have Terry W Hill. B.A., University of South Florida; entered careers in dentistry, laboratory re- M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida. (Cell biology, search (as technicians), medical technology, microbiology, biology of fungi). physical therapy, nursing, forestry, or wildlife management. David Hickok Kesler. B.S., Denison University; For the student majoring in biology the three M.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., Uni- terms of introductory biology are prerequisite versity of Michigan. (Ecology, behavior,inver- to further work. The advanced courses provide tebrate zoology.) a thorough coverage of the zoological and bo- tanical areas of biology with in-depth treat- James M. Olcese. B.S., Emory University; ments of anatomy, physiology, systematics, Ph.D., Marquette University. (Comparative ecology, genetics, development, microbiology, physiology, vertebrate endocrinology, neuro- cell biology and behavior. These courses form endocrinology.) a sound foundation for postgraduate education leading to a professional career in the field. Only VISITING ASSISTANT PROFESSOR a few specific courses are required in a biology Joyce Diamond Stone. B.S. and M.S., Memphis major's program; thus, the course selections State University; Ph.D., University of Tennes- should reflect the student's interests and goals. see Center for the Health Sciences. (Toxicol- Such planning is carried out by the student in ogy, pharmacology, cytogenetics.) consultation with a biology professor and is re- viewed each year to be sure that it is accom- plishing the desired results. The Biology Department serves at least three different types of students: (1) non-science ma- Independent study and off-campus oppor- jors seeking a broad understanding of biology, tunities. Students are encouraged to include (2) majors who desire a general education fo- some independent study in their major pro- cused through the science of biology, and (3) grams. This may take the form of a Directed majors who intend to enter a biologically-related Inquiry, a Senior Tutorial, or an Honors Pro- professional career. gram. If the nature of the study justifies it, a por- 64 Biology

tion of this type work may be done at other (1) Three courses in mathematics (111, 112, educational or research institutions, such as 211 or 103, 104, 111 or other combina- University of Tennessee Medical Units, St. Jude tions approved by the department). Children's Research Hospital, or Memphis- (2) Two courses in introductory physics (107, Shelby County Health Department. 103 and 108, 104). An off-campus field course is offered during Term III of alternate years. This utilizes the De- Interdepartmental Major Programs: partment's Mobile Environmental Studies Lab- Students may form a major program using oratory and enables students to make on-site courses from Biology and one other depart- field studies in a wide variety of habitats in the ment. At present a Chemical Biology major pro- southwestern and southeastern United States. gram has been activated. Interested students Biology students may participate in the Oak should contact . faculty members of the depart- Ridge Science Semester Program (see the sec- ments concerned for details of this program. tion in the catalogue on Special Study Opportunities). Requirements for a Major in Chemical Biology (the B.S. degree): Requirements for a major in Biology: This program is jointly administered by the Bi- A. General requirements for the B.A. or the B.S. ology and Chemistry Departments and leads to degree in biology: the B.S. degree in Chemical Biology. It was es- (1) Introductory biology series: 111-113L, 112- tablished in recognition of a trend in which cer- 114L, 115. tain previously discrete disciplinary areas are (2) Advanced biology: at least five 4-hour becoming closely aligned and integrated. Stu- courses. All students are required to take dents with a strong interest in sub-disciplines at least one course from each of the fol- such as Biochemistry, Cell Physiology or Mo- lowing categories: Category 1. 315, 206, lecular Biology should benefit particularly from 310, 403A and 403B. Category 2. 301, 304, this approach and would be well-prepared for 402, 407. Category 3. 203, 204, 207, 208. graduate study in these areas. The remaining two courses may be taken Interested students should make application from any category. These courses should to the Chemical Biology Committee chairman be chosen with the aid and guidance of during Term III of the sophomore year. a departmental faculty member, so that Required courses: they form a coherent program that will (1) Biology: 111-113, 112-114, 301, 304, 320 and best prepare the student for his or her 407. chosen vocation. To help achieve this goal, (2) Chemistry: 111-113, 112-114, 201, 211, 212, each student is urged to declare his or her 213, 214, 414 and either 311 and 313 or 321 intention to major in biology to the de- and 323. partment chairman as early as possible, (3) Physics: 107-103 and 108-104. and to secure a biology faculty member (4) Mathematics: 103, 104 and 203. as an advisor. (5) One elective from the following one-term (3) At least two hours of credit in biology courses: Biology 204 or 402, or Chemistry courses numbered 500 or above, or a Di- 312 or 314 or 406. rected Inquiry in Biology, and taken dur- ing the Junior or Senior years. COURSE OFFERINGS (4) Introductory (111, 112, 113, 114) and Or- ganic (211, 212, 213, 214) Chemistry. 100. Natural Science: Biology. (I, II) [3] D1 B. Other requirements for the B.A. degree in A course designed for the non-science major, biology: presenting selected basic biological concepts (1) Two courses in mathematics (111, 112 or and principles. These involve understanding 211 are recommended). organisms, their physicochemical and biologi- C. Other requirements for the B.S. degree in cal environment, and adaptations to all of these biology: in space and time. Not open to premedical stu- Biology 65 dents or students who plan to major in the nat- relationship as well as structure and function of ural sciences. Students may take either this representative examples. Parasitic forms and course or Biology 111, but not both, to satisfy insects are included but not given extensive natural science requirements. Two lectures and treatment. Prerequisite: Introductory Biology a third period for lecture-demonstration, lab- series. Three hours of lecture and not less than oratory, or discussion. three hours of laboratory per week. (Alternate years; offered 1984-85). 101. Human Heredity. (III) [3] D1 A course designed for the non-science major, 204. Developmental Biology. (I) [4] presenting the basic concepts in genetics with A study of developmental processes in living emphasis on human genetics. Topics of study organisms. Both descriptive and experimental will include: Rules of inheritance, pedigree aspects of the subject will be covered with construction, data gathering, human chromo- particular emphasis on the animal embryo. somes, errors in sex development, nondisjunc- Prerequisite: Introductory Biology series, or tion, gene transmission, population genetics and permission. Two hours of lecture and not less application of genetic techniques to human than six hours of laboratory per week. populations. Six hours of lecture per week. No prerequisites. Students may take this course and 206. Survey of the Plant Kingdom. (II) [4] Biology 100 for Natural Science credit but stu- A study of the organisms classically included in dents can not receive credit for this course and the plant kingdom, including blue-green algae, Biology 111. There is not laboratory with this fungi, bryophtes and vascular plants. Emphasis course. is on morphology, life history and phylogenetic relationships of the groups examined. Prereq- *111 - 113L. Biology of Cells. (I) [3 - 1] D1 uisite: Introductory Biology series. Three hours A course designed to provide the student with of lecture and not less than three hours of lab- a basic understanding of the structure and oratory per week. (Alternate years; not offered function of the living cell, its molecular 1984-85). constituents, and metabolic phenomena.Three hours of lecture and not less than three hours 207. Animal Behavior. (II) [4] of laboratory per week. An evolutionary and ecological approach to *Primarily for declared or prospective science questions of why and how animals behave as majors. they do. Emphasis is on how traits help individ- uals maximize the survival of genes within them. 112 - 114L. Biology of Organisms (II) [3 - 1] D1 Laboratories will involve quantitative data col- A course relating the biology of the cell to the lection in both the laboratory and field. Math organismal concept emphasizing structural and 111 or equivalent suggested. Prerequisite: In- functional aspects of organisms, their devel- opment, life histories, behavior, and diversity. troductory Biology series. Three hours of lec- ture and not less than three hours of laboratory Prerequisites: Biology 111,113L. Three hours of per week. (Alternate years; not offered 1984-85). lecture and not less than three hours of labo- ratory per week. 208. Vertebrate Anatomy and Histology. (II) [4] 115. Evolution of Organisms. (III) [3] D1 A study of the macro and microanatomy of A study of evolution beginning with the histor- mammals with emphasis on the human. Labo- ical development of the simple Darwinian con- ratory work involves dissection of the cat, stud- cepts of change and natural selection to a ies of prepared tissue slides, and histological modern synthetic analysis of the mechanisms technique. Two hours of lecture and at least six of populational change and the origins of taxa. hours of laboratory a week. Prerequisite: Intro- Prerequisite: Biology 112, 114L, or Biology 100. ductory Biology series, or permission.

203. Biology of the Invertebrates. (II) [4] 301. Microbiology. (II) [4] A survey of the invertebrate phyla, Protozoa A study of the principles of microbial growth, through chordates, emphasizing evolutionary metabolism, genetics, and diversity, with pri- 66 Biology

mary emphasis on bacteria. Interactions be- tionships to describe their functional activities tween microbes and other organisms will be and roles in controlling the organism's internal discussed along with the roles played by mi- environment. Although the emphasis is on croorganisms in the environment and in com- mammals, lower organisms are also studied mercial processes. Prerequisites: Introductory where appropriate. Prerequisites: Introductory Biology series and introductory chemistry. Three Biology series and Organic Chemistry. Three hours of lecture and not less than three hours hours of lecture and not less than three hours of laboratory per week. of laboratory per week.

304. Genetics. (II) [4] 403A. Field Biology. (III) [6] A study of the transmission of genetic factors Ecological and field biological studies of the flora in microorganisms, plants and animals. The na- and fauna encountered on an off-campus trip, ture of the gene and its expression is a central usually to southwestern U.S. Prerequisites: In- theme in this study. Laboratory exercises in- troductory Biology series and permission of in- clude experimental genetic crosses and their structor. (Not offered 1984-85). analysis, as well as the use of techniques'in bio- chemical genetics, human cytogenetics, and 403B. Local Flora and Fauna. (III) [4] population genetics. Prerequisite: Introduc- Taxonomic, morphological and ecological as- tory Biology series, or permission. Three hours pects of local terrestrial and aquatic organisms of lecture and not less than three hours of lab- are studied. Identification, field recognition, oratory per week. sampling and preservation techniques will be included. Prerequisites: Introductory Biology [4] 310. Plant Anatomy. (II) series. (Offered 1984-85). Structure and function of cells, tissues and or- gans of vascular plants. Two lab practical exams 407. Cell Physiology. (I) [4] will be given during the course of the term. Pre- An advanced treatment of the organization and requisite: Introductory Biology series. Three functions of cells. Primary emphasis will be hours of lecture and not less than three hours placed on the role of biological membranes in of laboratory per week. (Alternate years; of- such cellular activities as nutrition, secretion, fered 1984-85). intercellular recognition and communication, 315. Ecology. (I) [4] and energy transformations. Emphasis will also A course covering the basic principles of en- be placed on the role of proteins in motility and vironmental biology as inter-relationships of the regulation of cell metabolism. Prerequi- plants and animals in their physical and biolog- sites: Introductory Biology series and Organic ical environments. Aquatic and terrestrial hab- Chemistry. Three hours of lecture and not less itats, community dynamics, populations, than three hours of laboratory per week. evolution and behavior are emphasized. Lab- 503. Electron Microscopy. (II) [2] oratory work consists of both laboratory and The theory and principles underlying the op- field experiments. Prerequisite: Introductory eration and structure of the transmission elec- Biology series; Math 111 or equivalent recom- tron microscope will be studied. Students will mended. Three hours of lecture and not less be instructed in the use of the instrument, than three hours of laboratory per week. appropriate photographic techniques, etc. Pre-

320. Chemistry - Biology Seminar (I - 11 - III) [1] requisite: Introductory Biology series and per- A course designed to explore current topics and mission of instructor. A knowledge of Physics is trends in areas such as membrane chemistry, strongly recommended. Four hours of lecture molecular design, biochemical regulation, mo- and laboratory per week. lecular genetics and others. 504. Preparation of Specimens for 402. Animal Physiology. (I) [4] Ultrastructural Study. (O.D.) [2] A study of the organs and organ systems of an- The theoretical and practical aspects of the imals using both physical and chemical rela- preparation of biological materials for ultra- Biology 67 structural study will be covered. Prerequisite: Honors in Biology The same as for Biol. 503. (May be taken con- Course requirements: All basic degree require- currently with Biol. 503.) Four hours of lecture ments, plus the honors course, which typically and laboratory per week. shall be six to twelve hours of supervised hon- ors research and instruction. A thesis on the 507. Radiation Biology. (III) [2] honors research is required, and an examina- The principles underlying the effects produced tion on the honors work is required in addition by electro-magnetic radiations in living organ- to the regular comprehensive examinations. isms will be stressed along with basic labora- Applications should be made during the junior tory techniques currently being employed in year. studying such effects. Prerequisites: Introduc- tory Biology series. A knowledge of organic chemistry and physiology is strongly MARINE SCIENCES recommended. Southwestern is an affiliate of the Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Missis- 510. Biological Rhythms. (111) [2] sippi. Courses in the marine sciences offered The course focuses on the nature and signifi- by that institution in the summer are available cance of biological rhythms in both plants and to our students with the registration, fees and animals, with attention directed to current the- grades being processed by the Southwestern ories about the "biological clock", its ontoge- Registrar as though the courses were taken on netic and phylogenetic features, and the impact the home campus. Students interested in these of chronobiology on human activities. Prereq- offerings should check with the Biology De- uisite: Introductory Biology series; junior or partment chairman for details. senior standing. (Not offered 1984-85).

525, 526. Senior Tutorial. (I, II, III) [3, 3] COURSE OFFERINGS Tutorial courses are offered in several areas of study. These courses are normally restricted to For schedule details, see Department Chairman senior students majoring in the department, and may be taken only with permission of the in- structor involved. Original laboratory research Marine Botany. [4] may be included. Prerequisite: Permission of Prerequisites: Ten hours of biology, including the instructor. introductory botany.

Salt Marsh Plant Ecology. [4] 527 - 528. Honors Tutorial. (I, 11,111) [6 to 12] Open to candidates for honors in biOlogy. Prerequisites: Ten hours of biology including Includes supervised honors research and in- introductory botany. struction in a biological field of study. Prereq- uisite: Departmental permission. Marine Invertebrate Zoology. [6] Prerequisite: Sixteen semester hours of zoology.

543 - 544. Biology Symposium. (I, II, Ill) [1, 11 A weekly departmental seminar in which ad- Behavior and Neurobiology vanced biological topics will be discussed. This of Marine Animals. [4] course should be taken in the senior year, but Prerequisites: Sixteen semester hours of biol- with departmental permission, may be taken in ogy and/or psychology and permission of the the junior year. Designed to keep seniors abreast instructor. of developments in the rapidly changing field of biology, it will serve to integrate topics, and Marine Microbiology. [5] will afford students an opportunity to lead Prerequisites: General microbiology and con- discussions. sent of instructor. 68 Biology

Marine Vertebrate Zoology and Ichthyology. [6] Prerequisites: Sixteen semester hours of zool- ogy including comparative anatomy and junior standing.

Marine Ecology. [5] Prerequisites: General botany, invertebrate zo- ology, analytical chemistry.

Aquaculture. [6] Prerequisites: General zoology or invertebrate and vertebrate zoology or permission of instructor.

Oceanography I: Physical, Chemical and Geological (OCE-251). This introductory course in oceanography in- tegrates chemical, geological, and physical oceanography to provide a multidisciplinary approach to the fundamentals of oceanogra- phy. Prerequisites: college algebra and two se- mesters of general chemistry. Five semester hours undergraduate credit. Staff.

Oceanography II: Marine Biology (OCE-252). A general introduction to marine biology with emphasis on local fauna and flora. Prerequi- sites: 8 semester hours of biological sciences. Five semester hours undergraduate credit. Staff.

Coastal Marine Geology (GEO-431). A study of inshore and nearshore geological processes, sedimentation patterns and land- form development. Prerequisites: undergrad- uate-6 hours geology credits, graduate-12 hours geology credits. Three semester hours undergraduate or graduate credit. Otvos. Chemistry 69

CHEMISTRY istry 111 sequence in the first year at the col- lege. One year of high school chemistry is the normal prerequisite for this sequence, and stu- PROFESSORS dents who have not had a year of high school Richard D. Gilliom. B.S., Southwestern At chemistry may wish to take the equivalent of Memphis; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of such a course in the summer preceding the Technology. (Physical organic.) freshman year. However, capable students have in the past successfully completed the Chem- Helmuth M. Gilow. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S. istry 111 sequence without prior chemistry and Ph.D., State University of Iowa. (Organic.) courses. The consent of the instructor is re- quired in this case. Harold Lyons. Chairman. B.S., City College of Students majoring in other sciences or math- New York; M.S. and Ph.D., Oklahoma State ematics may follow the regular sequence of University. (Analytical biochemistry.) chemistry courses, beginning with Chemistry 111, to the depth appropriate for their fields of Robert G. Mortimer. B.S. and M.S., Utah State study. University; Ph.D., California Institute of Tech- nology. (Physical.) Objectives for Majors. Southwestern be- lieves that the sciences, as well as the arts, are ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR liberal, and a science as diverse as chemistry of- David Y. Jeter. B.S., East Texas State University; fers an attractive focus for a liberal collegiate Ph.D., University of North Carolina. (Inorganic.) education as suitable for a farmer, a home- maker, or a public policy maker in the modern world as for a professional chemist. However, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR the majority of the Department's graduates en- Harlie A. Parish, Assistant Professor for Research. ter careers more directly related to chemistry. In recent years, graduates have typically fol- lowed one of three paths: (1) at the bachelor's level, employment in the chemical industry, re- LABORATORY SUPERVISOR search laboratories, or secondary-level teach- Stephen W Glover. Laboratory Supervisor and ing; (2) after further professional education, Chemistry Storeroom Manager. B.S. and B.A., Carson Newman College; M.S., Memphis State entry into such chemistry-related fields as med- icine, dentistry, environmental science, toxi- University. cology, technology, and patent law; or (3) after further graduate study, entry into chemistry-re- lated teaching and research at advanced levels. Modern Chemistry is a broadly diverse sci- ence, with roots in physics and mathematics, and applications in biology, geology, medicine, Major Work. As a chemistry major's interests and industry. develop, a personalized program suitable to his or her particular objectives is designed in con- Entry into work of the Department. Students sultations between the student and the De- may enter the chemistry program at several lev- partment but the heart of any such program is els. Non-science majors may use Chemistry 100 a regular sequence of core courses. In the first as an entryway to the basics of chemistry and year, the entering major should take Chemistry an introduction to the relations between chem- 111-112, and its accompanying laboratory istry and other branches of knowledge and be- courses, along with two terms of calculus and tween chemistry and everyday life. Chemistry 201. In the second year the student A student who is considering taking a B.S. or should take Chemistry 211-212 with laboratory, a B.A. degree with a major in Chemistry or along with two terms of physics and Math 203 Chemical Biology is advised to take the Chem- and Chemistry 316. In the third year, the stu- 70 Chemistry

dent should take Chemistry 311-312, with Requirements for a major in Chemistry laboratory. leading to the B.S. degree: Additional courses, chosen for the particular (1) Chemistry 111-112, 113-114, 201, 211-212, student's program, offer greater depth, both in 213-214, 316, 311-312, 313-314, 406, 408, and the three years of core courses and in the sen- one additional approved one-term course. ior year. In the senior year, capable students are (2) Physics 101-102, or 107-108, 103-104. urged to participate in original research, usu- (3) Mathematics 103, 104, 203. An additional ally in cooperation with faculty members, by term of Mathematics is recommended as taking Chemistry 451-452-453. well as Computer Science. (4) Chemistry 320 - two years.

Facilities. Departmental offices, classrooms, Requirements for certification by the and a full range of laboratories are located in American Chemical Society: the Berthold S. Kennedy Hall. The Chemistry (1) Chemistry 111-112,113-114, 201, 211-212, Library is also located in that building. The De- 213-214, 316, 311-312, 313-314, 406, 408, and partment maintains a wide variety of research two of the following: Chem 414, 422,432, equipment and instruments, both to permit 451, or an approved advanced course in faculty members to carry out research reach- molecular biology, physics or mathematics. ing to current frontiers, and to permit students (2) Physics 101-102, or 107-108, 103-104. to have hands-on access to sophisticated (3) Mathematics 103, 104, 203. An additional equipment. term of Mathematics is recommended as well as Computer Science. (4) Chemistry 320 - two years. Off- campus opportunities. Through coop- erative arrangements with St. Jude Research Interdepartmental Majors Program Hospital and with the University of Tennessee A Chemical Biology major program is offered. Center for Health Sciences, special courses and Students may also form a major program using opportunities for research experience are courses from Chemistry and one other depart- available to selected students. Chemistry ma- ment. Any student interested in any interde- jors may participate in the Oak Ridge Science partmental major should contact faculty Semester program. Summer courses in marine members of the departments concerned for chemistry may be taken at the Gulf Research details. Laboratory. A major should consult with the de- partmental advisor in advance in making ar- Requirements for a Major in Chemical Biology rangements for off-campus study. (the B.S. degree): This program is jointly administered by the Special accreditation. The Department is Biology and Chemistry Departments and leads among those certified by the American Chem- to the B.S. degree in Chemical Biology. It was ical Society as complying with all its require- established in recognition of a trend in which ments for the professional training of chemists. certain previously discrete disciplinary areas are becoming closely aligned and integrated. Stu- dents with a strong interest in sub-disciplines Requirements for a major in Chemistry B.A. such as Biochemistry, Cell Physiology or Mo- degree: lecular Biology should benefit particularly from (1) Chemistry 111-112, 113-114, 201, 211-212, this approach and would be well-prepared for 213-214, 311, 313, and three additional ap- graduate study in these areas. proved one-term courses. Interested students should make application (2) Physics 101-102, or 107-108, 103-104. to the Chemical Biology Committee Chairper- (3) Mathematics 103, 104, 203. Some com- son during Term II of the sophomore year. puter science is recommended. Required courses: (4) Chemistry 320 - two years. (1) Biology: 111-113, 112-114, 301, 304, and 407. Chemistry 71

(2) Chemistry: 111-113, 112-114, 201, 211, 212, 201. Chemical Separations and 213, 214, 414 and either 311 and 313 or 321 Measurements. (III) [4] and 323. A unified treatment of all types of chromatog- (3) Chemical Biology 320—two years. raphy. An introduction to the basic principles (4) Physics: 107-103 and 108-104. and practice of absorption spectrophotometry (5) Mathematics: 103, 104 and 203. and potentiometry. Application of acid-base (6) One elective from the following one-term equilibria to chemical and biological systems. courses: Biology 204 or 402, or Chemistry Four laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: 312 and 314 or 406. Chemistry 112,114. NOTE: The laboratory periods referred to in the following courses indicate an afternoon period 211 - 212. Introductory Organic Chemistry. of at least three hours. (I - II) [3-3] D2 A general survey of elementary theory, prepa- COURSE OFFERINGS ration, reactions, and properties of the com- pounds of carbon, both aliphatic and aromatic, 100. Natural Science: Chemistry (III) [3] D2 containing the most important functional An introduction to chemistry for the non-sci- groups. The laboratory work which must ac- ence major. Topics to be covered include an in- company this course is offered in courses 213- troduction to chemical structure and processes 214. and applications of chemistry to contemporary problems. Not open to premedical students or 213-214. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. students who plan to major in the natural sci- (I-II) [1 - 1] ences. Two lectures per week and laboratory This laboratory course must accompany Chem- periods. Students who have completed Chem- istry 211-212. Emphasis is placed upon synthe- istry 111 or 112 or the equivalent are not eligible sis and the common laboratory techniques for this course. encountered in organic chemistry. One labo- ratory period a week. 111-112. Chemical Principles & Inorganic

Chemistry. (I-II) [3 - 3] D2 A study of the fundamental principles of chem- 311 - 312. Physical Chemistry. (I - II) [3 - 3] istry; the occurrence, preparation, properties, An introduction to the fundamental study of and uses of some of the elements and their chemical phenomena using primarily the tech- compounds. Chemistry 113 and 114 must ac- niques of thermodynamics, quantum mechan- company this course. This sequence or its ics, and statistical mechanics. Prerequisites: equivalent is the prerequisite to all advanced Physics 101-102 or 107-108 and Mathematics 203. courses in the department. Prerequisite: One year of high school chemistry or consent of 313-314. Physical Chemical Laboratory. instructor. (I-II) [1 - 1] Experimental study of physico-chemical sys- 113. General Chemistry Laboratory, I. (I) [1 tems, using research-oriented techniques. De- An experimental introduction to the physical and signed to be taken with Chemistry 311-312. One chemical properties of matter. One laboratory laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: Math- period a week. ematics 190 or permission of instructor. 114. General Chemistry Laboratory, II. (II) [1] An introduction to volumetric techniques of 316. Advanced Techniques in Chemistry. (III) chemical analysis. One laboratory period a week. [3] The use of spectroscopic data in structure de- 123. Laboratory Glassblowing. (III) [1] termination, synthesis using advanced labora- Construction and repair of simple laboratory tory techniques, methods of using the literature, apparatus made of glass, including glass-to-metal the use of some computer techniques in re- seals. search, etc. will be studied. Three laboratory 72 Chemistry periods a week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 201 414. Biochemistry. (I) [4] and 212. A survey of the chemistry of carbohydrates, lip- ids, proteins, and nucleic acids, and their me- 320. Chemistry Symposium. [1] tabolism in living organisms. Bioenergetics and A departmental seminar in which advanced enzyme reactions and kinetics. One laboratory chemical topics will be discussed. Designed to period a week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 211-212. keep students abreast of developments in Chemistry 201 recommended. chemistry, integrate topics, promote independ- ent and original thinking, and give students an 422. Physical Organic Chemistry. (II) [3] opportunity to lead discussions. This course will An introduction to the modern theories of or- meet at least twelve times a year and must be ganic chemistry with emphasis upon the meth- taken by all junior and senior chemistry majors. ods employed in their development. Electronic Other students enrolled in chemistry are en- structure and reaction mechanisms are stressed. couraged to attend. Prerequisites: Chemistry 211-212 and 311-312.

321. Physical Chemistry with Biological 432. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (I) [3] Applications. (II) [3] A continuation of Chemistry 312, with more A one-term survey of the fundamentals of phys- detailed treatments of quantum chemistry, ical chemistry, with some applications to bio- statistical mechanics, and spectroscopy. Pre- logical systems. Thermodynamics, quantum requisites: Chemistry 311-312, Mathematics 203. mechanics, dynamics, and their applications are (Not offered 1984-85) included. Prerequisites: Physics 107-108 or 101- 102, and Mathematics 104. 451, 452, 453. Introduction to Research. (I, II, III) [3 to 6] Properly qualified students are encouraged to 323. Laboratory for Physical Chemistry with undertake an original investigation of some Biological Applications. (II) [1] problem in chemistry, usually related to research Experimental study of systems whose proper- being carried on by members of the department. ties illustrate physical chemistry principles of Excellent library and laboratory facilities are importance to biological systems. Designed to available. A maximum of 12 credit hours may be be taken with Chemistry 321. One laboratory earned. period per week. Chemical Biology 406. Instrumental Analysis. (II) [4] 320. Chemistry-Biology Seminar (I-II-III) [1] Study of the principles and practice of absorp- A course designed to explore current trends in tion spectroscopy, emission spectroscopy, mass chemical biology. This course is required for all spectrometry, electroanalytical chemistry, and junior and senior chemical biology majors and radioactive tracer techniques. A survey of the meets at least 12 times a year. function of modern electronic components and their applications in analytical instrumentation. Tutorial Course Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: 532. The Teaching of Physical Sciences. (I) [3] Chemistry 201, 212, and 311. Corequisite: (See Education.) Chemistry 312. A study of the methods and materials of class- room and laboratory instruction in high school 408. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (III) [3] chemistry and physics. A survey of experimental and theoretical inor- ganic chemistry, with emphasis on topics of Honors in Chemistry current interest. Five lectures and one labora- (1) Courses required: the completion of all tory period a week. Prerequisties: Chemistry 201, regular major requirements and Chemistry 211-212, 311 :312, 313-314. Recommended: 451, 452, 453. Chemistry 406. (2) An original investigation of some problem Ch emistry 73

in chemistry, usually related to research being EAST ASIAN STUDIES carried on by members of the department, is required. A creditable thesis must be pre- No Major Offered sented at the end of the year. (3) An examination on the honors work is re- The continuing importance of Asia's humanistic quired in addition to the regular compre- tradition and the emerging importance of China hensive examinations. • and Japan in world affairs have prompted a number of departments at the college to de- velop various facets of East Asian studies. While Southwestern does not offer a major in this area, students who would like to give an East Asian focus to their major work may be able to do so by electing courses from various de- partments and/or by arranging a period of study abroad in one of the East Asian countries. Pro- fessors teaching these courses—Professors Ap- person, Copper, Patterson, Roper—will be glad to offer their help in developing such a focus, if requested. Students may also wish to elect individual courses related to their particular interests. For further information and course descriptions please see the departmental listings for Art, History, International Studies, Religion, Music, and Interdiscipinary Study. 74 Economics and Business Administration

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS R. Thomas McCormick. B.B.A. and M.B.A., Uni- ADMINISTRATION versity of Mississippi. C.P.A., C.M.A. (Advanced accounting)

PROFESSORS John M. Nichols. B.B.A., Memphis State Uni- Mel G. Grinspan. Distinguished Service Profes- versity; M.S., Florida International University. sor of Business Administration. B.J., University C.P.A. (Tax accounting) of Missouri. Formerly President and General Manager, Sam Shainberg Company. (Market- Jerry Stauffer. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis; ing, management, business policy, Director of J.D., Memphis State University. (Business law) Internships) The Department of Economics and Business Wasfy B. lskander. B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Indiana Administration 'offers a variety of majors to meet University. (International economics, eco- students' particular interests and career goals. nomic development, microeconomic theory, Students may major in either economics or managerial economics) business administration, or pursue a joint ma- jor in economics and business administration. Marshall E. McMahon. Chairman. B.A., Univer- In addition, several interdepartmental joint ma- sity of the South; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. jors are also available with International Stud- (Monetary economics, applied statistics, his- ies, Mathematics, and Computer Science. (See tory of economic thought, comparative systems) descriptions below.) Economics and business administration are closely related social sciences differing primar- ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS ily in the problems on which they focus. Rebecca Sue Legge. B.B.A., M.B.A. and Ph.D. Economics is the science concerned with the Candidate, University of Mississippi. C.P.A., manner in which a society organizes its scarce C.M.A. (Accountancy) productive resources to satisfy the unlimited material wants of its people, and the problems Charles C. Orvis. B.A., State University at resulting from that organization of society. The Northridge, California; Ph.D., University of emphasis is on the problems of society as a whole, and these problems will differ among Minnesota. (Macroeconomic theory, industrial organization, government regulation, public societies depending upon how they choose to answer the questions of what goods to pro- finance) duce, how to produce the chosen goods, and how to determine who will receive these goods. The role of the economist is to try to analyze ASSISTANT PROFESSORS society's economic problems from an objective B.A., Southwestern At Michael M. Rollosson. point of view and to offer suggestions as to how Memphis; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. these problems might be solved. In a free-en- (Applied statistics, public finance, energy terprise or capitalistic economy, such as that of economics.) the United States, the economist examines such familiar problems as inflation, unemployment, Douglas K. Southard. B.A., Southwestern At economic growth and development, and inter- Memphis; M.B.A. and D.B.A., Indiana Univer- national trade. Also examined are problems sity. (Finance, investments, Business Game) which are not as familiar to the layperson, but which are of equal importance to society, such as the role of the price system in allocating so-

PART- TIME INSTRUCTORS ciety's scarce resources to best meet society's Thomas R. Kepple. B.A., Westminster (Pa.) Col- needs. lege; M.B.A. and Ed.D. Candidate, Syracuse Business is the primary organization in a mar- University. (Personnel) ket economy directly concerned with the allo-

t Economics and Business Administration 75

cation of scarce resources and the production management-simulation game and a business and distribution of goods and services to meet internship program. (See course descriptions society's needs. A liberal education in business for Business 310, 410, and 470 below.) requires administrators to relate to the com- In planning a major in the department, stu- plex interrelationships of business with the so- dents should be aware that there are certain ciety as a whole in addition to having the basic courses that are prerequisites for most of technical knowledge required to properly the advanced courses, and that some of the ad- manage an organization. vanced courses are, in turn, prerequisites for Technical knowledge is obtained through further advanced work in the department. The courses related to the manager's general func- following list specifies those courses that stu- tions of planning, organizing, leading, meas- dents interested in the major indicated should uring, and controlling the specific areas of a have completed by the end of their sophomore particular organization. More specifically, this year. knowledge relates to problems in management All department majors (or joint majors): theory, accounting, marketing, and finance. Economics 103-104, Mathematics 111 and While the technical aspects of management Computer 190. are important, the successful manager must be Major in economics: Economics 201 and 212. able to relate this knowledge to the society in Major in business (or a joint major in busi- which he or she works and lives. Understand- ness and another field): Business 251-252. ing the interrelationships of business with all other areas of the social sciences is of para- It would be best if the prospective major mount importance. This understanding relative completed Economics 103-104 in the freshman to business combined with a liberal arts edu- year, but this is not a requirement for majoring cation is the primary objective of a liberal ed- in the department. Finally, all majors in the de- ucation in business. partment should plan to take Economics 207 no The basic differences between economics and later than the first term of their junior year. business administration stem mainly from the Students interested in emphasizing account- scope and nature of the questions involved in ing in their major, with the goal of sitting for the the two disciplines. Business administration is CPA exam, must complete Business 251-252 no application-oriented, although it draws heavily later than the end of their sophomore year. In upon theory. Economics is theory-oriented, al- addition, these students should keep in mind though it involves the application of theory to that it is necessary to have at least 27 hours of concrete problems. Business administration is accounting (30 in some states), including the concerned with the solution of the problems of following: Business 251-252, 260, 381-382, 384, a single firm (or a conglomerate of firms), and 481, and 484. Finally, it is also necessary to have the effect of its activities on society. Economics Business Law (Business 261 and 262); and Busi- is concerned with the solution of the problems ness 386 is recommended. (PLEASE NOTE: The of society as a whole as well as the problems of specific requirements for the CPA exam vary individual firms. Which field the student de- from state to state, and interested students must cides to concentrate in depends primarily upon determine what the requirements are in their his or her interests. own states.) A major in either field provides a background The department also offers tracks for non- for a career in business or government imme- majors interested in either field. Courses which diately upon the completion of the Baccalau- are of general interest to the non-major include reate degree, or for graduate study in business Introduction to Economics (103-104), and Per- administration, economics, law, government, sonal Financial Management (170). There are no and international affairs. prerequisites for any of these courses. In ad- Students majoring in economics and/or busi- dition, upper-level courses will meet the needs ness administration may be eligible to partici- of students interested in particular areas. Such pate in one or both of two special programs students should consult with members of the offered by the department: an intercollegiate Department to determine a logical sequence of 76 Economics and Business Administration courses. The following suggestions are listed as satisfy portions of - the general degree representative only and are not exhaustive. requirements.) Urban Studies: Economics 103-104, and 212. Administration: Economics 103-104; Busi- II. Requirements for a major in Business ness 251, 271, and 360 (plus other courses Administration: depending upon the student's interests). (1) Economics 103-104, 207, 305, 306 and International Affairs: Economics 103-104,230; Business 251-252, 350, 360, 370-371, 450. 311, and 312. (2) Mathematics 111 and Computer 190. Public Service: Economics 103-104, 212; Busi- (3) At least six (6) additional hours of ness 251-252, 271, and 370. approved electives from Section A or Law: Economics 103-104; Business 251-252, Section B. Economics 332 is strongly 260, 261, 262, and 370. recommended. Six (6) hours of math- Secondary Education: Economics 103-104, 230; ematics approved by the Chairperson Business 170, 251-252, 261, 262, and other of Economics and Business Adminis- selected courses. tration may be substituted. (4) See I (4). (NOTE: The numbering system for courses in the department, with exceptions, is as follows: III. Requirements for a major in Economics Courses numbered 100-199 are freshman-level and Business Administration: courses, those numbered 200-299 are sopho- (1) Economics 103-104, 201, 207, 305, 306, more-level courses, etc. Generally, courses with 332, 430; and Business 251-252, 350, 360, numbers ending in 00 through 49 are econom- 370 and either 371 or 450. ics courses while those with numbers ending (2) Mathematics 111 and Computer 190. in 50 through 99 are business courses. WITH THE (3) See 1 (4). EXCEPTION OF BUSINESS 251-252, ECONOM- ICS 103-104 IS A PREREQUISITE FOR ALL COURSES IN THE DEPARTMENT NUMBERED 200 IV. Requirements for a major in Economics OR ABOVE.) and Mathematics: (1) Economics 103-104, 207, 305, 306, 332, 401, and 430. I. Requirements for a major in Econoinics: (2) Mathematics 103-104, 203-204, 261, 302, (1) Economics 103-104, 201, 207, 212, 305, and 303-304. 306, 332, 401, and 430. (3) Computer 190 and 290. (2) Mathematics 111 and Computer 190. (3) At least twelve (12) additional hours of V. Requirements for a major in Business approved electives from Section A or Section B, of which at least six hours and Mathematics: (1) Economics 103-104, 207, 305, 306 and from Section B are recommended. Six Business 251-252, 350, 360, 370. (6) hours of mathematics approved by (2) Mathematics 103-104, 111, 203-204, 261, the Chairperson of Economics and 302, 303-304. Business Administration may be Computer Science 190 and either 290 substituted. (3) or 395. (4) Recommended: Mathematics 112 and 211, Computer 290, Philosophy 304, Po- litical Science 181, and Psychology 101- VI. Requirements for a major in Business 102. For the student contemplating and Computer Science: graduate study in economics or busi- (1) See V (1). ness administration: Mathematics 103- (2) Mathematics 111 and either 112 or 211; 104, 203-204, 261, and Computer 290. or 103-104 with 211 or 261. (Note: Some of these recommended (3) Computer Science 190, 290, 392, 395, courses may be used by the student to 490, 495.

( Economics and Business Administration 77

VII. Requirements for a major in Economics 201. Money and Banking. (I) [31 and International Studies: An analysis of the relationship between money (1) Economics 103-104, 207, 230, 305, 306, and economic activity with an emphasis on 311, 312, and one of the following: 201, commercial banking, financial markets and in- 212, or 332.. Recommended: Philoso- terest rates. The interface of monetary theory phy 304. and policy, fiscal policy and debt management (2) I.S. 100, 200, 300, 301, 302, 400, and one is also considered. Prerequisite: Econ.103-104. two-course sequence of the student's choice (see I.S. Department descrip- 207. Applied Statistics for Economics and tion for alternatives). Business Administration Majors. (I, II) [31 (3) Mathematics 111 and Computer 190. An application of basic probability and statistics (4) An appropriate foreign language from Mathematics 111 (required of all majors in through the second year. Recom- the department)'to problems of particular in- mended: third and fourth years of the terest in the study of economics and business. foreign language. Topics included are the construction and use of index numbers, decision making under uncer- VIII. Requirements for a major in Business tainty, time series analysis, the extension of Administration and International Studies: regression techniques to non-linear and mul- (1) Economics 103-104, 207, 305, 306, and tiple regression analysis, and the problems as- Business 251-252, 350, 360, and 370. sociated with time series and regression analysis. Recommended: Economics 311, 312; Research methods are examined and used in and Philosophy 304. completing assigned research projects. Prereq- (2) See VII (2). uisites: Econ. 103-104, Math. 111, Computer 190. (3) See VII (3). (4) See VII (4). 212. Public Finance. (I) [31 A study of revenues, expenditures and debt op- erations of government units and their rela- COURSE OFFERINGS tionship to both business fluctuations and long- run behavior of the economy. Prerequisite: Econ. 103-104. ECONOMICS — SECTION A.

103-104. Introduction to Economics. 214. Industrial Organization and Government Regulation of Business. (III) [3 ] (I-II, II-I) [3 - 31 E2 Survey of economics: the science concerned A comparative study of pure competition, mo- with the manner in which a society organizes nopolistic competition, oligopoly and monop- its scarce resources to satisfy the unlimited ma- oly: how each affects the goals of economic terial wants of its people. Combines economic efficiency, stability, growth and equity. The role theory and analysis with discussion of and ap- of antitrust legislation and regulatory commis- plications to the U.S. economic system. First sions in promoting these goals. Prerequisite: term: economic theory and public policy relat- Econ. 103-104. ing to determination of prices, inflation, na- tional income and output, and employment. 230. Comparative Economic Systems (II) [31 Second economic theory and public pol- A study in political economy of the basic as- icy relating to pricing and output decisions of sumptions and theories underlying capitalism individual competitive and monopolistic firms and socialism. An evaluation of strengths and (and the consequences of these decisions for weaknesses of these systems as they currently the efficient allocation of resources), pollution, exist in the modern economies of the world and poverty, and international trade. Prerequisite to an appraisal of proposals for reform. Prereq- all departmental courses numbered 200 or above, uisite: Econ. 103-104. (Alternate years; not of-

except 251 - 252. Must be taken in sequence. fered 1984-85) 78 Economics and Business Administration

305. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory. analysis. Extensive use of cases. Prerequisites: (II) [3] Econ. 103-104, 207, and 306. A study of the determinants of national income, its fluctuation and growth. Contemporary fiscal 401. History of Economic Thought and and monetary theories are analyzed in connec- Theory. (II) [3] tion with the causes'and control of economic A study of the basic concepts of economic growth and fluctuations. Prerequisite: Econ. 103- . thought, with emphasis upon the contributions 104. of the classical school of British economists, the 'Austrian school, the neoclassical group, and the 306. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. institutionalists. Review and appraisal of Keyne- sian economics. Prerequisites: Econ. 305, 306. (I) [3] . A detailed study of the theory of the price sys- (Alternate years; offered 1984-85) tem as a regulator of economic activity. Suffi- cient attention is given to the tools of economic 430. Senior Seminar in Economic Policy. (II) [3] analysis to provide background for graduate Covers the field of economic policy making study. Prerequisite: Econ. 103-104. building upon integrating previous study in economics. Both microeconomic and macroeconomic policies are considered. Pre- 311. International Economics. (II) [3] requisites: Econ. 305, 306, Senior status, or A study of the theory, institutions, and com- permission of the instructor. mercial policies of international trade and fi- nance. Barriers to free trade; private and BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION — SECTION B. public policies; international monetary prob- lems and solutions with emphasis on balance- 170. Personal Financial Management. (I) [3] of-payments disequilibrium, its causes and ad- Emphasis on major financial decisions and justments and the current need for interna- judgments required of the average individual tional liquidity and monetary reform. (Same as and family during a lifetime: consumer eco- International Studies 311). Prerequisite: Econ. nomics, insurance, real estate, investment de- 103-104. (Alternate years; not offered 1984-85) cisions, taxes, and estate planning. No prerequisites. Does not satisfy requirements for 312. Economic Development. (II) [3] a major in economics or business administration. Problems of economic development and growth; interaction of economic and non- 251 - 252. Managerial Accounting. (I - II) [3 - 3]. economic factors, population and the labor Focus on use of accounting and related data by force, capital requirements, market develop- general managers. Covers introductory ac- ment, foreign investment and aid, and role of counting techniques, cash flow and funds anal- government. Comparison of the growth of ad- ysis, cost accounting and analysis, budgeting, vanced and underdeveloped economies. Pol- and alternative-choice decisions. Extensive use icy measures to promote development and of cases. Must be taken in sequence. growth. (Same as International Studies 312.) Prerequisite: Econ. 103-104. (Alternate years; not 260. Federal Income Tax. (I) [3] offered 1984-85) A comprehensive study of the Federal tax struc- ture. The course will emphasize tax principles 332. Managerial Economics. (III) [3] applicable to individuals and partnerships and Development and practical application of tools will include basic research procedures. Prereq- of supply, demand, cost, capital and profit uisite: Econ. 251. analysis, including quantitative models, to decision-making in a business enterprise. Ad- 261. Law of Basic Commercial Transactions. ditionally, a study of the problems of economic (II) [3] measurement and forecasting methods, busi- Introduction to legal concepts in those areas of ness planning, product strategy and location the law essential to commercial transactions, Economics and Business Administration 79

including creation and performance of con- 350. Marketing Management. (II) [3] tracts for the sale of goods and other property, A focus upon marketing as a subsystem of the negotiable instruments, real and personal business organization. Marketing involves the property, leases, and wills and estates. The matching of markets and products and/or serv- course will be taught largely utilizing the case ices with consumers' needs. Discussion of the method and problem approach, with an em- external environment of the components of phasis on illustrating how legal concepts are marketing: the product or service itself, its applied to specific factual situations. Prereq- pricing, promotion and distribution. The sub- uisite: Econ. 103-104. (Alternate years; not of- jects of advertising and sales are also covered fered '1984-85) in a general manner. Prerequisite: Econ. 103-104.

262. Law of Basic Business Organizations. (II) 351. Marketing Communications Strategy. (I) [3] [3] Emphasis on advertising, collateral promotion, Introduction to legal concepts in the areas of marketing research from a qualitative view- business associations and government regula- point and public relations as methods which tion of business, including agency and employ- organizations use to communicate and define ment laws, partnerships, corporations and the needs of customers. Characteristics of each antitrust concepts, protection of trade secrets, form are evaluated with respect to varying mar- and patents and copyrights. This course will be keting situations in both profit and non-profit taught largely utilizing the case method and situations. Focus is on management aspects, problem approach, with an emphasis on illus- communications planning, development and trating how legal principles are applied to spe- appraisal. Case histories used extensively and cific factual situations. Prerequisite: Econ. 103- students' marketing creativity encouraged. 104. (Alternate years; offered 1984-85) Prerequisite: Bus. 350.

271. Personnel and Industrial Relations. (Ill) 360. The Management of Organizations: What [3] makes for efficient management. (I) [3] Basic elements of personnel administration; Organizations in any sector are made up of recruiting, developing, utilizing, and remuner- people. Those who master the art and science ating human resources. Includes study-of hu- of management become the leaders of those man relations problems and their constructive organizations. This course includes the study solutions, governmental regulations, and legal of management principles and procedures and decisions guiding activities of Personnel De- the nature of effective management. This class partments. Special attention given to areas of will feature also management's dependence on collective bargaining, labor contracts, quality of and influence on the behavior of people and work life. Prerequisite: Econ. 103-104. (Alter- groups in organizations. Prerequisite: Econ. 103- nate years; not offered 1984-85) 104.

310, 410. Intercollegiate Business Game. 370 - 371. Financial Management. (I - II) [3 - 31 (I) [2, 2] Focuses on the problem of managing the funds Course offered for credit to Juniors (310) and of a business. Primary objectives of the course Seniors (410). At the end of December, man- include: mastery of the techniques of financial agement control of a simulated business is given analysis for estimating funds flows, determin- to students of approximately twenty-four schools ing the ability of a business to meet its com- linked by telephone transmission to the com- mitments, and rationing available funds among puter facilities of the Emory University Gradu- competing alternatives; acquaintance with ate School of Business Administration in Atlanta. sources and forms of short and long-term fi- Students travel to Atlanta near March 1 to pres- nancing; and an understanding of the relation ent a final case analysis before a team of judges. of financial decisions to those in other areas of Prerequisites or Corequisites: Bus. 350, 370, or administration and to overall company objec- permission of instructor. tives and policies. Case discussions and read- 80 Economics and Business Administration

ings emphasizing short-term and long-term and relate them to particular industries and financing, in that order. Prerequisite: Econ. 207, general economic conditions. Prerequisite: Bus. Bus. 251-252. Must be taken in sequence. 370. (Not offered in 1984-85.)

380. Investment Theory and Practice. (III) [3] 450. Senior Seminar in Business Policy. (II) [3] An introduction to modern investment theory Covers the fields of policy making and admin- and portfolio construction. Theoretical topics istration, building upon the integrating -pre- include risk and return, financial valuation vious study in economics and business models and efficient market theory. Markets for administration. Viewpoint is at the higher levels fixed incomes, securities and equities are re- of management. Emphasis is on appraisal of a viewed together with the implications of mod- company's situation in the light of general social, ern investment theory, taxes and inflation on economic and competitive trends, and of con- investment decisions. Prerequisite: Bus. 370, or ditions within the company itself; determining permission of the instructor. objectives; developing policies and plans; and developing, guiding, and maintaining an ad- 381-382. Intermediate Accounting Theory. ministrative organization to carry out the plans (I-II) [3 - 3] and meet objectives. Extensive use of cases. Accounting theory, from both the theoretical and Prerequisites: Bus. 251-252, 350, 360, 370, Sen- practical viewpoints. Covers the foundation of ior status, or permission of the instructor. accounting theory; the accounting and report- ing process and the impact of the recent pron- ouncements from AICPA, AAA, and SEC. 470. Business Field Experience. (I, II, III) [3 or Prerequisite: Bus. 251-252. Must be taken in 6] sequence. In cooperation with several Memphis business firms, Southwestern offers an opportunity to 384. Cost Accounting. (III) [3] work on selected projects designed to meet the Analysis of cost accounting techniques and ap- needs of the student and the firm. The purpose plications relative to managerial planning, con- of this internship program is to provide the stu- trol, and decision making: measurement of unit dent with an exposure to actual business op- cost, control of operating cost, incremental de- erations in a business environment. Students cision making, and profit planning and control interested in participating in the program will systems. Prerequisite: Bus. 251-252. (Alternate be required to submit a resume, write a pre- years; offered 1984-85) work paper on the nature of their project.•.and their participation in the project, engage in se- 386. Accounting Theory and Current Issues. lected readings, and submit a final paper on the (III) [3] work experience. Students will be closely su- An in-depth study of the concepts, assump- pervised and interviewed on a regular basis. tions and principles that form the theoretical Students considering participating in this pro- framework of financial accounting. Research of gram should consult with the Director of In- current topics will provide additional material ternships no later than the middle of the term for analysis and class discussion to assess preceding the term in which participation is de- changes in accounting theory. Prerequisite: Bus. sired. Under special circumstances, the num- 381-382. (Alternate years; not offered 1984-85) ber of credit hours may vary from 1 to 6; but under no circumstances will more than 6 hours 390. Financial Analysis. (II) [3] of credit be allowed to count toward the 124 The analysis of financial assets, primarily debt hours required for graduation. Students desir- and equities, in order to estimate either credit ing to take more than 6 hours (thus adding to quality or potential risk and expected returns. the number of hours needed for graduation) Reliance is placed on audited financial infor- must petition the Curriculum Committee for mation and data that are publicly available. permission to do so. Prerequisite: permission Course will consider individual financial assets of the Director of Internships. Economics and Business Administration 81

481. Advanced Accounting. (II) [3] clude 332,527, and 528, and one other course The development of financial accounting the- from Section A or Section B. ory through the application of specialized (3) A substantial research paper in an area of problems relating to partnerships, corporate special interest to the candidate. combinations, fiduciary relationships, con- (4) Oral examination on the research paper. signments and installment sales. Prerequisite: Bus. 381-382.

484. Auditing. (III) [3] Conceptual approach to auditing process, pro- cedures, communications and professional en- vironment which includes auditing standards, legal responsibilities and professional ethics. Prerequisite: Bus. 381-382.

Tutorial Courses 425. Senior Research Seminar in Economics and Business Administration. (O.D.) [3] For department majors. Advanced study in re- search methodology. Under faculty guidance, students will select a topic, design a research procedure, and complete an individual or group research project.

525 - 526. Senior Tutorial. (O.D.) [3 - 3] For students majoring in the department. The content of this course will be fixed after con- sultation with each student and in accord with his or her particular needs.

527 - 528. Honors Tutorial. (I, II) [3 - 3] Open to candidates for Honors in Economics or Business Administration. Prerequisite: De- partmental permission.

SPECIAL STUDIES

Honors in Economics (1) Requirements for a major in Economics. (2) Elective courses within the department must include 527 and 528, and two other courses from Section A or Section B. (3) A substantial research paper in an area of special interest to the candidate. (4) Oral examination on the research paper.

Honors in Business Administration (1) Requirements for a major in Business Administration. (2) Elective courses in the department must in- 82 Education

EDUCATION Southwestern offers all courses necessary to obtain professional certification in:

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR GRADES K-12 Gail C. McClay. Chairperson. B.S., Upsala Col- Art lege; M.E., University of North Florida; Ph.D., Music Washington State University. (Secondary edu- Non-categorical Special Education cation; language arts, social studies, curricu- ELEMENTARY lum and instruction) KINDERGARTEN GRADES 7-12 No Major Offered Bible Biology The members of the Department of Educa- Business tion at Southwestern are committed to produc- Chemistry ing teachers who are highly knowledgeable in Economics their specialized fields. Admittance to the De- English partment of Education is contingent upon a French recommendation from the student's major pro- General Science fessor. In addition, students must be capable of German putting into practice the methods and technical History skills available through the most recent edu- Latin cational research and development. The meth- Mathematics ods and technology alone do not produce highly Multiple Foreign Languages capable teachers; excellence in the student's Multiple Sciences major field of study is a prerequisite. It is rec- Multiple Social Sciences ognized by the department, however, that Political Science knowledge in the major areas of study does not Physics necessarily ensure teacher competence. Psychology Program: It is the underlying philosophy of the Spanish Department of Education that a major in a spe- Speech cialized field is essential. Therefore, no major Sociology in education is offered at Southwestern. Experiences for the student in education in- Special Opportunities: Students not only re- clude micro-teaching, tutorials, pre-student ceive credit for involvement in the Memphis area teaching opportunities, and student teaching schools, but are encouraged to participate in in the Memphis area schools. The professors these schools' programs as soon as it is feasible act as liaisons between the Memphis area to do so. Observations, teacher aide experi- schools, public and private, and the South- ences, one-to-one tutorial experience, and small western students. Placements are made to sat- group instruction are encouraged. Seminars are isfy the students' needs and preferences. designed to discuss current legislative, admin- The Department of Education at Southwest- istrative, and organizational issues, as well as to ern offers all courses necessary for Tennessee make opportunities available for students to and most other states' certification require- prepare educational articles for publication, ments in elementary and secondary education, when merited. as well as all courses necessary for certification in kindergarten and non-categorical special ed- Career Opportunities: Completion of a se- ucation. Most students planning for teaching quence leading to professional teacher certifi- careers in other states can be certified with no cation enables Southwestern students to acquire difficulty, providing they plan their curriculum the necessary knowledge and skills for careers early in their college careers. in teaching upon graduation. The excellent

ti Education 83 performance of previous Southwestern grad- Must be taken in conjunction with 402 and/or uates who are teaching throughout the South 403 for secondary students. enhances the probability of Southwestern graduates being immediately placed. 402. Special Secondary Methods. (I) [1] A general knowledge of educational proce- English and social studies methods to be taught dures is also helpful for people who will be as- in the Department of Education. Art, biology, suming roles as parents, lawyers, politicians, and• French, history, mathematics, and Spanish to be taxpayers. taught through those departments.

COURSE OFFERINGS 403. Secondary Methods Laboratory. (I) [1] To gain practical experience in the Memphis area RE = Required for elementary schools prior to student teaching. This lab will RS = Required for secondary be in the student's major area. To be taken with RE&S = Required for elementary and secondary 401. REx = Required for exceptional child RKg = Required for kindergarten 407. Reading in the Content Area. (II) [2] RE&S Developmental reading activities and the INTRODUCTORY COURSES teaching of study skills at the 4-12 levels. This course will include the teaching of research 101. Introduction to Education. (III) [3] E4 skills. This course is designed to acquaint the learner with pertinent legislation in education, educa- Note: Elementary Education tional finance, the role of the taxpayer, parental Check carefully to note all RE courses. roles in advisory councils, the effect of societal pressure groups on curriculum, political struc- Note: A kindergarten teacher must also have tures in the system, and the process of incor- an elementary certificate; a teacher of non-cat- porating change from within and without the egorical special education must also have an el- system. This course is specifically designed for ementary or a secondary certificate. those who wish to make decisions about teach- ing as a career, as well as for those interested in 410. Methods of Teaching Reading. (II) [2] RE education as future parents, lawyers, politi- Diagnostic and prescriptive techniques, readi- cians, taxpayers, or college/university professors. ness and decoding skills, developmental read- ing activities, testing and evaluation. This course 303. Educational Foundations. (II) [3] E4 RE&S includes a practicum in the elementary schools. This course combines educational philosophy (407 also required for elementary) and theory with their relationships to societal issues, educational trends, and resultant pro- 411. Methods of Teaching Elementary gram development. Also included is the proc- Arithmetic. (I) [2] RE ess for change to bring about instructional and Special methods geared to the teaching of curricular improvement. Arithmetic. To be taken with 412.

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION 412. Methods of Teaching Elementary Science. (I) [1] RE 401. General Methods of Teaching. (I) [2] Special methods geared to the teaching of sci- RE&S ence in the elementary schools. To be taken with The practical application of technical skills and 411. methods in the schools. Theory and principles are applied during student teaching experi- 413. Art and Music for the Elementary ences. This course is taught during the first six Teacher. (II) [3] RE weeks followed by student teaching in the sec- Appreciation of art and music, including their ond six weeks. Professor's signature required. societal values. Emphasis will be upon incul- 84 Education cating appreciation of the arts in children in the for these students in heterogeneous grouping elementary grades. situations.

414. Kindergarten Methods. (0.D.) [1] RKg 431. Needs of Children with Orthopedic Special methods geared to kindergarten Handicaps. (0.13.) [1] REx instructions. A practicum is included in this course.

415. Methods of Teaching Language Arts in 433. Methods for Teaching Exceptional Elementary Schools. (I) [2] RE Children. (O.D.) [2] REx Special methods and materials for Language Arts Informal testing and its interpretation, individ- instruction including speaking, listening, and ual profiles, task analysis, long and short range writing—grades 1 through 6. objectives, IEP's and behavioral management. 416. Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools. (I) [1] RE 434. Needs of Behavioral Problem Students. Special methods and materials for teaching so- (0.D.) [1] REx cial studies in grades 1 through 6. Etiology, characteristics, and educational serv- ices. Treatment of children with social-emo- 419. Children's literature. (0.D.) [3] tional problems. A study of books and periodicals appropriate for children in grades K-6. This course will in- 436. Needs of Students with Mental clude a unit on the writing of children's books. Retardation. (0.D.) [2] REx Educational services and treatment of persons 420. Classroom Management. (I) [1] RE with profound, severe, or moderate learning This course includes all aspects of classroom handicaps. management including preventative, prescrip- tive, and punitive. This course also examines le- 437. Needs of Students with Specific Learning gal rulings on punitive disciplinary measures. Disabilities. (0.D.) [1] REx Etiology, characteristics, and educational serv- 422. Educational Media. (II) [1] RE ices for children with specific learning disabil- Audio visual instruction to familiarize students ities, including prescriptive treatment for with the uses and operation of audio visual ma- mainstreaming. terials and equipment.

439. Needs of Gifted Students. (0.D.) 121 REx 424. Teaching for Creativity. (0.D.) [3] Characteristics and identification of students Preserving and nurturing creativity in students. with superior abilities. To be taken with 440. Principles applicable to students of any age. In- cludes applications of creativity in various sub- ject matter disciplines. 440. Methods of Teaching Gifted Students. (0.D.) [1] REx 425. Seminar. (I, II, III) [1] Curricular adjustment techniques to meet the A weekly departmental seminar with emphasis needs of the gifted students in varied program on educational structure, issues, and inno- structures. Observation of gifted classes is in- vations. The focus will be on classroom man- cluded. To be taken with 439. agement. 445. Assessment of Exceptional Children. 430. Survey of Exceptional Children. (II) [2] (O.D.) [2] REx RES Diagnostic and prescriptive techniques for A survey of the characteristics and needs of measurement and evaluation of exceptional atypical students, including teaching strategies students. Education 85

APPLICATION COURSES

450-451. Elementary or Secondary Education Practicum. (I, 11, 111) [2-2] Sixty hours required participation in the Mem- phis area schools. Experiences could include testing, tutoring, small group instruction and duties normally assigned to teacher aides.

453. Practicum for Secondary Students. (I, II, 111) [3] Ninety hours required participation in the sec- ondary schools. Experiences would be similar to those in 450-451.

455. Practicum for Elementary Students. (I, II, III) [3] Ninety hours required participation in the Memphis area elementary schools. Experi- ences would be similar to those in 450-451.

460. Secondary Student Teaching. (I, II, Ill) [2, 3, 4 or 6] RS For seniors only. Observation and teaching un- der supervision in the Memphis area secondary schools. Usually taken in Term I. Seminars are included in this course. The student must make arrangements with the Department of Educa- tion well in advance, at the latest by the MID- DLE OF TERM PRECEDING THE COURSE:- A fee of $5.00 per credit hour is charged to compen- sate the cooperating classroom teacher.

470. Elementary Student Teaching. (I, II, Ill) [4 or 6] RE See 460 for description.

473. Kindergarten Student Teaching. (I, II, Ill) [2] RKg See 460 for description.

475. Exceptional Children Student Teaching. (I, II, III) [2] REx See 460 for description. 86 English

ENGLISH ucation develops skills and trains one for an oc- cupation. Liberal education develops a habit of mind and prepares one for life as a sentient social PROFESSORS being. Yerger Hunt Clifton. B.A., Duke University; M.A., The study of English at Southwestern does University of Virginia'; Ph.D., Trinity College have its "servile" application, as Newman used (Dublin). (English novel.) the word, and does develop such skills as in- creased effectiveness in reading, writing, and Robert M. Cooper. B.A., Trinity College; A.M. discussion, and in analysis, organization, and and Ph.D., Princeton University. (Shakespeare.) expression of ideas. Some English majors go on to graduate study in English or one of the William L. Daniels. B.A. and M.A., Vanderbilt professions (e.g., medicine, law). Some teach University; Ph.D., Harvard University. (Irish English in elementary or secondary schools. literature.) Some go directly into one business or another, or into such fields as journalism, fiction, and Gerald Duff. B.A., Lamar University; M.A., Uni- advertising. versity of Arkansas; Ph.D., University of Illi- But the English Department is unabashedly nois. (English Romantic Period; modern poetry.) liberal in philosophy and purpose. It seeks to offer, not only for its majors but for non-majors James E. Roper. The Charles R. Glover Professor as well, what Newman described: "an educa- of English Studies. B.A., Southwestern At Mem- tion which gives a man (or woman) a clear phis; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University; M.A., conscious view of his own opinions and Yale University. (Poetry; myth and symbol.) judgments, a truth in developing them, and eloquence in expressing them, and a force in Distinguished Appointment to be announced. urging them. It teaches him to see things as they are. . . . It prepares him to fill any post with credit, and to master any subject with facility. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS He is at home in any society, he has common Jeanie Watson. Chairperson. B.A., Baylor Uni- ground with every class. He has the repose of versity; M.A., Midwestern State University; a mind which lives in itself while it lives in the Ph.D., Ohio University. (Romantic and Victo- world, and which has resources for its happi- rian periods; children's literature.) ness at home when it cannot go abroad." To this end, non-majors can generally help Richard C. Wood. B.A., Southwestern At Mem- themselves to as much sampling of English phis; M.A., Columbia University. (American lit- courses as their interests, needs, and other aca- erature; creative writing.) demic requirements warrant, from the Anglo- Saxon beginnings of our literary heritage to Assistant Professor to be announced. modern poetry, novels and drama.

British Studies at Oxford Why should students study English and The curriculum of this program of summer American literature? Some would say, for a live- studies at Oxford is interdisciplinary, but since lihood; others, for a life; and some, happily, for Professor Clifton, the Dean, is a member of both. John Henry Newman, using the words in Southwestern's English Department, it is per- their classical sense, said that the same areas of haps fair to note the program as adjunct to study could be at once either "servile" or "lib- Southwestern's Department. The program is eral," depending rather on the purpose of the more fully described under the section in the study than its content — servile if undertaken catalogue concerning Foreign Study. for some ulterior end, commercial or profes- sional; liberal if standing on its own merits, The Writing Center , independent of sequel or other end. Servile ed- The English Department oversees a tutoring English 87

service available to all Southwestern students. 391. Writing Fiction. (III) [3] Tutors are available daily to assist students with Practice in the craft of writing short fiction, be- written work. Those receiving tutoring are ex- ginning with simple tales, fables, sketches, and pected to report this fact to the professor for concluding with more complex forms. Class whom the written work is done. criticism will be encouraged and consultations between individual students and the instructor held. (Alternate years; offered 1985-86.) Requirements for a major in English: (1) English 151-152 or 455-456, plus one other 392. Writing Poetry. (III) [3] course listed in Group I below. Practice in the craft of writing verse in various (2) English 201-202 and 203 or 323 or 324. forms and rhythms. Study of contemporary (3) At least 24 hours from English courses models is included. Each student accumulates numbered 300 and above, including a a collection of his or her writings and partici- minimum of two courses from each of the pates in a public reading. (Alternate years; of- three periods in Group III. fered 1984-85.) NOTE: A course in English or American history is strongly recommended. 451. Studies in Literary Criticism. (I) [3] C2 The curriculum in the Department of English Critical emphases, theories, and methodol- is currently under review. It is anticipated that ogies, with applications to selected literary some changes in course offerings will be made works. (NOTE: Meets request from students and in 1984-85. faculty, and has been taught in Term III.)

COURSE OFFERINGS 455. Study of the Language. (11I) [3] I. Writing, Criticism, and Language The basic principles of structural, historical, and comparative linguistics, with primary emphasis 103. English for Foreign Students. (I, II, Ill) on the Indo-European family of languages. (O.D.) [3] Training in reading and in oral and written Eng- 456. The History of the English Language. lish. At least some of the instruction will be in- (II) [3] C2 dividual, in order to help overcome special A study of the major periods in the develop- problems. Required of all students whose TOEFL ment of the English language, and the distin- scores or departmentally administered profi- guishing features of each. ciency test results indicate the need for further work in English before enrollment in English 151. 551. Seminar in Research Methods. (I) [3] Juniors and seniors only, any department. Es- 151. Writing. (1 - 11) [3] The study and practice of more effective written pecially recommended for those planning hon- ors or graduate work. Extensive work in the and oral communication. library and on individual research projects: se- 152. Introduction to Literature. (I, 11, III) [3] C2 lecting a topic, taking notes, evaluating sources, An introductory study of the major divisions of developing a working outline, writing and re- literature—poetry, fiction, and drama—with at- vising preliminary drafts, and proof-reading; tention to the recognition and analysis of the summary writing and documentation tech- characteristic features of each. Writing in the niques included. (Alternate years; offered course will emphasize the analytical principles 1985-86.) of basic literary criticism. II. Surveys 251. Advanced Writing. (II) [3] C2 The department strongly recommends that stu- Emphasis is on writing rather than on genres or dents wishing to enroll in sophomore-level and content, with extensive practice in the various other survey courses complete the 151, 152 types of expository prose. courses first. 88 English

201, 202. Masterpieces of English literature. B. Seventeenth Century; Restoration and the 18th

(1 - 11) [3-3] C2 Century A study of the chief periods and movements in English literature, and of the greatest authors, 310. Renaissance II. (II) [3] C2 such as Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton. A continuation of English 309. 201: beginnings to 1660. 202: 1660 to the pres- 311. ent day. Milton and His Times. (I) [3] C2 A study of the principal works of Milton ,,and some of his contemporaries. Both prose and 203. Masterpieces of American Literature. (I, verse will be included in the course; the main II) [3] C2 emphasis will be placed on the longer poems. Selected masterpieces from the chief authors of the last 250 years. 312. Renaissance and 18th Century Comedy. (III) [3] C2 The Department strongly recommends that po- Marlowe through Sheridan. tential English majors take English 201, 202 be- 313, 314. Restoration and Eighteenth Century fore beginning an advanced course of study. The Literature. (I-II) [3 - 3] C2 Department requires that freshmen and soph- A study of the major poets, prose writers, and omores who wish to take upper-level courses dramatists of the period. In 313, emphasis is secure in writing the permission of the instruc- given to Dryden, Pope, and Swift; in 314, atten- tor and present the written permission at tion centers on Dr. Johnson, his contemporar- registration. ies, and the transition toward Romanticism.

III. Periods 319. The English Novel, Part I. (I) [3] C2 An interpretative study of the English novel with emphasis on the development of specificthemes A. Old and Middle English; Renaissance in historical context. Each student will be ex- pected to produce a creative analysis of an as- 300. Middle Ages. (I) [3] C2 signed work. The period studied is 1720-1820, The major works in Anglo-Saxon and English approximately. medieval literature (except Chaucer), including epic, drama, lyrics, and romance, terminating C. The 19th and 20th Centuries with Malory's Morte D'Arthur (Alternate years; offered 1984-85.) 320. The English Novel, Part II. (II) [3] C2 - A continuation of English 319. The period stud- ied is 1820-1920, approximately. 301. Chaucer. (II) [3] C2 A preliminary study of Chaucer's language fol- 321, 322. Nineteenth Century Romantic

lowed by a careful reading of his major poetry, Poetry. (1-11) [3 - 3] C2 with special emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. A study of selected works of the Lake poets, with emphasis on themes which unify the Romantic "quest." Wordsworth and Coleridge, Term I. 303, 304. Shakespeare. (I - 11) [3 - 3] C2 A study of representative plays of Shakespeare, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, Term II. with special reference to his development as a 323, 324. American Literature. (1 - 11). [3 - 3] C2 dramatist, the various types of his plays, and the Chief literary movements and principal writers ideas expressed in them. Comedies and history of America from the beginnings to the 20th plays Term I. Tragedies Term II. century.

309. Renaissance I. (I) [3] C2 325. Twentieth Century Poetry, Part I. (I) [3] C2 Significant poetry and prose of the 16th and 17th The first three decades, emphasizing Yeats and centuries in England. Eliot, and including the Georgians, Pound and English 89

the Imagists, Frost, Hopkins, Cummings, and 355. Joyce's Ulysses. (III) [3] C2 others. (Alternate years; not offered 1983-84) Instructor's consent required. (Alternate years; offered 1984-85.) 326. Twentieth Century Poetry, Part II. (II) [3] C2 340, 341. Classics of Western Europe. (I, II) From the 1930's to the present day, with major [3-3] C2 interest in Auden, Thomas, Lowell, and Roethke.. Term I: Homer and Virgil. (Alternate years; offered 1984-85) Term II: Dante and Cervantes. (Alternate years; offered 1985-86.) 328. Victorian Prose and Poetry. (II) [3] C2 A study of English ,poetry and prose (exclusive of the novel) from 1830 to the end of the cen- IV. Comparative Literature tury. Especial emphasis is laid on the expression in literature of the intellectual and social prob- 342. Folklore. (II) El 1 lems of Victorian society. (Alternate years; of- The leading types of folk song and story. fered 1985-86.) 343. Myth and Symbol, Part I. (11)[3] C2 329. Twentieth Century British Novel. (111) [3] The approach is via world literature, classical and C2 contemporary together, with the aim of provid- A study of the novel in Britain between the two ing knowledge basic for the student of modern world wars and afterwards, from Virginia Woolf literature. A study of myth and of the symbolic to John Fowles. An effort will be made not only mode, using as materials the enduring and ver- to examine the novels as art, but to read in them satile myths of the Greco-Roman world. the social history of Britain during a half cen- tury of rapidly changing values and assumptions. 344. Myth and Symbol, Part II. (III) [3] C2 Celtic and Germanic myth in modern literature. 330. Dickinson and Frost. (III) [3] C2 The Passion myth, Faust, Don Juan, the Super- An in-depth study of two of America's most dis- man, etc. tinguished poets.

331. Literature of the South. (III) [3] C2 345, 346. The Novel and Drama Since 1850. A study of the cultural background of the (I - 11) [3-3] C2 "Southern Renascence," of the major authors of A detailed study of representative British, the period 1920-1960. Works by Faulkner, Welty, American, and continental novels and plays.. O'Connor, Ransom, Tate and Warren are

featured. 349, 350. Oriental Humanities. (II, III) [3 - 3] C2 (See Interdepartmental Study) 332. Developments in Contemporary Literature. (III) [3] C2 V. Special Courses A study of the emergence of distinguished new writers since 1950, with selections of poetry, novels and plays for close analysis. 502. Children's Literature. [3] C2 A study of books and magazines appropriate for 353. Irish Poetry and Prose. (I) 131 C2 children in grades K-6. Numerous illustrated Studies Yeats and Joyce in light of Irish history books and magazines will be read and critiques and literary tradition. (Alternate years; offered written. Reading selections will include chil- 1984-85.) dren's classics and Caldecott and Newberry prize books. Each student will be required to write 354. Twentieth-Century Irish and English two stories for children on different levels. Those Drama. (II) [3] C2 who can create an illustrated book will be en- Shaw through Beckett and Pinter. (Alternate couraged to do so. (Offered when requested. years; offered 1984-85.) No credit toward English major.) Tutorial Courses

399. Tutorial for Honors Candidates. (111)[1] The department requires that junior English majors wishing to read for honors enroll in a preparatory tutorial in term III before the sen- ior-year concentration.

525 - 526. Tutorial Courses. (1 - 11) [3 -31 Independent study of authors or areas of spe- cial interest to the student. These tutorials do not coincide with course offerings.

Honors in English (1) Courses required: fulfillment of the re- quirements for a major in English. (2) Intensive work in not less than two nor more than four areas, such as medieval literature, modern literature, Chaucer, and the like. (3) A substantial, in-depth thesis in one or more of the areas studied. (4) Examinations: the whole field of English lit- erature and the special fields studied. Foreign Languages 91

FOREIGN LANGUAGES Memphis; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton; J.D., Memphis State. (Russian language and literature). PROFESSORS William Thomas Jolly. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis; M.A., UniVersity of Mississippi; Ph.D., ASSISTANTS Tulane University.(Classical languages; . Louisette D. Palazzolo. B.A., Memphis State linguistics.) University. (Conversational French).

Donald W. Tucker. B.S., Davidson College; M.A. Margarita R. Munden. B.A., Southwestern At and Ph.D., University of North Carolina. (Span- Memphis. (Conversational Spanish.) ish language and literature — Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries.) The Department of Foreign Languages reg- ularly offers instruction in Arabic, French, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS German, Greek, Latin, Russian, and Spanish. Johann Bruhwiler. B.A., Carleton University Chinese and Portuguese are offered if there is (Canada); M.A. and Ph.D., University of Cin- sufficient demand. cinnati. (German language and literature — The 100-level courses are intended for stu- Twentieth Century; comparative literature.) dents who have had no previous training in the indicated language. Students who have studied Horst Dinkelacker. Chairman. Staatsexamen, a language for two years in high school are nor- University of Tubingen; Ph.D., Vanderbilt Uni- mally expected to enter a 200-level course if they versity. (German language and literature — choose to continue the same language at Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries; com- Southwestern. Likewise, students who have parative linguistics.) studied a language for four years are normally expected to enter a 300-level course at South- James M. Vest. A.B., Davidson College; M.A. and western. Courses at that level are generally Ph.D., Duke University. (French language and taught in the foreign language. Students who literature — Nineteenth and Twentieth plan to continue a language they have studied Centuries.) previously should consult the appropriate de- partment for counselling concerning placement. Assistant Professor to be announced. NOTE: The degree requirement in foreign languages may be met by the successful com- pletion of any three or four hour course num- INSTRUCTOR bered 200 or higher. Rose Marie Kuhn. B.A., Facultes Universitaires Summer study and Junior-Year-Abroad pro- Saint Louis; M.A., Universite de Louvain; M.A., grams are available in Austria, France, Germany, Catholic University. (Comparative literature, Mexico, and Spain. For details, students should Romanticism, 19th and 20th century novel). consult appropriate members of the Department. A major in a foreign language provides the VISITING INSTRUCTOR fundamental linguistic requirements for a career Douglas R. Magrath. B.A., University of Cali- in teaching, diplomacy, international business, fornia at Los Angeles; M.A., American Univer- translation, and for graduate study, and is use- sity of Beirut. (Arabic; English as a second ful in travel and in understanding a foreign language). culture. Three types of major are offered by the Department:

PART- TIME INSTRUCTOR A. The major in French, German, Greek, Latin, Robert A. McLean. B.A., Southwestern At or Spanish. 92 Foreign Languages

This major is designed to provide depth in 6 additional hours on a region or a topic, one language, including its literature and e.g., USSR, Europe, International Law and its civilization. Requirements are listed un- Organization, etc. der the appropriate language heading. Economics 103, 104 B. The major in Foreign Languages. In Foreign Languages: This major is designed to provide greater FL455; 458; 459 breadth of language proficiency than is at- • A minimum of 9 hours from among tained by the individual major in French, courses numbered 300 or above in each German, Greek, Latin, or Spanish. It in- of the student's two major languages. Six volves the study of at least 2 foreign Ian- additional hours from among courses guages, a minimum of 6 hours in literature numbered 300 and above; or 6 addi- and civilization, and 9 hours of linguistics. tional hours in a third language.

Requirements for the major in Foreign II. International Studies/French, German, Languages: or Spanish' 1. A minimum of 9 hours from among The following courses will be required: courses numbered 301 and above in each In International Studies: of two of the following languages: Ar- Same as under I. abic, French, German, Greek, Latin, In Foreign Languages: • Russian, Spanish. (Minimum: 18 hours) 24 hours from among courses num- 2. Either of the following: bered 300 or above, to be determined in consultation with a faculty member a. 6 additional hours from among in the major language. courses numbered 301 and above. This requirement is satisfied by 6 ad- In either track, students will be ex- ditional hours in one of the two lan- pected to bring their particular empha- guages already studied, or by a 3-hour sis to bear in the courses they take. This course in each of those two lan- may mean, in a literature course, e.g., guages. (Minimum: 6 hours) that students might concentrate on b. 6 additional hours at any level in a third writers who are politically "engages"; language. Any foreign language taught conversely, in International Studies, their at Southwestern satisfies this awareness of literary and cultural tra- requirement. ditions will enhance their understand- 3. Foreign Languages 455. Study of Lan- ing of certain political dynamics; they guages (Same as English 455.) will have to use foreign sources for the 4. Foreign Languages 458. Comparative courses in which papers are required. Language Structures. Comprehensive Examinations: 5. Foreign Languages 459. Exercises in Translation. In International Studies: 6. A 3-part comprehensive examination on 1. A senior paper for which students are language, comparative structures, and expected to make extensive use of on literature and civilization; there is also sources in their foreign language(s) an oral examination in each of the two 2. A written exam major languages. In Languages (in both tracks I and II): C. An interdisciplinary major with Interna- 1. A written abstract in a foreign lan- tional Studies. There are two tracks for this guage of the I.S. senior paper major: 2. An oral presentation on an I.S. topic I. International Studies/Languages (can be the same as the topic for sen- The following courses will be required: ior paper) In International Studies: 3. Two written exams on language, lit- I.S. 100; 200; 300; 301; 302; 400 erature, and civilization Foreign Languages 93

The Emily Simpson Courtenay Modern on the Indo-European family of languages. (Also Language Center listed under English 455.) Professor Donald W. Tucker. Director. Marjorie M. Stoner. Secretary. FL 458. Comparative Language Structures. The Emily Simpson 'Courtenay Modern Lan- (I) [3] guage Center, housed in the Thomas W. Briggs A comparative/contrastive analysis of the stu- Student Center, consists of an office, class- dent's two or more major languages through: room, and language laboratory. lectures in the areas of historical development The language laboratory contains booths and grammatical, morphological, and syntac- equipped with especially adapted tape record- tical systems; and practical application of these ers which permit the student to listen to a re- areas in translation assignments. Prerequisite: cording made by native speakers and to record FL 455. his or her own voice. The student can stop, re- peat, erase, and correct his or her own speech FL 459. Exercises in Translation. (II) [3] in comparison with the "master voice." Stu- Designed for language majors to introduce them dents who have their own cassette players may, to the technique and practice of written and oral for a small charge, rent cassette copies of for- translation. Mostly literary English texts will be eign language recordings. The facility is avail- translated into the students' major languages. able for use by all Southwestern students, A paper and oral presentation on some aspect especially those enrolled in courses in modern of this work will be required. foreign languages. Special conversation classes in French, German and Spanish are also con- ducted in the center. In addition to the languages given as regular ARABIC undergraduate courses, selected materials in fifteen other languages are available for indi- No Major Offered vidual study. A limited conversational ability may be achieved by spending a few hours each week Regularly offered courses include elemen- in the center. tary, intermediate, and advanced language study of Modern Standard Arabic. Classwork for all General Courses these courses is to be supplemented by work in the Language Center Laboratory and, when FL150. Selected Foreign Languages. (O.D.) possible, by drills with a native informant. Ad- Certain foreign languages not listed above as ditional subjects that may be offered as 500 regular course offerings are taught on occa- courses, tutorials, or directed inquiries are sion. Although these languages vary according newspaper Arabic, various spoken dialects of to interests of students and availability of in- Arabic, Arabic linguistics, and medieval and structors, Japanese, Mandarin Chinese, and modern Arabic literature. It is, however, not Greek (modern) have been given from time to possible to major in Arabic. time in recent years. Information concerning Many of the students who study Arabic in- languages not regularly taught may be obtained tend to use it to further a career in international from the Registrar, the Dean of the College, or diplomacy, law, or business, in college teach- the Chairman of the Department of Foreign ing, in archaeology, or in scholarly pursuits re- Languages. lated to medieval Islamic civilization or the modern Middle East. Thus, they might take linguistics Arabic in conjunction with related courses in other departments for a major in International FL 455. Study of the Language. (III) [3] Studies, Economics, Political Science, Anthro- The basic principles of structural, historical and pology, Foreign Languages, History, Religion, or comparative linguistics, with primary emphasis Art. 94 Foreign Languages

COURSE OFFERINGS Center Laboratory. After the 200 course, the normal sequence is 201-202, then 301, 302, 303, 304; thereafter, the student is prepared for other 101-102. Elementary Arabic. (I-II) [4 - 4] upper-level courses. Prospective majors should Four class meetings per week emphasize the consult the staff before entering a 300-level sounds and the writing system of the language, course. basic grammar, basic vocabulary for reading, oral comprehension, and elementary speaking pro- Requirements for a major in French: 24 hours ficiency..No prerequisite. in courses numbered 301 or higher, and a 4-part Comprehensive Examination. 200. Continuing Arabic. (III) [4] Recommended for the major in French: a sec- Continuation of Arabic 102, with greater em- ond or third modern language; 2 years of Latin; hasis on conversational skills, vocabulary ex- related courses in English, history, philosophy, pansion, and Arab culture. The successful and art. completion of this course fulfills the degree re- Honors in French: a minimum of 30 hours above quirement in foreign languages. Offered in Term the 200-level courses; a paper on a specific lit- Ill only. Prerequisite: Arabic 102 or the erary topic; reading for the Comprehensive Ex- equivalent. aminations, covering French language, literature, and civilization. 201 - 202. Intermediate Arabic. (I - II) [4 -4] A continuation of Arabic and a preparation for COURSE OFFERINGS Advanced Arabic. Four class meetings per week 100. French for Travel. (III) O.D. [3] present the remaining grammatical points and Getting along in French: emphasis on menus, more extensive vocabulary with a greater em- travel, hotels, shopping; useful vocabulary and phasis on reading and oral communication. summary grammar in a practical context. Prerequisite: Arabic 101-102 or permission of instructor. 101 - 102. Elementary French. (I - II) [4 -4] Fundamentals of the language. Corequisite: 103-

301 - 302. Advanced Arabic. (I - II) [3 - 3] 104 (conversation and laboratory). The final stage in developing the language skills 200. Continuing French. (III) [4] necessary for using Arabic as a research tool and Continuation of French 102, with greater em- a means of literary and oral communication. phasis on readings in French literature and cul- Three class meetings per week provide a review ture. The successful completion of this course of grammar and a rapid expansion of vocabu- fulfills the degree requirement in foreign lan- lary through the reading of varied selections guages. Offered in Term Ill only. Prerequisite: from both classical and modern texts and aim French 102 or the equivalent. Corequisite: con- to develop proficiency in oral communication, versation and laboratory. translation, and elementary composition. Pre- requisite: Arabic 201-202 or permission of 201 - 202. Intermediate French. (I - II) [4 - 4] instructor. Extension of 101-102. Corequisite: 203-204, (conversation and laboratory).

FRENCH 301 - 302. Composition and Conversation. (I - II) [3-3] Composition based upon readings in French Courses include elementary, intermediate, civilization; training in oral French. Prerequi- and advanced French language; a complete site: 200-level courses, or the equivalent. program in French literature; a course in the

Teaching of French. 303 - 304. Survey of French Literature. (I - II) At the elementary and intermediate levels, [3-3] C2 courses are reinforced by oral work with a na- Chief French authors from Middle Ages to pres- tive informant and by the use of the Language ent; lecture, discussion, composition. Prereq- Foreign Languages 95

uisite: 200-level courses, or the equivalent. guage. Prerequisites: French 301 or 302 and 303 Students are advised to take French 301-302 prior or 304 or permission of instructor. to Survey. 460. The Teaching of French: Advanced 307. Modern French Civilization. O.D. [3] C2 Grammar. (III) [3] Life in France and the francophone world. French A practical analysis of problems in the French readings on contemporary society, lifestyles; language. Designed to prepare the student to values, art and fashion mores, commerce, and teach French. Counts toward the major but not advertising. Readings in current periodicals, re- as a degree requirement. alia, substantial unit on commercial French. Re- search project. Prerequisite: French 301 or 302 and 303 or 304 or permission of instructor. GERMAN .

308. French Cultural Heritage (III) [3] C2 Courses are offered in the language, culture, Exploration of a major focus of French civiliza- and literature of Germany and the German tion; may include field trip to Paris, Quebec, speaking countries. etc. At the elementary and intermediate levels, courses provide training in understanding, [3] C2 331. The French Novel. (I) reading, speaking and writing German. There Readings in French prose fiction. A study of the are also conversation classes conducted by na- concept and practice of the roman from the tive speakers who generally are exchange stu- Middle Ages to the present, with emphases on dents from Germany. At the elementary level, novels from the nineteenth and twentieth cen- students also have the option of enrolling in an turies and on the idea of mimesis in prose fic- individualized program where they can pro- tion. Prerequisite: French 301 or 302 and 303 or ceed at their own pace. Upper-level courses are 304 or permission of instructor. all in German; students continue to develop a growing language proficiency and an under- 332. French Drama (II) [3] C2 standing of German culture and literature. Plays by representative French dramatists from Of particular interest may be the direct ex- the French classical period to the present. Pre- change program with the Eberhard-Karls-Univ- requisites: French 301 or 302 and 303 or 304 or ersitat Tubingen; consult a member of the staff permission of instructor. for details.

333. French Poetry (III) [3] C2 Requirements for a major in German: Study of French poetics and survey of principal forms with focus on major French poetical Minimum Requirements: 24 hours in Ger- movements. Prerequisites: French 301 or 302 and man courses above the German 202 course 303 or 304 or permission of instructor. or the equivalent, and a 4-part Comprehen- sive Examination.

336. Contemporary French Literature. O.D. [3] Recommended: Related courses in English, C2 philosophy, or history (especially History 511- Topics in French literature since World War II. 512 or History 341 or History 342). Focus on existentialism, structuralism, theater of the absurd, nouveau roman, theories since Honors in German 1960. Prerequisite: French 301 or 302 and 303 or 304, or permission of instructor. (1) Courses required: a minimum of 30 hours of credit beyond German 202. 337. French Language Studies O.D. [1, 2, or 3] (2) Honors course: reading for the examina- Special studies in contemporary French usage. tions, and a paper on a specific literary topic. Focus on practical analysis of the French Ian- (3) Examinations: (a) the German language; 96 Foreign Languages

(b) German literature; (c) German culture; Frisch, Handke, and others). Credit not appli- (d) German history. cable toward major in German or toward the fulfillment of the degree requirement in for- COURSE OFFERINGS eign languages. Prerequisite: None.

101-102. Elementary German. (1-II) [4-41 290. Conversation. (III) [1] Fundamentals of the German language: pro- Oral practice in small group(s) to meet specific nunciation, grammar and writing, reading of needs or interests. Prerequisite: German 200 or simple contemporary texts; oral practice based the equivalent. on special language films. Corequisite: 103-104, Conversation Laboratory. 291. Readings. (I, II, III) [1-31 Readings designed to meet individual interests 105, 106, 107, 108. Individualized Elementary and needs. Prerequisite: German 200 or the German. (I-II, III) [2, 2, 2, 2] equivalent. An alternate to German 101-102, designed for students who wish to proceed at thei r own pace. The subject matter is divided into learning units 301. Composition and Conversation. and the student has to master a unit before he (111) [3, 31 or she may go on to the next one. Mastery is Training in written and oral German expres- determined by tests, administered at the stu- sion; discussion of topical subjects and various dent's request. There are no formal class ses- aspects of the contemporary German speaking sions. The instructor and special tutors are world. Prerequisite: German 202 or the available for guidance and testing. Prerequi- equivalent. site: Consultation with the instructor. Credit: 2, 4, 6 or 8 per term, depending on the number of 303-304. German Culture and Civilization. courses for which a student is registered and (I, II) [3, 31 C2 the learning units completed. A survey of the cultural history of the German speaking peoples with particular emphasis on 200. Continuing German. (III) [41 the last two hundred years. Readings from a va- Continuation of German 102 or 108, with greater riety of areas (literature, philosophy, politics, emphasis on readings in German literature and etc.), lectures, reports, and discussions. Pre- culture. The successful completion of this course requisite: German 202 or the equivalent. fulfills the degree requirement in foreign lan- guages. Offered in Term III only. Prerequisite: 407-408. Twentieth Century Literature. (1-11) German 102 or 108 or the equivalent. Co- [3-3] C2 requisite: conversation and laboratory. Study of the principal authors. In the second term, the emphasis will he on postwar litera- 201-202. Intermediate German. (I, II) [4-41 ture. Prerequisite: German 303 or 304 or the Continued practice of the basic language skills. equivalent. Particular emphasis is placed on the reading and discussion of modern texts of literary and cul- tural interest, systematic vocabulary building, 417-418. The Age of Goethe. (I-II) [3-31 C2 and simple composition. Continued oral prac- A survey of the literature from the mid- tice in language laboratory and in small groups eighteenth century through Classicism and Ro- with native speakers. Prerequisite: German 102 manticism. Prerequisite: German 303 or 304 or the equivalent. or the equivalent. Corequisite: 203-204, con- versation and laboratory. 419. Nineteenth Century Literature. O.D. 213. Modern German Literature in [3] C2 Translation. (III) [3] C2 German literature from Romanticism through Major German authors of this century (Hesse, Naturalism, with emphasis on the Novelle as a Kafka, Mann, Brecht, Boell, Grass, Durrenmatt, literary genre. Foreign Languages 97

420. Faust. C2 Honors in Latin This course examines various treatments of the (1) Six courses above Latin 201-202 and two Faust theme from the sixteenth to the twentieth courses in Greek. century, focusing on Marlowe's and Goethe's (2) Latin 525-526. plays and Thomas Mann's novel. (3) Examinations: (a) Latin language; (b) Latin literature; (c) Roman history; (d) Roman art, architecture, and philosophy. 425 - 426. Senior Tutorial. (I - 11, Ill) [3 - 3] C2 Study of selected authors, literary types, styles, (4) A written thesis. movements, or trends, to be determined by a student's needs. COURSE OFFERINGS Greek

460. The Teaching of German. (11I) [3] 101-102. Elementary Greek. (1-11) [3 - 3] Methods and techniques of teaching grammar, An introduction to the fundamentals of Greek reading, conversation, and composition. grammar and to the reading of Greek authors.

103. Readings. (11I) [1 - 3] Readings in Greek at the elementary level. GREEK AND LATIN 201. Intermediate Greek. (I) [3] Courses in Greek and Latin at the elementary Readings from Xenophon and Plato. and intermediate levels are designed to de- velop the student's ability to read classical Greek 202. Homer. (II) [3] C2 and Latin; advanced courses introduce the stu- Iliad, Books I - IV. dent to the masterpieces of Greek and Latin lit- erature in the original language. Classics courses 203. Readings. (III) [1 - 3] in English are designed to introduce the stu- Readings in Greek at the intermediate level. dent to our Greek and Roman heritage and re- quire no knowledge of the Greek or Latin 204. New Testament. (II) [3] C2 language. The Greek New Testament.

301 -302 - 303. Prose Writers. (I, II, III) [3 - 3 - 3] C2 Requirements for a major in Classics: Readings from the historians and Attic orators. (1) At least 30 hours in Greek and Latin courses, with the majority of these hours 401 -402 -403. Drama. (I, II, III) [3 - 3 - 3] C2 in one of the two languages. Selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, (2) If the majority emphasis is on Greek, at Euripides, Aristophanes, Aristotle's Poetics. least 6 hours in Latin, preferably above Reading in translation of other works of the Latin 201-202. dramatists. (3) If the major emphasis is on Latin, at least 18 hours beyond the level of Latin 201-202 Tutorial Course and 6 hours of Greek. 525-526. Senior Tutorial. (I, II) [3 - 3] (4) In addition to the language concentra- For students majoring in Greek, adapted to their tion, Ancient History or Classics 209-210. particular needs.

Honors in Greek Latin

(1) Eight courses in Greek and two in Latin. 101 - 102. Elementary Latin. (I, II) [3 - 3] (2) Greek 525-526. An introduction to the fundamentals of Latin (3) Examinations: (a) Greek language; (b) grammar and to the reading of Latin authors. Greek literature; (c) Greek history; (d)

Greek art, architecture, and philosophy. 103. Readings. (III) [1 - 3] (4) A written thesis. Readings in Latin at the elementary level. 98 Foreign Languages

201. Intermediate Latin. (I) [3] PORTUGUESE Review of principles of syntax. Readings from No Major Offered Latin prose and poetry. Prerequisite: Latin 101- 102 or two years high school Latin. 101. Brazilian Portuguese. (III) O.D. [3] Intensive introductory course, with attention to 202. Vergil. (II) [3] C2 the similarities to and the differences from Spanish and other Romance Languages. En- Aeneid, Books I-VI. s rollment with instructor's permission. 203. Readings. (III) [1-3] Readings in Latin at the intermediate level. RUSSIAN No Major Offered 301, 302, 303. Republican literature. (I, II, III) [3-3-3] C2 101-102. Elementary Russian. (I-II) O.D. Readings from Plautus, Terence, the philosoph- [4-4] ical essays and correspondence of Cicero, Ca- Elementary grammar, reading, and conversa- tullus, and Lucretius. tion, supplemented by drill in Language Center Laboratory. No prerequisite.

401, 402, 403. Augustan literature. (I, II, III) 200. Continuing Russian. (III) O.D. [4] [3-3-3] C2 Continuation of Russian 102, with greater em- Readings from Vergil, Horace, and Livy. phasis on conversational skills, vocabulary ex- pansion, and Russian culture. The successful 405, 406, 407. Silver Age Literature. (I, II, Ill) completion of this course fulfills the degree re- [3-3-3] C2 quirement in foreign languages. Offered in Term Readings from Tacitus, Juvenal, and Seneca. III only. Prerequisite: Russian 102 or the equivalent. 460. The Teaching of Latin. (I) O.D. [3] 201-202. Intermediate Russian. (I-II) O.D. Methods of presenting grammatical, literary, and [4-4] historical materials. Review of grammar; continued training in con- versation and composition; supplemented by Tutorial Courses drill in Language Center Laboratory; reading of 525-526. Senior Tutorial. (I, II) [3-3] Russian texts of graded difficulty. Prerequisite: For students majoring in Latin, adapted to their Russian 101-102 or equivalent. particular needs. 401-402. Survey of . Russian Literature. (I-II) O.D. [3-3] C2 Classics Courses in English Summary of the chief periods of Russian liter- Classics 209. Greek Art, Archaeology, History, ature, with emphasis on and critical reading of and Literature. (I) [31 C2 classics of the nineteenth century. Prerequi- site: Russian 201-202 or equivalent. Classics 210. Roman Art, Archaeology, History, and Literature. (II) [3] C2 SPANISH Courses are offered in the language, civiliza- Classics 211. Greek and Roman Mythology. (I) tion, and literature of Spain and Spanish [3] C2 America. The 100-level and 200-level courses empha- Classics 214. Etymology. (II) [3] size training in understanding, speaking, read- A study of basic prefixes, suffixes, and roots of ing, and writing Spanish. Students listen in the English words derived from Greek and Latin. language laboratory to tapes prepared by na- Foreign Languages 99

tive speakers, and practice the spoken lan- 201 - 202. Intermediate Spanish. (1 - 11) [4 - 4] guage with a native informant. An introduction Review and continuation of grammar; compo- to the civilization and literature of the Spanish- sition; training for oral proficiency. Reading of speaking countries is also provided in these modern literary works of Spain and Spanish courses. America. Individual and group drill in the lan- The 301 and 302 courses are designed for stu- guage laboratory and with a native informant. dents who have completed the 201-202 se: Prerequisite: one year of Spanish in college or quence in college or the equivalent in high two years in high school. Corequisite: 203-204, school. Courses above 302 deal with particular Conversation Laboratory. authors, movements, types of literature, or pe- riods. Upper-level courses are conducted in 212 -213. Conversation. (II, III) [1 - 1] Spanish and stress growing proficiency in lan- Materials for oral practice will be chosen to meet guage skills, the understanding of Hispanic the individual's special needs or interests. These culture, and competence in the analysis and courses do not count toward the fulfillment of interpretation of literature. Spanish 460 is of- the degree requirement in foreign languages. fered for prospective teachers but does not Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or the equivalent, and count toward the hours required for a major. instructor's permission.

Requirements for a major in Spanish: 214 - 215. Readings. (II, Ill) [1 - 1] Minimum requirements: 24 hours above Materials for developing the reading skills will Spanish 201-202, to include Spanish 301-302, be chosen to meet the individual's special needs 303. or interests. These courses do not count to- Recommended for the major in Spanish: other ward the fulfillment of the degree requirement modern foreign languages; Latin; History 511 in foreign languages. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 (c); literature, classics, philosophy, art. or the equivalent, and instructor's permission.

COURSE OFFERINGS 220 - 221 or 320 - 321. Spanish in Madrid. (11I) [6]

101-102. Elementary Spanish. (1-11) [4 -4] Study abroad program in Spanish language and Pronunciation, fundamentals of grammar, com- culture, in conjunction with the Estudio Inter- position, and reading of texts of graded diffi- nacional Sampere. Instruction at the intermedi- culty. Oral practice in the language laboratory ate and advanced levels by the Sampere faculty, and with a native informant. Corequisite: 103- with emphasis on the improvement of commu- 104, Conversation Laboratory. nication skills. The group will be accompanied by a Southwestern professor. The program also in- 105-106. Accelerated Elementary Spanish. cludes social and cultural activities in Madrid and

(II-111) [3 - 3] excursions to nearby points of interest. Prereq- Training in the four basic skills of language pro- uisites: (1) for Spanish 220-221: completion of ficiency with special emphasis on speaking and Spanish 101-102 or the equivalent; (2) for Spanish understanding. This course is designed for stu- 320-321: completion of Spanish 201-202 or the dents who are already proficient in another for- equivalent. eign language. 301-302. Advanced Spanish Language and

200. Continuing Spanish. (III) [4] Civilization. (1-11) [3 - 3] Continuation of Spanish 102, with greater em- A study of the most difficult aspects of the Span- phasis on readings in Hispanic literature and ish language with emphasis on the four skills of culture. The successful completion of this course speaking, understanding,' writing and reading. fulfills the degree requirement in foreign lan- Special attention is given to the idiomatic char- guages. Offered in Term III only. Prerequisite: acter of the language. Text materials deal with civ- Spanish 102 or the equivalent. Corequisite: ilization and current events. Prerequisite: Spanish conversation and laboratory. 201-202 or the equivalent. 100 Foreign Languages

303. Introduction to Spanish literature. (III) [3] C2 Reading and analysis of selected works of Span- ish (peninsular) literature with emphasis on the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or the equivalent.

460. The Teaching of Spanish. (III) [3] Techniques of teaching secondary school Span- ish. Methods and materials used in teaching pro- nunciation, grammar, composition, and conversation. Consideration of suitable reading.

Tutorial Courses 501-502. Modern Spanish Literature.

(I - II) [3-3] C2 Poetry and drama of the Romantic Period; the nineteenth century regional novel; the Genera- tion of '98; selected recent poets, dramatists, and novelists.

503 - 504. Latin America. (I - II, III) [3 - 3] C2 Survey of Latin American literature and civiliza- tion, or a detailed study of selected movements, authors, or types.

505 -506. The Golden Age. (I - II) [3 - 3] C2 Spanish literature of the sixteenth and seven- teenth centuries, with particular emphasis on Don Quixote and the outstanding dramatists.,_

525 - 526. Senior Tutorial. (I - II, Ill) [3 - 3] C2 Study of selected movements, authors, or types, to be determined by the student's individual needs.

Honors in Spanish: A minimum of 30 hours above the 200-level courses; reading in a field of spe- cialization and preparation of a paper in that field; examinations covering Spanish literature, Span- ish American literature and civilization, Spanish grammar and Spanish civilization, and the field of specialization. Geology 101

Geology 111-113L, Anthropology 103, and/or GEOLOGY consent of instructor. Students must concur- rently enroll in Anthropology 215. Course to be INSTRUCTOR offered in alternate years. Next offered in 1985. Carol L. Ekstrom. B.S., Beloit College; M.S., George Washington University. 301. Special Problems in Geology. (O.D.) 11-31 No Major Offered Designed to encourage students to do research on current problems in geology. Prerequisite: Geology is the basic science of the earth: the Geology 111, 113L, and approval of instructor. study of its materials, its internal structure, its chemical and physical processes, and its his- Physical Marine Geology 13] tory. The courses are designed to give the stu- (See Biology= Marine Sciences) dent a greater understanding and appreciation of the physical environment and to help teach Chemical Marine Geology 13] how a student's own field of experience can be (See Biology — Marine Sciences) applied to obtain a better understanding of the earth. The science major will gain the basic groundwork for graduate study in geology, geochemistry, or geophysics. Students intend- ing such graduate study should consult with the instructor in formulating an appropriate un- dergraduate curriculum.

COURSE OFFERINGS

111-1131_ Physical Geology. (I) [3 - 1] D5 An introduction to the materials, structures, and processes shaping the earth; and an analysis of ways geological knowledge is acquired. Geol- ogy of the Mid-South is emphasized. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week, plus a short field trip to the Ouachita Mountains.

112 - 1141– Evolution of the Earth. (II) [3 - 11 D5 Origin and evolution of the earth as revealed by the rocks and fossils of the earth's crust. A regional analysis of selected areas of North America is related to the broader context of global tectonics. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week, plus a short field trip to northeastern Mississippi. Prerequisite: Geol- ogy 111, 113L.

215. Field Geology. (III) [31 An analysis of field evidence for the interpre- tation of changes in depositional environments through time. Various geologic provinces will be studied during the four-week field trip. The physical and cultural dimensions of time will be a common theme of both this course and its pairing with Anthropology 215. Prerequisites: 102 History

the junior year, the student usually takes the HISTORY required sequence in European history as well as other courses in the department. In the sen- PROFESSORS ior year, requirements for a major will be com- Douglas W. Hatfield. B.A., Baylor University; pleted, including the second term Senior M.A. and Ph.D., University of Kentucky. (Mod- Seminar (History 482). Complete requirements ern Europe; German history.) for a major are listed below. The prospective major should work out an overall plan in con- Franklin M. Wright. B.A. and M.A., Cornell Uni- sultation with a member of the Department. versity; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. (Me- Objectives for majors. By carefully selecting dieval history; English history; American advanced courses in consultation with mem- Colonial history.) bers of the Department, the history major can design a program to meet one of several spe- cific objectives: ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR 1. For a broadly based liberal arts education, James Carpenter Lanier. Chairman. B.A., Stet- the student may choose a broad group of son University; M.A. and Ph.D., Emory Univer- courses in American or European history, sity. (American Intellectual and Cultural history; or both. U.S. in the Twentieth Century.) 2. For the teaching of history at the secon- dary level, one should stress advanced courses in American history, and should ASSISTANT PROFESSOR make arrangements to take History 462. George M. Apperson, Jr. B.S., Davidson Col- (The student should also consult the lege. B.D., Th.M. and Th.D., Union Theological Chairperson of the Department of Educa- Seminary (Virginia). (Early modern Europe; non- tion to take appropriate courses for state Western art history.) certification.) 3. As preparation for graduate work in his- Visiting Distinguished Professor to be tory, the student should concentrate on announced. seminar-research courses. 4. Since the requirements for a history major are relatively light, students with a variety The Department of History offers courses de- of career objectives may major in history signed to provide liberal arts students with a and choose appropriate corollary courses comprehensive understanding of the main his- from other departments: torical forces which have shaped our civiliza- (a) A pre-law student should choose cor- tion. This understanding provides a foundation ollary courses in English, logic, and po- for students who plan to take advanced work litical science. in history as well as for students who plan to (b) For a business or government service major in other disciplines within the liberal arts. career, corollary courses should be Regardless of the vocation one chooses after chosen in economics, business admin- graduation, the liberal arts student will find that istration, political science. knowledge of historical processes and forces is (c) For a career in foreign service, the ma- a valuable asset as one attempts to understand jor should choose additional courses in the world we live in. international studies and modern for- eign languages. Planning a major. Many freshmen contem- (d) A pre-ministerial student should choose plating a history major find it useful to take His- corollary courses in religion, philoso- tory 101-102 or 111 and 113; some begin work phy, English, and psychology. toward a major by taking History 151-152. Pros- pective history majors should complete History Requirements for a major in History: 151-152 by the end of their sophomore year. In (1) History 151-152. History 103

(2) One of the following two-term se- of industrialism and urbanization, political de- quences: 251-252, 261-262, 271-272, 281- velopments, and the emergence of the United 282, 301-302. States as a world power. (3) Four additional terms of advanced history, numbered over 200. 221. History of the American Family. (I) [3] C4 (4) History 482. Senior Seminar. Focuses on the evolution of the family in Amer- ican society, from the stable rural family of colo- Requirements for a major in History and Inter- nial society to the highly mobile urban family national Studies: of the present. The relationship of the family (1) History 151-152, 271-272. unit to its cultural environment will be treated (2) I.S. 100, 200, 301-302. through the examination of such diverse Amer- (3) Economics 103-104 ican cultures as that of the Puritans, the Virginia (4) Area Requirement: Choose one aristocracy, the Indians, blacks in slavery, im- (a) Western Europe: History 281-282, I.S. migrants, Victorians, farmers and factory 281-282 workers. (b) Russia: History 351-352, I.S. 241-242 (c) China: History 361-362, I.S. 261-262 (5) Senior Seminar: Either History 482 or I.S. 222. Introduction to Historical Methodology. 400 (II) [3] C4 Designed to introduce both major and non- COURSE OFFERINGS major students to methods of collecting, eval- uating, and interpreting historical evidence. The class will focus on one event or problem in 101. Western Civilization to 1815. (I) [3] C4 American history which it will investigate by us- A general political and social survey of the ing primary sources: newspapers; letters and Western World from the High Middle Ages to diaries; court transcripts; census, land and tax the era of Napoleon. records; literature; oral interviews. No prerequisites. 102. Western Civilization from 1815 to Present. (II) [3] C4 231. American Intellectual History: The A study of the internal transformation and ex- Nineteenth Century (I) [3] C4 ternal expansion of the European World from Examines attitudes of Americans toward na- 1815 to the present. ture, their own cultdre, and Europe, from 1820 to 1900. Focuses on the Romantic tradition and 111. The Century of Imperalism, 1783 - 1914. (I) the emergence of realism and naturalism. [3] C4 A survey of the spread of Western economic, political, and cultural influence over the whole 232. American Intellectual History: The world. Twentieth Century (II) [3] C4 Examines patterns of American social thought 151. American Society to 1877. (I, II) [3] C4 from 1900 to the present; emphasizes the A chronological study of American society from emergence of a modern sensibility after 1910 and the early settlements to the end of Reconstruc- the reaction of intellectuals to major events of tion in 1877, giving special attention to the the twentieth century. processes of social, economic, and cultural change. 251. Early Medieval Europe. (I) [3] C4 The growth of Western European civilization 152. American Society Since 1877. (I, II) [3] C4 from the disintegration of the Roman Empire to Traces the emergence of modern American in- the emergence of feudal states and the urban stitutions, from the middle of the nineteenth revival of the eleventh century. Offered 1984-85 century to the present. Emphasizes the impact and thereafter in alternate years. 104 History

252. Europe in the High Middle Ages. (II) Anglo-Norman, Plantagenet and Tudor eras. [3] C4 Emphasizes major political, social and eco- Emphasizes the major political, social and cul- nomic factors and closes with the death of Eliz- tural developments in the history of England, abeth I. France, the Holy Roman Empire and their bor- derlands from the twelfth through the early fif- 302. History of England Since 1603. (II) [3] C4 teenth centuries. Offered 1984-85 and thereafter The growth of modern Britain from the acces- in alternate years. sion of James Ito the end of World War II. Con- stitutional and social developments are stressed 261. The Age of the Renaissance. (I) [3] C4 together with the expansion of Britain's over- A survey of the intellectual movements and of seas empire. Emphasizes the impact of the In- the religious, social and political characteristics dustrial Revolution on British society since 1815. of European history from the Renaissance in Italy to the end of the Counter Reformation 351. History of Russia. (I) [3] C4 and the English Civil War, 1300-1600. A seminar course devoted to projects covering the period from Kievan Russia to the death of 262. The Age of Enlightment. (II) [3] C4 Tsar Alexander II in 1881. Offered 1985-86 and Europe from the beginning of the scientific rev- thereafter in alternate years. olution to the French Revolution, with empha- sis on intellectual movements and their social 352. Twentieth Century Russia. (II) [3] C4 and political backgrounds, 1600-1789. Treats the background of the twentieth century revolutions and the subsequent development 271. The Age of Revolutions. (I) [3] C4 of the Soviet Union. Offered 1985-86 and there- An examination of the last era of aristocratic after in alternate years. domination in Europe and an analysis of the Liberal and Nationalists forces which came to 361. Chinese Civilization to 1500. (I) [3] C4 challenge it, 1789-1850. Offered 1984-85 and The history of China from its early develop- thereafter in alternate years. ment to 1500, covering major aspects of cul- ture, art, politics, literature and philosophy from 272. The Triumph of Nationalism. (II) [3] C4 the Neolithic era to the height of the Ming Dy- How the advance of Nationalism, Liberalism and nasty. Illustrated with slides. Materialism in Europe in the late nineteenth century set the stage for the First World War, 362. Chinese Civilization Since 1500. (II) [3] y 1850-1919. Offered 1984-85 and thereafter in al- Covering the decline of the Ming Dynasty and ternate years. the rise of the Qing, emphasis is placed on the conflict between Chinese and Western Civili- 281. The Age of Fascism. (I) [3] C4 zations, the internal and international prob- The development of totalitarian regimes in Eu- lems of the nineteenth and early twentieth rope and the coming of the Second World War, centuries and the rise of the Peoples' Republic 1919-1945. Offered 1985-86 and thereafter in al- after 1949. Illustrated with slides. ternate years. 371. The Age of German Unification. (O.D.) 282. The Age of Interdependence. (II) [3] C4 [3] C4 The regrouping of the European states in the From the collapse of the Holy Roman Empire to era of Cold War and decolonization, 1945-pres- consolidation of the Bismarckian Reich, 1789- ent. Offered 1985-86 and thereafter in alternate 1890. years. 372. Germany in the Twentieth Century. 301. History of England to 1603. (I) [3] C4 (O.D.) [3] C4 Traces the development of the English nation From the Empire of William II to the post-war from the Anglo-Saxon conquest through the partition, 1890-present. History 105

422. The Era of the American Revolution. (II) 485-486-487. Select Periods or Topics in [3] C4 American History. (O.D.) Covers the period from the end of the Seven [3-3-3] C4 Years War in 1763 to the inauguration of Wash- A detailed study of events and problems of a ington as President in 1789. All aspects of the selected period or topic in American history. American Revolution—causes, events, conse- Choice will be suited to the needs and interests quences—will be examined in the light of so- of the individual student. cial, economic, and political developments. Prerequisite: History 151 or permission of the 491-492-493. Select Periods or Topics in instructor. European History. (O.D.) [3-3-3] C4 431. Civil War America. (I) [3] C4 The following are fields currently offered. De- An examination of the Civil War as a manifes- tailed descriptions of these, or the possibility of tation of the radical changes in social, eco- study in others not listed below, may be deter- nomic, and intellectual patterns which took place mined through consultation with the depart- in American society between 1840 and 1880. ment. (a) European Intellectucal History; (b) Prerequisite: History 151 or permission of the Iberian and Latin American History; (c) The An- instructor. cient World; (d) Middle Eastern History.

450. Recent History of the United States. (I) 495 - 496 - 497. Honors Tutorial. (O.D.) [3] C4 [3 or 6-3 or 6-3 or 6] The evolution of American society since 1945. Maximum of 12 hours credit. Special attention is given to the Cold War, po- litical developments and the cultural transfor- THIRD TERM OFFERINGS mation of the 1960's. Prerequisite: History 152 113. Century of the World Wars. (III) [3] C4 or consent of the instructor. The decline of European hegemony and the emergence of the non-Western World, 1900- 461. Research Practicum. (I, II) [3] C4 present. An introduction to the public uses of historical study which provides an opportunity to work 123. The Novel as History. (III) [3] C4 in community agencies. The student will spend The study of selected periods and themes of six hours a week at a designated archive or mu- modern history through the examination of seum and four hours in related reading and representative pieces of imaginative literature. study. Assigned projects in these archives and museums will involve the research and evalu- 223. Topics in Memphis History. (III) [3] C4 ation of primary historical evidence—material, Students in this course will focus on a topic such literary, and quantitative—as well as its inter- as the Memphis race riot of 1866, the Nashoba pretation in some form of public presentation utopian community, the yellow fever epidemic, or a scholarly research paper. Prerequisites: or the assassination of Martin Luther King, Jr. A History 151-152 or consent of the instructor. wide variety of sources will be utilized, possibly including literature, music, oral interviews, lo- 462. The Teaching of History. (O.D.) [3] cal newspapers, and quantitative data such as A seminar course. Standard books on the census and tax records. Field trips to historic meaning and purpose of the study of history, sites, , local archives, and museums will be an and the methods of teaching it at the secondary integral part of the course. No prerequisites. school level, will be read and discussed. (See Education.) 383. The History of Modern japan. (III) [3] C4 Background cultural and political history from 482. Senior Seminar. (II) [3] 552 to 1614 will be used to introduce two major Required of every major. A different topic will modern epochs, the Edo period (1615 to 1867) be examined each year. and contemporary Japan (1868 to the present). 106 History

Emphasis will be placed on the Meiji Restora- tion and the rise of Japan as a world power, with special attention to social and economic de- velopments since 1945.

413. Colonial America. (III) [3] C4 The settlement and development of the English Colonies in North America to 1763. Prerequi- site: History 151 or consent of the instructor.

Honors in History (1) In the spring of the student's junior year, a qualified history major, in consultation with a member of the history department, may work out a proposal for an honors program to be undertaken in the senior year. This proposed program must be discussed and approved by the history department before the petition to read for honors is submitted to the Individualized Study Committee. (2) Courses required: Same as for a history ma- jor except that the Honors Tutorial (527-528- 529) is substituted for two of the advanced courses. (3) Examinations required: (a) Advanced His- tory Test of the Graduate Record Examina- tion; (b) three-hour written examination in the same general field as the honors proj- ect; (c) oral examination over the subject of the honors thesis. According to college reg- ulations, the overall performance of the. candidate in these examinations must equal "A" work. (4) An honors thesis (research paper) must be prepared over some special topic related to the general field of honors study. The thesis must be read and approved by two mem- bers of the history department before it is submitted to the Individualized Study Committee. Interdisciplinary Study 107

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDY manities degree requirement, Alternative One. See the section titled "Planning a Degree."

Robert G. Patterson. B.A., Washington and Lee University; B.D., Union Theological Seminary SPECIAL TERM III COURSES (Virginia); Ph.D., Yale University. Term III in the academic calendar provides an The "Man" Staff includes over twenty faculty excellent opportunity for interdisciplinary study. members from various departments and Special topics are part of the curriculum as pro- disciplines. posed by the faculty. In past terms, interdisci- plinary studies have included Women's Studies, COURSE OFFERINGS Matter-Mind and Religion, Law-Politics and Ed- ucation and Humanism and Destiny. See the HUMANITIES description of Term III in the section titled "Special Study Opportunities."

101-102, 201-202. Man in the Light of History and Religion. Freshman year ORIENTAL HUMANITIES (1-111); Sophomore year (I-10 [3-3-3-3] Primarily to broaden the student's liberal edu- Students interested in oriental humanities and cation, these courses also offer a useful ap- Asian studies should review the courses of- proach to non-Western culture for the citizen fered in Art, International Studies, History, Re- of today's world in which the East is playing an ligion, and Music. Specific courses in these increasingly important role. Credits may be ap- disciplines focus attention on aspects of non- plied towards majors in either English or his- western heritage and culture. tory. Alternate years; not open to freshmen. "Man in the Light of History and Religion" is an interdisciplinary study of the ideas, beliefs, 349. Chinese Literature and Cultural History. and cultural developments that have formed (II) 131 Western man. In the first year, students exam- Literature, history, fine arts (painting, music), ine original documents in translation from the philosophy, and religions of China. history and literature of the Hebrews, the Greeks, the Romans, and the Early Christians. 350. Japanese Literature and Cultural History. They read and discuss selected texts from the (III) [31 Old Testament in conjunction with the ideas and Literature, history, fine arts (painting, music), themes of Mesopotamian culture. They study philosophy, and religions of Japan. the Gospels and selected letters from the New Testament in conjunction with Graeco-Roman history, life, and thought. INTERDISCIPLINARY MAJORS In the second year, as the course proceeds through the history of Western Civilization, the Students interested in interdisciplinary study students trace the roles of Judeo-Christian and are encouraged to consider interdisciplinary the Graeco-Roman heritages in the shaping of majors. Details about such majors may be found the values, character, and institutions of West- in this catalogue under "Planning A Degree." ern man and his understanding of himself and of the world. To this end, they read and discuss selections from the works of philosophers, theologians, political writers, scientists, and lit- erary artists from the Middle Ages to the present. The "Man in the Light of History and Reli- gion" course is a fundamental part of the Hu- 108 International Studies

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES cording to student interests. Students have double majored with English, Religion and other ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS fields. For further details, contact the chairman. John Franklin Copper. B.A., University of Ne- Specific requirements are available from the braska; M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., Uni- Chairman of each department and can be ob- versity of South Carolina. (Asian studies, tained by requesting the course listing for the international relations) interdisciplinary major in which you are interested. Grant Tedrick Hammond. Chairman. B.A., Har- vard University; M.A., Ph.D., School of Ad- vanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins Requirements for a major in International University. (National security, foreign policy, Studies: Eu rope.) (1) Required. Courses: I.S. 100, 200, 300, 301, 302, 400 (or 490) (2) Cognate Courses: ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Economics 103-104. (Required) To be announced. (3) 24 additional hours in International Stud- ies taking at least 15 hours from one area The Department of International Studies at and at least 9 hours from the other. Most Southwestern is one of the few undergraduate courses selected are to be taken in pairs departments of International Studies in a lib- as listed below. eral arts college. It is also one of the oldest and (4) A Senior Paper largest undergraduate programs in Interna- (5) Recommended electives: tional Studies in the country. The main objec- The department will recommend courses tive of the Department is to prepare students in other departments based on an evalu- within the framework of a sound liberal arts ed- ation of each student's particular interest ucation to meet the requirements of leading within the discipline and career goals. graduate schools, law schools, the business community, journalism, teaching, research, po- Areas of Concentration: sitions in government or international organi- Area "A" Functional Specializations zations, and the diplomatic service. The 311-312 (Economics) International Studies curriculum gives the 331-332 (Political Development) student a realistic understanding of interna- 351-352 (International Organization tional politics, foreign policy making, political and Law) development, international law and interna- tional organization, and U.S. national security 371-372 (U.S. Foreign Policy) problems and the government, politics and cul- 373-374 (Defense Policy) tures of other regions of the world. Area "B" Area Specializations The Department offers concentrations in two 241-242 (Soviet Union) areas: (1) International and Comparative Po- 243-244 (Middle East) litics, and (2) Area Studies. In addition, the de- 261-262 (China), partment offers a number of interdisciplinary 263-264 (E. Asia) majors in combination with other departments. 281-282 (W. Europe) These include, but are not limited to: Other Courses 1) International Studies/Business 115—Area B Administration 215—Area B 2) International Studies/Economics 315—Area A 3) International Studies/Foreign Languages 415—Area A 4) International Studies/History 420—Area A or B 5) International Studies/Political Science 421—Area A or B Other such programs can be arranged ac- 422—Area A or B International Studies 109

Rationale for Course Numbering: I.S. and another in Economics and a jointly de- The first digit gives the level of the class signed one linking the two fields of study based (1 = Freshman, 2 = Sophomore, 3 = Junior, on the focus of the student's interest. In addi- 4—Senior). The second indicates the course tion, students will complete a senior paper on subject: 0) Required Course, 1) Economics, 2) a topic utilizing methods and information from Selected topics/Internships, 3) Political Devel- . both fields with readers from each department. opment, 4) Middle East/Soviet Union, 5) Inter- III. International Studies and Foreign national Organization and Law, 6) Asia, 7) U.S. Language Foreign. Policy/Defense Policy, 8) W. Europe, 9) Track A (Foreign Languages) Honors. The third digit indicates the term in I.S. Requirement which the course is offered (1 and 3 =Term I, 2 As above plus I.S. 300, 400 and 4 =Term II, 5 =Term III). I.S. 100, 200, 300 Foreign Languages and 400 will be offered at least once per year FL 455, 458, 459 (sometimes more) with 100 and 400 offered in A Minimum of 9 hours in courses above Term I and 200 and 300 in Term II. 300 in each of 2 major languages Six additional hours from among courses Interdisciplinary Majors numbered 300 and above OR 6 addi- In each of the interdisciplinary majors listed tional hours in a third language. below, the International Studies component Track B (I.S. and French, German, or consists of the following courses: Spanish) I.S. 100, 200, 301-302 I.S. Requirements I.S. electives: one two-course sequence Same as track A Economics 103-104 Foreign Language I. International Studies and Business 24 hours from among courses numbered Administration 300 or above to be determined in con- I.S. Requirements: sultation with faculty in major language. As above plus I.S. 300, 400 In both foreign language options, students will Business Requirements: write a senior paper making extensive use of for- Economics 207, 305, 306 eign language sources, write an abstract of the Business 251-252, 350, 360, 370 senior paper in a foreign language, and give an Cognate Requirements: oral presentation in a foreign language on their Math 111, Computer 190 senior paper or other approved topic. Students 2 years of a foreign language will take one comprehesive exam in I.S. and two Students will take a comprehensive exam in on language, literature and civilization. I.S., another in Business Administration and a IV. International Studies and History jointly designed one linking the two fields of I.S. Requirements: study based on the focus of the student's in- As above terest. In addition, students will complete a History Requirements: senior paper on a topic utilizing methods and History 151-152, 271-272 information from both fields with readers from Area Requirements (Choose one): each department. Western Europe II. International Studies and Economics History 281-282 I.S. Requirements: I.S. 281-282 As above plus I.S. 300, 400 Russia/Soviet Union Economics Requirements: History 351-352 Econmics 207, 230, 305, 306, 311, 312, and I.S. 241-242 one of the following: 201, 212, or 332 China Cognate Requirements: History 361-362 Math 111, Computer 190 I.S. 261-262 2 years of a foreign language Senior Seminar Students will take a comprehensive exam in Either History 482 OR I.S. 400 110 International Studies

The Senior paper will be focused on a topic 115. Islam: Religion as the Basis of Political of the student's choice in the area study em- Thought. (III) [3] E3 phasis and will have both historical and con- A study of Islam as a way of life. The diverse temporary significance. Comprehensive exams elements of Islam with an emphasis on the tra- will be taken in History, International Studies ditional doctrine and an analysis of the laws that and in the area selected for emphasis. Faculty . unite all Muslims through the centuries and the from both departments will oversee the stu- political thought of Islam, its origin and pur- dent's senior paper and prepare the interdis- pose. The emphasis will be on the chief tradi- ciplinary comprehensive examination. tions of Islamic political thought. V. International Studies•and Political Science I.S. Requirements: 200. Introduction to Comparative Politics. (II) As above [3] E3 Political Science Requirement An introduction to the study of comparative P.S. 151, 181, 201, 250; 183 or 184 political systems and the methods of compari- Six additional hours in Political Science son. Particular attention will be paid to the ma- Senior Seminar jor analytic models and theorists in the field, One of the following different types of regimes and the roles of var- ious political actors: elites, parties, interest I.S. 400 or P.S. 524-525 groups, bureaucracy, etc. A variety of case stud- Students will take comprehensives in each ies will be presented. field and another in the area of their choice, either I.S. or P.S. The senior paper will be writ- 215. Communism. (III) [3] E3 ten on a subject of the student's choice and in- A study of the formation, evolution and diver- volve a combination of the two disciplines sity of Communist political theory and its im- written for members of each department. plementation in a variety of states. The thoughts of Marx and Engels, Lenin, Stalin and Mao will COURSE OFFERINGS be emphasized. Ideological diversity, the role of communist ideology in the Third World and problems of Communism in the USSR, Eastern 100. Introduction to International Studies. Europe and China will also be examined. [3] E3 A survey of the formation of the nation-state, 241. The USSR. (I) [3] E3 the development of the international political An analysis of the political, nationalistic, im- system, the nature and instruments of power perialistic and economic and ideological fac- and diplomacy, and the conflict among the super- tors that have influenced the development of powers. Emphasis will be placed on the impact the Soviet system from Bolshevik Revolution to of nuclear deterrence, and East-West conflict and the present. Central planning, succession, the the North-South conflict. role of ideology and the party will be empha- sized. Prerequisite: I.S. 200 or permission of the instructor. 113, 114. Model United Nations Participation.

(I, II) [1 - 1] 242. Soviet Foreign Policy. (II) [3] E3 Students participate in Model. United Nations Soviet foreign policy from the,Revolution of 1917 sessions to which the college is invited on an to the present. Topics to be examined include annual basis. Delegation members engage in the treaties of Brest-Litovsk, Riga and Rapallo, detailed topical research in political, economic the period of diplomatic isolation, the politics and social problems relating to assigned coun- and alliances of World War II, origins of the Cold tries. Students will represent the country or War, Soviet hegemony and interventions in countries assigned them. No more than 4 credit Eastern Europe, the Sino-Soviet split, wars of hours may be earned for Model U.N. national liberation and client states, and the So- participation. viet-American confrontation and rivalry. Em- International Studies 111 phasis will be placed on phases of expansion party system, elections, political leadership, lo- and coexistence and their causes. Prerequisite: cal governments, the relationship of business 100 and 241. and government, and the bureaucracy. The Jap- anese political system will be assessed as a mixed 243. Government and Politics of the Middle presidential-parliamentary system and as a East. (I) [3] E3 model in terms of bureaucratic efficiency and An introduction to the variety of political cul-' the smooth relationship between business and tures, institutions and practices in the Middle government. Prerequisite: I.S. 200 or permis- East. A survey of the more important states and sion of the instructor. their recent evolution will be made as well as a detailed examination of one of them. The twin 264. Government and Politics of Southeast themes of the similarity of Islamic religion and Asia. [3] E3 the diversity of political forms and styles will be A study of political structures, parties, bureau- emphasized. Prerequisite: I.S. 200 or permis- cracies, leadership hierarchies, foreign policies sion of the instructor. in selected Southeast Asian countries. Particu- lar attention will be given to political develop- 244. Issues in Middle East Politics. (II) [3] E3 ment, the impact of war in Indochina, the threat An analysis of contemporary forces and issues of communism and the potential for regional in the nations of the Middle East. The political organizations—especially the Association of structures, legal systems, religious basis, socio- Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN). Prerequi- economic development of selected countries site: I.S. 100 and 200. in the region will be covered as well as the ma- jor foreign policy constraints and opportunities 281. Government and Politics of Europe. (I) [3] such as the Arab-Israeli dispute, oil and OPEC, E3 the PLO, and the super power confrontation in A comparative study of the governmental struc- the region. Prerequisite: I.S. 200 or 243. tures and political dynamics of major foreign powers including the United Kingdom, France, 261. Government and Politics of China. (I) Germany. The varieties of parliamentary de- [3] E3 mocracy and their political evolution in recent A study of the political system of the People's decades will be emphasized. Prerequisite: I.S. Republic of China, including an examination of 200 or permission of the instructor. the three centers of power (party, government, and military), ideology, leadership, political 282. Contemporary European Politics. (II) change, provincial and local governments. The [3] E3 Chinese political system will be assessed as a An examination of the post World War II trans- unique and model communist system and re- formation of Europe: the loss of empire, the ev- visions of the political system and current po- olution of the European Communities, NATO litical problems will be analyzed. Prerequisite: and the European Parliament, and the devel- I.S. 200 or permission of the instructor. opment of new national, regional and interna- tional roles. Emphasis will be on France, the UK 262. China's Foreign Policy. (II) [3] E3 and the FRG and the political issues, economic An analysis of China's foreign policy from 1949 problems and defense debates of the last dec- to the present. Particular emphasis will be placed ade. An effort to define and explain the current on China's bid for Third World leadership, Sino- role of Europe and Europeans, as opposed to Soviet rivalry in ideology and foreign policy, and various nations and nationalities, both at home China's relations with the United States. Pre- and abroad will be made. Prerequisite: I.S. 100 requisite: 100 and 261. and 281.

263. Government and Politics of Japan. (I) 300. Research Methods in International [3] E3 Studies. (II) [3] A study of the Japanese political system focus- This course will review a wide array of print and ing on political culture, constitutionalism, the non-print data sources, research methods and 112 International Studies

reference materials of use to students in Inter- ligious, ethical and moral assessments of peace national Studies. The primary purpose of the and war. Historical examples and future sce- course is to prepare students for major re- narios will be explored. Prerequisite: I.S. 100 or search projects (Senior Paper) and to expose permission of the instructor. them to major theories and theorists in inter- national studies. Prerequisite: Junior standing 331. Political Development. (I) i3I E3 and 100, 200, and 301. A study of the theories of political develop- ment, focusing on the building of political in- 301. International Relations. (I) [3] E3 stitutions, political culture and models for An examination of the nature of international analysis. Case studies from different regions relations, how it has evolved as a field of study exemplifying different strategies will be ex- and the various approaches to studying it. Em- plained. Prerequisite: 301-302 or permission of phasis will be placed on theories and ap- the instructor: proaches to international relations, the major scholars in the field and their foci of analysis. 332. The Politics of the Emerging Nations. (II) Notions about the structure, function and "rules" [3] E3 of international relations, the array of actors A study of the problems of emerging nations, (state and non-state) and the role of power will mainly viewed from their own perspective. The all be studied. A central theme will be the anal- influence of the struggle between the great ysis of conflict, its causes and its role in the in- powers, the significance of non-alignment, re- ternational system. Prerequisite: I.S. 100. gional economic and political organizations, foreign aid, trade, population growth, and re- 302. International Politics. (II) [3] E3 sources are studied. Prerequisite: 301-302 or Based upon the work done in I.S. 301, a review permission of the instructor. of contemporary international politics will be made. The evolution of the international sys- 351. International Organization. (I) [3] E3 tem since 1945, its major issues and actors, and The growth of international organizations in the the most salient events will be studied as back- nation-state pattern, procedures of interna- ground to an assessment of the contemporary tional cooperation through peaceful settle- scene. Major issues will include nuclear weap- ment and collective security; functional and onry and deterrence, the expansion and trans- universal organizations. Emphasis on the League formation of the state system, E-W and N-S of Nations experiment and the United Nations. conflict, the role of non-state actors and in- Prerequisite: 301-302 or permission of instructor. creasing interdependence amid super power antagonisms. Prerequisite: I.S. 301. 352. International Law. (II) [3] E3 A study of the sources of international law, gen- 311. International Economics: Theory, eral problems of international law such as rights Practice, and Foreign Policy. [3] E3 and duties of states, succession, recognition, The same as Economics 311. settlement of disputes, international legisla- tion, individual and collective responsibility, 312. International Economics: Economic codification and U.N.-formulated international Development. [3] E3 law. Prerequisite: 301-302 or permission of The same as Economics 312. instructor.

315. Politics of Peace. (III) [3] E3 371. U.S. Foreign Policy Since World War II. This course will review the relationship be- (I) [3] E3 tween peace and war, the political problems en- After some attention to the historical evolution countered in promoting peace and the dilemmas and conduct of U.S. foreign policy, the phases in the risks of war and the costs of peace. A va- of isolation and intervention and American riety of peace plans throughout history will be "style" in foreign policy, the major focus will be assessed as will various political, economic, re- on the evolution of post World War II foreign International Studies 113

policy. Major issues to be investigated include tional security policy. Prerequisite: I.S. 301,302 the origins of the Cold War, U.S.-Soviet rela- or permission of the instructor. tions, the problems in the Western alliance, Third World crises, and the rise of non state actors 400. Senior Seminar. (1) [3] and North-South problems. Major crises, the Readings, oral presentations and preparation of changing machinery offoreign policy making Senior Paper on topic of student's choice and and new initiatives will be noted. Prerequisite: ' faculty member's approval. Conducted as a I.S. 301-302 or permission of the instructor. seminar, this course seeks to prepare students 'for intensive research and the completion of 372. Contemporary U.S. Foreign Policy. (11) their Senior Paper. Required of both all I.S. ma- [3] E3 jors and all interdisciplinary majors with Inter- After an intensive review of the organizational national Studies emphasis. Prerequisites: Senior structure of the foreign policy establishment and Standing and I.S. 300. its membership and evolution, vital areas of current American foreign policy will be exam- 415. International Political Economy. (III) ined. The focus will be on selected regions and [3] E3 topics of preeminence currently and their likely This course provides an overview of the major future impact. Among issues or regions to be issues in international political economy: in- studied will be the Middle East, disarmament terdependence, the making of foreign eco- negotiations, alliance maintenance, Central nomic policy, evolution of the international America and Soviet American rivalry. Emphasis financial system, the role of multinational cor- will be on formulating policy options available porations, cartels and price shocks, and issues to U.S. decision makers in the present and near in the North-South dialogue. Emphasis is on the future. Prerequisite: I.S. 301-302 or permission variety of ways in which political and economic of the instructor. forces and institutions interact to affect flows of goods, investments, money and technology. 373. Military Power in International Politics. Students will focus on a particular topic for in (I) [3] E3 depth analysis. Prerequisite: at least 6 hours of An investigation of the role of military power Economics and 6 hours of I.S. and various strategic theories in international politics. While focusing on strategic theory, the 420. Internship in International Studies. [1 - 61 impact of the existence of and notions about Arranged on an individual basis, students will the roles of armaments, alliances, arms control work in the Department of State, Department and disarmament agreements will all be stud- of Defense, Central Intelligence Agency, Na- ied. Emphasis will be on the political purposes tional Security Agency, or other federal govern- and economic requirements of varoius strate- ment organizations involved in the making of gies. Readings will be both historical (Thucy- U.S. foreign and security policy. Students may dides, Clausewitz) as well as contemporary also accept intern jobs with the United Nations, (Schelling, Brodie, Freeman.) Prerequisite: I.S. foundations or academic organizations dealing 301-302 or permission of the instructor. with foreign policy and international affairs, or serve as aides on committees in Congress deal- 374. U.S. National Security Policy. (II) [3] E3 ing with foreign or national and international A review of both the focus and methods of U.S. security affairs. national security policy formation in the post

World War II environment and their evolution. 421. - 422. Topics in International Studies. (1 - 11) The events of the last forty years will serve as 13] E3 the laboratory for the assessment of the dy- Concentrated study on issues of special im- namics of policy formation, the decision mak- portance in international affairs. Topics may in- ing process, changing actors, the interaction of clude such issues as disarmament negotiations, foreign and domestic policy and the assump- strategic resources, international political tions, old and new, which underlie U.S. na- economy, alliance relationships, law of the sea, 114 International Studies

proliferation (nuclear and conventional), and others. Offered irregularly on demand and as faculty time permits. Prerequisite: 301-302 or permission of the instructor.

490. Senior Seminaf:'Honors (I) [6] An honors version of I.S. 400, this course will require additional readings, oral presentations and a more sophisticated Senior Paper. Regular class sessions will be supplemented with ad- ditional tutorial sessions with all members of the department, although it is assumed the stu- dents' work will be done under the direction of one particular professor. Honors students take comprehensive examinations in 4 fields. Pre- requisites: Senior standing and GPA of 3.25 or above within I.S. and in all coursework outside the department. Mathematics and Computer Science 115

Computer Science 190 and 290. Recom- MATHEMATICS AND mended courses for secondary teachers: COMPUTER SCIENCE Math 103-104, 203-204, 301, 302, 261, 362, 303- 304, 403-404, 405, 407, 532, and Computer PROFESSORS Science 190 and 290. Marshall Phillip Jones. B.S., Southwestern At (3) Students who need mathematics for prac- Memphis; Ph.D., University of Virginia. (Anal- tical or theoretical applications in another ysis; probability.) discipline. Recommended courses for students in William C. Nemitz. B.S., Southwestern At Biology or the Social Sciences: Math 111, 211, Memphis; M.S. and Ph.D., Ohio State Univer- and either 112 or 103-104 and Computer Sci- sity. (Algebra; computer science.) ence 190 and 290. Recommended courses for students in the G. Kenneth Williams. Chairman. B.A.E. and M.A., Physical Sciences: Math 103-104,111, 203-204, University of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of 261, 301, 302, 303-304, 412, 423-424 and Com- Virginia. (Analysis.) puter Science 190 and 290. (4) Students who wish to "round out" their lib- ASSISTANT PROFESSORS eral education with courses in mathematics Gregery Johnson. B.S., M.S., and Ph.D., Au- that give them some perspective on the place burn University. (Matrix Theory.) of mathematics in our society. Recom- mended courses: Math 101, 111, 112, 211, John A. Tiller. B.A., Hendrix College; M.Sc. and 103, 104, and Computer Science 190. Ph.D., McMaster University. (Analysis; com- puter science.) Requirements for a B.A. or B.S. degree with a major in Mathematics: (1) Mathematics 103-104,203-204, 261, 362,405, VISITING ASSISTANT PROFESSOR 451-452 and Computer Science 190. Cathy A. Wills. B.A. and M.A., University of Mis- (2) At least three additional mathematics sissippi. (Graph Theory.) courses numbered above 300, excluding 532 and computer science courses.

The Department of Mathematics and Com- Requirements for a B.A. or B.S. degree with a puter Science offers courses of study that meet major in Computer Science/Mathematics: the needs of a wide variety of students. Several (1) Mathematics 103-104, 203-204, 261, 362, and of the identifiable groups are: 451-452. (1) Students who wish to become professional (2) Computer Science: Mathematics 190 (or mathematicians, applied mathematicians, equivalent knowledge), 290, 390 or 395, 392, computer scientists, computer or business/ 490, and 495. computer professionals, mathematically- (3) One of the following: (a) Two additional oriented economists or business persons, courses chosen from Mathematics and Com- or college or university teachers. (Such stu- puter Science courses numbered above 300 dents should major in Mathematics, Com- (except Mathematics 532); (b) Physics 402-403 puter Science/Mathematics, Mathematics/ and 413. Economics, Mathematics/Business or Busi- ness/Computer Science. See requirements Requirements for a major in and recommendations on this and the fol- Mathematics/Economics. lowing page.) (1) Mathematics 103-104, 203-204, 261, 302, and (2) Students who plan to teach mathematics in 303-304. the schools. (2) Economics 103-104, 207, 305, 306, 332, 401, Recommended courses for elementary and 430. teachers: Math 101, 111, 112 and 211, and (3) Computer Science: 190 and 290. 116 Mathematics and Computer Science

Requirements for a major in 103. Calculus A. (I and II) [3] D3 Mathematics/Business. An introduction to analytic geometry and cal- (1) Mathematics 111, 103, 104, 203, 204, 261, culus: functions, limits, continuity, logarithm and 302, 303, and 304. exponential functions, trigonometric and in- (2) Computer Science 190, and 290 or 395. verse trigonometric functions, the derivative and (3) Economics 103, 104, 207, 305, and 306. its applications. Prerequisite: Math 102, or a (4) Business Administration 251, 252, 350, 360, good background in high school mathematics, and 370. including trigonometry. Note: Credit cannot be earned for both 103 and 112 unless approved by Requirements for a major in the department. Business/Computer Science. (1) Mathematics 111 and one of the following: 104. Calculus B. (II and III) [3] D3 (a) 112 and 211, or A continuation of Mathematics 103: the defi- (b) 103, 104, and 211 or 261. nite integral, techniques of integration, appli- (2) Computer Science 190, 290, 392, 395, 490, cations of the definite integral, approximations and 495. of definite integrals. Prerequisite: Mathematics (3) Economics 103, 104, 207, 305, and 306. 103. (4) Business Administration 251, 252, 350, 360, and 370. 111. Mathematics for Biological and Social Sciences, A. Probability and Statistics. (I and II) [3] D3 Recommended courses for students planning Sets and logic, sample spaces, counting pro- to do graduate work in mathematics: Math 363, cedures, compound events, random variables, 406, 407; selected courses from Math 301, 302, discrete and continuous distributions, expec- 303-304, 307, 410, 412, Honors in Mathematics. tation, estimation and testing of hypotheses, Recommended courses for students interested linear regression and correlation. in applied mathematics: Math 301, 302, 303-304, 307, 292, 412, 423-424; all computer science 112. Mathematics for Biological and Social courses. Sciences, B. Calculus. (II) [3] D3 Limits and derivatives, applications of deriva- tives, introduction to finite differences, the COURSE OFFERINGS definite integral, fundamental theorem of calculus, area, Simpson's rule, exponential and Mathematics logarithmic functions, integration by substitu- tion and by parts, power series, approximations using Taylor's formula. Prerequisites: Two years 101. Elementary Concepts of Mathematics. of high school algebra and one year of geom- (I or It or III) [3] D3 etry. Note: Credit cannot be earned for both This course is designed for non-majors who have 103 and 112 unless approved by the department. an interest in mathematics and its applications. Includes selected topics in classical or modern 151. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers; mathematics. Examples are: set theory, logic, Number Systems. (O.D.) [2] switching circuits, renaissance painting, non- The language of sets, mathematical reasoning, Euclidean geometry, convex polyhedra. numeration systems, the number systems of arithmetic, computational devices, elementary 102. Precalculus. (I) [3] number theory. The purpose of this course is to prepare the stu- dent for the study of calculus. The emphasis is 152. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers; on polynomial, rational, trigonometric, expo- Algebra and Geometry. (O.D.) [2] nential and logarithmic functions, with an in- Intuitive geometry, trigonometry for indirect troduction to limits. measurement, introduction to analytic geometry, Mathematics and Computer Science 117

algebra of equations, algebra of inequalities, Prerequisite: Mathematics 203. Offered begin- introduction to modern algebra, elementary ning in the fall term of odd numbered years. probability and statistics. Prerequisite: Math 151.

362 - 363. Modern Algebra (1 - 11) [3 - 3] D3 203. Calculus C. (I) [3])D3 An introduction to abstract algebra, centering A continuation of Mathematics 104. Functions around groups, rings and fields, and emphasiz- of several variables: partial derivatives, multi- ing homomorphisms and structure. Pre- ple integrals. Differential equations. Prerequi- requisite: Mathematics 261. Offered beginriing site: Mathematics 104. in the fall term of odd numbered years.

204. Calculus D. (II) [3] D3 403. Introduction to Geometry. (O.D.) [3] D3 A continuation of Mathematics 203. Infinite se- An axiomatic development of Euclidean and non- ries. Vector calculus. Additional topics in func- Euclidean geometries. Prerequisite: One year tions of several variables. Prerequisite: of college mathematics. Mathematics 203.

405 - 406. Real Analysis. (1 - 11) [3 - 3] D3 211. Mathematics for Biological and Social Includes topics from the following collection: Sciences, C. Linear Methods. (III) [3] D3 the real and complex number systems, metric Vectors and matrices, systems of linear equa- spaces, sequences and series, continuity, dif- tions, matrix inversion, introduction to linear ferentiation, the Riemann and the Riemann- programming, finite Markov chains, game the- Stieltjes integrals, sequences of functions and ory. Prerequisites: Two years of high school al- series of functions, functions of several real gebra and one year of geometry. variables, Lebesgue theory. Emphasis is placed on careful proof. Prerequisite: a thorough 261. Linear Algebra (III) [3] D3 knowledge of elementary calculus and consent An introduction to linear algebra; vector spaces, of instructor. Offered beginning in the fall term systems of linear equations, linear transfor- of even numbered years. mations, determinants, matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Prerequisite: A year of col- 407 - 408. Foundations of Mathematics. (O.D.) lege level mathematics, or consent of instructor. [3-3] D3 The first order predicate calculus, axiomatic set 301. Advanced Calculus. (III) [3] D3 theory, model theory, recursive functions and Selected topics from vector analysis, partial dif- Goedel's incompleteness theorem. Prerequi- ferential equations, infinite series, functions of site: Mathematics 362. several variables. Prerequisite: Mathematics 204. Offered in the spring term of odd numbered 410. Introduction to Topology. (O.D.) [3] D3 years. Includes such topics as sets and functions, met- ric spaces, topological spaces, separation prop- 302. Differential Equations. (Ill) [3] D3 erties, compactness, connectedness, the Stone- A study of differential equations of the first and Weierstrass theorems, mapping theorems, me- second order, and linear equations of higher trization, plane topology. Prerequisite: Math- order, with applications. Prerequisites: Math- ematics 204 or consent of instructor. ematics 203. Offered in the spring term of even numbered years. 412. Introduction to Complex Analysis. (O.D.) [3] D3

303 - 304. Probability and Statistics. (I - 11) [3 - 3] D3 Includes such topics as complex numbers, An introduction to the mathematical theory of functions of a complex variable, analytic func- probability and statistical inference, based on tions, the logarithm and related functions, power the theory of random variables and probability series, Laurent series and residues, conformal distributions, and with applications to the mapping, analytic continuation. This course is quantitative sciences, including mathematics. particularly appropriate for natural science stu- 118 Mathematics and Computer Science dents and for mathematics majors who plan to COMPUTER SCIENCE engage in graduate study. Prerequisite: Mathe- The Computer Science/Mathematics major is matics 204. offered to meet the needs of students who have a serious intention in the area of Computer Sci- ence—both those who intend to go on to grad- 423 - 424. Topics in Applied Mathematics. (O.D.) [3-3] D3 uate work in the Mathematical Sciences and Consideration is given to such topics as vector those who intend to enter the job market after graduation. analysis, series solution of differential equa- tions, Legendre and Bessel functions, bound- The following courses are recommended for ary value problems and orthogonal functions, students planning graduate work in the Math- Fourier series, partial differential equations, ematical Sciences: Mathematics 363 and 405-406. complex variables, and mathematical physics. The Business/Computer Science major is of- fered to meet'eet Ihe needs of students who have Prerequisite: Mathematics 204. a serious interest in computing within a busi- ness environment. 451 - 452. Senior Seminar. (I - II) [1 - 1] Mathematics 190 is recommended for the lib- A weekly departmental seminar in which ad- eral arts student who wishes to know some- vanced topics in mathematical sciences are dis- thing about computers. cussed. Required of all majors in their senior The sequence Computer Science 190-290 is year. recommended for science and social science students. 532. The Teaching of Mathematics. (O.D.) [3] No more than 3 hours in computer science (See Education) may be counted towards the natural science A study of the organization of subject matter requirement. and the method of presenting it to students of COURSE OFFERINGS high school age. Prerequisites: Mathematics 362 and Mathematics 403 (may be taken Computer Science concurrently). 190. Introduction to Computer Programming. (I, II) [1] 533-534-535. Reading in Mathematics and A first course in BASIC programming. A prereq- Computer Science. (I-II-III) uisite for all other computer science courses. [1 to 3] For students who wish to do advanced work not 290. Intermediate Programming. (I, II) [3] D3 provided for in the regular courses. The con- A study of BASIC, programming techniques, and tent of this course will be fixed after consulta- algorithms, and an introduction to FORTRAN. tion with the student and in accord with his or Prerequisite: Computer Science 190 or permis- her particular interests. Prerequisites: junior or sion of the instructor. senior standing and permission of the instructor. 390. Numerical Analysis using FORTRAN. (I) [3] D3 Honors in Mathematics, Computer Science/ FORTRAN and its use in the solution of equa- Mathematics, Mathematics/Economics, Mathe- tions, systems of linear equations, infinite se- matics/Business, or Business/Computer Science. ries, integration, and differential equations. (1) Courses required: Fulfillment of the re- Prerequisites: Mathematics 204,261, and Com- quirements for a major. puter Science 290. Offered in the fall term of (2) Honors course: Readings and research; a odd numbered years. research and/or expository thesis. (3) Comprehensive examinations: The same as 392. Discrete Structures and Algorithms. (I) [3] required for all majors plus one examina- D3 tion on the special subjects covered in the Includes such topics as sets, graphs, trees, par- honors course and outside reading. tial orders, Boolean algebras, searching, and Mathematics and Computer Science 119

sorting. Prerequisite: Computer Science 290. Computer Science program. The Science de- Offered in the fall term of even numbered years. partments have Apple II equipment which is used for laboratory application. 395. COBOL. (II) [3] D3 An introduction to the COBOL language. In- cludes such topics -as sequential files, report writing, table handling, sorting, and indexed files. Prerequisite: Computer Science 190. Of- fered in the winter term of even numbered years.

397. Linear Programming. (O.D.) [3] D3 The theory, geometrical interpretation, appli- cations and computer implementation of the simplex algorithm. Transportation problems, assignment problems, network flow, Markov chains, and game theory. Prerequisites: Math- ematics 261 and Computer Science 190.

490. Data Structures and Advanced Programming using Pascal. (II) [3] D3 A study of data structures such as stacks, queues, and lists. Also programming techniques such as structured programming, modular program- ming, and recursion using these data structures and the Pascal language. Prerequisite: Com- puter Science 392. Offered in the winter term of odd numbered years.

495. Operating Systems and Assembly Language Programming on the VAX-11. (II) [3] D3 A study of computer operation, program trans- lation, and assembly language programming techniques. Prerequisite: Computer Science 290. Offered in the winter term of even num- bered years.

Computer Facilities Southwestern's main computer resources— for academic and administrative uses—are a DEC PDP 11/70 and a DEC/VAX 11/750, both located in the Computer Center in Room 300 of Palmer Hall. The main bank of terminals is located on the ground floor of Burrow Library. Other ter- minals are strategically located in various aca- demic buildings on campus. For academic purposes, the full capability of the 11/70 and VAX is available to students. The Mathematics and Computer Science de- partment has Apple II microcomputer equip- ment which is used for certain courses in the 120 Military Science

ance which will total approximately $1,000.00 MITILARY SCIENCE per year for the two years. Army ROTC scholarships which pay full col- PROFESSORS lege costs (tuitio'n, books, subsistence allow- Major David C. DeGrange. B.S., East Carolina ance, and fees) are available on a competitive University; M.A., Webster University. basis. Details are available from the Office of Admissions and Financial Aid at Southwestern Captain David A. Yatto. B.S., United States Army or from the Army ROTC office at Memphis State Military Academy. • University. Students wishing to participate should con- Captain William E. McDonnell. B.S., University tact the Southwestern Registrar, the coordina- of Miami, Florida. tor for the program, or the Professor of Military Science. All of the courses listed below are taught Captain William E. Darden. B.S., Oklahoma State on the Memphis State campus by officers who University. are assigned by the United States Army to ad- minister the program, and who are subse- Captain Oney M. Hall. B.S., Old Dominion quently approved by the Memphis State University. University President. In every other respect the courses are treated as Southwestern courses. A Dr. Wilmer A. Sweetser, Southwestern maximum of 16 credit hours total may be earned Coordinator. in the departments of Military Science and Aerospace Studies.

No Major Offered COURSE OFFERINGS

111. Leadership and the U.S. Army. (I, II) [1] Through a crosstown agreement between A study of the principles and techniques of Southwestern At Memphis and the United States leadership at small unit or group level with em- Army, Southwestern students may participate phasis on communication and motivation. The fully in,the Army ROTC program based at Mem- structure and functions of components and phis State University. Students should note that branches of U.S. Army are also studied. One the beginning for fall classes is about a week hour conference per week. earlier than the normal fall beginning date for Southestwestern classes. The program is in two parts, the Basic Military 113. National Defense and Concept of Force. Science Course at the freshman and sopho- [1] more level and the Advanced Military Science A study of the theories of conflict and causes of Course at the junior and senior level. The Basic war. The evolution of warfare to the present with Military Science Course is open to all students considerations of the elements of military power, and involves one or two hours per week of national power and the Principles of War. The classroom instruction. The Advanced Military national security system and foreign policy since Science Course is only available to selected, el- 1945 will be analyzed. One hour conference per igible students who desire to qualify as officers week. in the United State Army while pursuing their academic studies at Southwestern. 211. Basic Soldier Skills. [0] On successful completion, the program leads A study of skills required of soldiers in U.S. Army. to a commission in the United States Army, the Included are techniques on conduct of inspec- United State Army Reserves or the United States tions, physical training, land navigation and Army National Guard as a second lieutenant. practical application of drill movements and Participants in the advanced level course will basic first aid. Two hours classroom instruction receive a tax-free monthly subsistence allow- per week. Military Science 121

214. Combat Training of the Individual Soldier and Patrolling. (I, II) [0] A study of the preparation of the individual sol- dier for combat. Emphasis is placed on prepa- ration of potential leaders in combat through study of the knowledge and skills needed by an individual soldier. Two hours classroom in- struction per week. Three optional practicums during term.

217. Tactics, Strategy and War Games. (I, II) [0] A study of basic fundamentals of planning, or- ganizing and employing units in combat. The art and science of warfare examined and prac- tice of skills in simulated situations achieved through use of war games. Two hours class- room instruction per week.

311-312. Advanced Military Science. (I-II) [3-3] First year of the advanced course includes mili- tary teaching principles, leadership and exer- cise of command, map and aerial photograph reading, small unit tactics, communications, field training exercises, branches of the Army and preparation for ROTC Advanced Camp. Three hours classroom instruction per week and two hours lab per week.

411-412. Advanced Military Science. (I-II) [3-3] The second year of the advanced course con- sists of training operations; logistics, military administration; military justice; personnel management; and service orientation in prep- aration for call to active duty. Three hours class- room instruction per week and two hours lab per week. 122 Music

MUSIC Music and organist, St. John's United Method- ist Church. (Theory, organ, sacred music.)

PROFESSOR DISTINGUISHED VISITING ARTIST Charles L Mosby. B.M:, Southwestern At Mem- Vincent de Frank. Visiting Professor. Doctor of phis; M.M., Florida State University. Student at • Music, Southwestern At Memphis. Student at the University of Chicago. Pupil of Myron Myers, Indiana University, Tanglewood, Juilliard School Carlisle Floyd, Ernst von Dohnanyi. Soloist, of Music; pupil of Serge Koussevitsky, Fritz Memphis Symphony Orchestra. (Piano, music Magg; Conductor and Musical Director of education, music literature.) Memphis Symphony Orchestra. (Cello; or- chestra and string ensembles.)

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Tony Lee Garner. B.M., Southwestern At Mem- PART- TIME INSTRUCTORS phis; M.M., Memphis State University. Pupil of Andrea Grossman. B.M., West Chester Univer- Neumon Leighton and Issac Van Grove. Musi- sity; M.M., Catholic University of America. Pupil cal director for Theatre Memphis. (Director of of Ben Whitten, Leon Fleisher, William Masse- Southwestern Singers; choral conducting.) los, and Emerson Meyers. (Piano:)

B.M., Indiana University; John W. Wehlan. B.M. and M.M., University of Charlotte McLain. M.M., George Peabody College; pupil of Illinois. Violin pupil of Mary Rasmussen and Paul Oswald Ragatz and Scott Withrow. 1981-82 Roland. Soloist, Memphis Symphony Orches- Mid-South Artists residency. (Musicology, tra, 7th Army Symphony (European Tour). For- harpsichord.) mer orchestra member of Aspen Festival, Tanglewood, Arkansas Philharmonic, Jackson Symphony. Principal violist, Memphis Sym- phony Orchestra. (Violin, music literature.) INSTRUCTORS IN THE PREPARATORY PROGRAM AND APPLIED MUSIC Andrea Grossman. Director of Preparatory Division. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Diane McCullough Clark. B.M., Southwestern Martha Anne Boyd. Piano. Southwestern At At Memphis; M.M., Indiana University; Doctor Memphis, B.M., Memphis College of Music; of Arts, University of Mississippi. Pupil of Neu- pupil of Myron Myers. mon Leighton, Martha Lipton, Zinka Milanov, Wiley Tatum, Larry Frazier, Vera Scammon. Sara W Chiego. Double bass. B.M., Memphis (Voice, music literature.) State University; M.M., University of Cincin- nati College-Conservatory of Music. Robert C. Eckert. Chairman. B.M., Birming- ham-Southern College; M.M., Florida State Ruth Moore Cobb. Harp. Curtis Institute of University. Student at College-Conservatory of Music; Dalcroze School of Music; pupil of Cincinnati. Pupil of Hugh Thomas, Carlisle Floyd, Carlos Salzedo. and David Bar-Illan. Soloist, Birmingham Sym- phony. Winner, Birmingham Young Artists Jean Martin de Frank. Oboe, English horn. B.M., Competition. (Piano, music literature.) M.M., George Peabody College.

David Ramsey. B.M., Southwestern At Mem- Mary Elizabeth Eckert. Suzuki piano. B.A., phis; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, New Southwestern At Memphis; M.M., Memphis York. Pupil of Adolph Steuterman, William Gra- State University; pupil of Robert Eckert, Daniel vesmill, Alec Wyton, Vernon de Tar. Director of Fletcher, and Bela Siki. Music 123

Marsha M. Evans. Piano. B.M., Southwestern At versity; Washington University; Pomona Col- Memphis; M.M., Memphis State University. lege; Northwestern University.

Larry Frazier. Voice, B.M. and M.M., Louisiana Darlene B. Williamson. Piano. B.A., Lambuth State University; Doctor of Music, Florida State College. University; pupil of Elena Nikolaidi, Yvonne Ciannella and Earl Redding. (Director of Music, Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Evergreen Presbyterian Church. Conductor, degree: Memphis Vocal Consort.) The Music Department offers the Bachelor of Arts degree. The Bachelor of Arts degree, while Patricia Gray. Piano. B.A., Southwestern At requiring a full program in music, is oriented Memphis; M.A. and M.M., Memphis State Uni- toward the liberal arts concept of education. versity; Ph.D., Washington University. Students from a wide variety of musical back- grounds are welcome to pursue this degree. In Virginia Hopkins. Voice. B.A., Agnes Scott; addition to the college degree requirements M.M., New England Conservatory. listed elsewhere, the following courses are re- quired for all music majors: Music 101,103,104, Kathy S. Joyner. Clarinet. B.M. Ed., and M.M., 201,202,203,204,301,303 and 160-170 (16 hours), Memphis State University; pupil of Carmine 471-472, plus nine hours of music electives. Campione, James Gholson. Honors in Music: Jo Re King. Suzuki piano. University of Missis- Note: Open to music majors in programs un- sippi; Memphis State University. der the B.A. degree. (1) Courses required: requirements for a ma- David Livingston. Guitar: Arkansas State Uni- jor, Music 491-492. versity; Memphis State University. (2) Honors course: an essay on an assigned topic in music history, music theory or music Andrea Kapell Loewy. Flute. B.M., Eastman pedagogy. School of Music; M.M., Emporia State Unier- (3) Examinations: comprehensive examina- sity; pupil of Julius Baker, Samuel Baron, John tions in music history and music theory; an Heiss, Joseph Mariana, Bruce Erskine. examination in performance; an examina- tion in the honors course. Frank McCormick, Jr. Trumpet. B.M., Memphis State University. COURSE OFFERINGS THE DISCOVERY OF MUSIC Robert Patterson, Jr. French horn. B.A., Oberlin College; M.M., Memphis State University. These courses introduce the student to the va- riety and fundamental concepts of the idiom of Anne T. Reynolds. Flute. B.A., Southwestern At music. Memphis; B.M., Memphis College of Music; pupil of Ary van Leeuwen, Edwin Lennig, Lau- 101. Music—A Sound Experience. (I-II) [3] F2 rent Torno, George Laurent. A course which encourages the student to ex- perience, through reading and listening, the Jane Sohm. Piano. B.M., Southwestern At great variety of western music from 1600 to the Memphis; pupil of Lois Maer. present day.

Diana Stein. Piano. B.A., University of Tennessee. 103. The Language of Music. [3] F2 A course designed for the student who has a Maude Walker. Piano. Institute of Musical Art desire to learn the fundamental workings of in New York, Teachers College, Columbia Uni- music, such as note-reading, note values, 124 Music rhythm, meter, melody, intervals, and easy har- cieties, approached through their basic musical monic analysis. elements:

104. Laboratory. (I-II) [1] THE ART OF MUSIC A laboratory course accompanying Music 103, These courses invite the student to explore the in which basic skills such as ear training, sight- assortment of musical styles found in the West- singing and keyboard harmony are empha- ern musical tradition. The intrinsic qualities of sized. (Required of all music majors, and open the music of each period will be examined both to other students who desire greater aurally and visually while placing the music in proficiency.) its larger historical and cultural context.

107. The American Musical Scene. (I) [3] F2 201. Sounds of the Baroque Era. (I) [3] F2 A survey of American music from 1870 to the A survey of the historical and theoretical as- present, to include jazz and popular trends as pects of musical styles from 1600 to 1750. Pre- well concert music. requisite: Music 103, or permission of the instructor. 109. The Literature of the Guitar. (I) [3] F2 A study of the literature of the guitar family, be- 202. Laboratory. (I) [1] ginning with the 16th century Spanish Vihuela A laboratory course accompanying Music 201, to the present day acoustic and electric guitars, in which basic skills such as ear training, sight- through selective readings, compositions, and singing and keyboard harmony are empha- recordings. Not offered 1984-85. sized. (Required of all music majors, and open to other students who desire greater 209. Introduction to Sacred Music. (I) [3] proficiency.) A guide to sacred music as seen through the Judeo-Christian heritage. Its historical and 203. Sounds of the Classical Era. (II) [3] F2 practical role in the various worship patterns A survey of the historical and theoretical as- from the earliest traditions to the present. No pects of musical styles from 1750 to 1825. Pre- prerequisite. requisite: Music 103, or permission of the instructor. 213. The Marriage of Music and literature. (I) [3] F2 204. Laboratory. (II) [1] A course which examines the musical settings A laboratory course accompanying Music 203, of great literary masterpieces, such as Virgil's in which basic skills such as ear training, sight- Aeneid, Schiller's Don Carlos, Shakespeare's singing and keyboard harmony are empha- Romeo and Juliet, and Cervantes' Don Quix- sized. (Required of all music majors, and open ote. No prerequisite. to other students, who desire greater proficiency.) 215. Words on Music. (II) [3] F2 A literary approach to the study of music that 301. Sounds of the Romantic Era. (I) [3] F2 examines essays on various aspects of the art as A survey of the historical and theoretical as- seen by Copland, Berlioz, Tovey, Sweitzer, etc. pects of musical styles from 1825 to 1900. Pre- Specific illustrative musical compositions are requisite: Music 103, or permission of the included. instructor.

217. Folk and Traditional Music in Non- 303. Sounds of Our Era. (II) [3] F2 Western Cultures. (I) [3] F2 A survey of the historical and theoretical as- An exploration of various non-Western music pects of musical styles from 1900 to the present. systems, with special emphasis on those of In- Prerequisite: Music 103, or permission of the dia, China, Japan, Indonesia and primitive so- instructor. Mcisic 125

305. The Music of Humanism and 471 - 472. Senior Project. (I - II) [1 - 1] Mannerism-1400-1600. [3] An original assigned research paper or a full A survey of the prevailing Italian style in Euro- senior recital. pean music as it emerged from the fifteenth century Italian city-states, the conquest of this 491 - 492. Senior Tutorial. (I, II, III - III) [3 - 3] style by the Franco-Flemish composers in the A course to be adapted to the needs of the in- early sixteenth century, and the reassertion of dividual student who is a candidate for the the Italian creative musical activity in the late Bachelor of Arts degree with honors in music. sixteenth century. It will include supplementary work for the de- partmental examinations, and the required es- 309. Design for Sacred Music. (II) [3] say or original composition. A study of the elements which help to establish an effective design for sacred music, including THE PERFORMANCE OF MUSIC the liturgical year, use of varying choirs and in- struments, and mutual roles of the clergy and These courses provide the student an oppor- musician. A consideration of the major con- tunity to participate in private instruction, small temporary music emphases in the field of sa- ensembles, performance classes, and large cred music. Prerequisite: Music 209. performing groups.

Private Music Instruction The following courses are of particular interest to upper-level music majors: Private instruction is available to students of all levels, including beginners. Students register each term for a specific number of hours to be 409. Practicum in Sacred Music. (III) [1] earned that term, normally one for non-majors A project-oriented field work course for the and not more than two for majors. The 100 level student interested in a selected facet of sacred numbers refer only to the instrument involved music. Prerequisite: Music 309. and do not indicate proficiency. 160. Piano (1-11-111) F2 415. Conducting. (III) [2] 161. Voice (I-11-111) F2 The technique of the baton. Methods of re- 162:Organ (I-11-111) F2 hearsal. The development of good choral and 163. Violin/Viola (I-11-111) F2 instrumental tone. 164. Guitar (1-11-111) F2 165. Harpsichord (I-II-111) F2 451. Methods, Primary Grades. (I) [3] 166. Cello (1-11-111) F2 Aims and objectives of education; materials and 167. Harp (1-11-111) F2 methods for kindergarten and primary grades. 168. French horn (I-II-111) F2 Not offered 1984-85. 169. Flute (I-11-111) F2 170. Selected (1-11-111) F2 453. Methods, Junior and Senior High School. (II) [3] Class Voice. Sequence 180, 181, 182. [3] F2 Vocal music in the junior and senior high schools. The adolescent voice. The general su- 180. Beginning Class Voice. (I, III) [1] F2 pervision of the music program. Not offered A laboratory course designed for the student 1984-85. who wishes to learn the rudiments of singing. Emphasis will be placed on basic tone produc-

455 - 456. Practice Teaching. (I - II - III) [2 - 2] tion, diction, easy song literature, and simple Observation and practice teaching in the pri- stage etiquette. Class limited to ten students. mary grades—the first through the sixth—in the first term, and in the high school in the second 181. Intermediate Class Voice. (I, II) [1] F2 term. A total of 45 hours to be spent each term A continuation of Music 180 with emphasis on in the classroom. Not offered 1984-85. general vocal production, voice classification, 126 Music

more advanced song literature, and advanced reading and listening, and conditions sur- diction studies, including the International rounding each composition's birth will be Phonetic Alphabet. Class limited to ten stu- explored. dents. Prerequisite: Music 180 or permission of instructor. 211. Music-Reflections of Grandeur and the Revolution. (III) [3] F2 182. Advanced Class Voice. (II, III) [1] F2 A social history of musical expressions of the A continuation of Music 181 with emphasis on patronage system prevailing in Europe 1700-1900. general vocal production, more difficult song Emphasis will be placed on the historical and literature, dramatic interpretation, and small philosophical attitudes that influenced the mu- ensemble singing (duets, trios, etc.) Class lim- sic of this period. No prerequisite. ited to ten students. Prerequisite: Music 181 or permission of instructor.

Ensembles

190. Choir. (I-II) [1 - 1] F2 The Southwestern Singers is a touring concert choir. In addition to the spring tour, the Singers perform concerts in Memphis and the Mid- South, and occasionally travel abroad. 191. Piano Ensemble. (I-11-III) [1] 192. String Ensemble. (I-II-III) [1] 193. Brass Ensemble. (I-II-III) [1] 194. Selected Ensemble. (I-II-III) [1]

THIRD TERM OFFERINGS

131. Opera for Amateurs. (III) [3] F2 A course designed to introduce the student to some of the world's best-loved operas through reading, listening, and attending a live performance.

132. Music in Concert. (III) [3] F2 A course dealing with live music presented in concert on campus and in the city. Students at- tend approximately one concert each week and experience music of various styles and types.

133. Nationalism in Music. (III) [3] F2 A study of musical works which highlight the spirit and musical styles called Nationalistic Music in western countries since the nine- teenth century.

134. From Soprano to Bass: Great Choral Literature. (Ill) [3] F2 An adventure into the world of great choral masterpieces of the ages. The architecture of both text and music will be observed through Philosophy 127

PHILOSOPHY consultation with a member of the department is advisable.

PROFESSORS A Major in Philosophy. A major in philosophy Chairman. B.A., Southwest- William Larry Lacy. may meet the interests of the following students: ern At Memphis; Ph.D., University of Virginia. (a) Those professionally interested in philos- (Philosophy of religion; ethics; existentialism.) ophy, who plan, after doing graduate work, to teach. (But such students should note that in B.A., St. John's College; Ph.D., James W. Jobes, Jr. recent years college teaching positions in phi- University of Virginia. (Greek and medieval losophy, as in many subjects, are hard to find.) philosophy; analytic philosophy; aesthetics.) (b) Those preparing themselves for post- graduate work in law, medicine, or theology, or for employment in, e.g., government, busi- ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR ness, or social service. The major in philosophy Robert R. Llewellyn. B.S., Davidson College; should be combined with suitably chosen work M.A. and Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (Philos- in other fields. ophy of science; history of philosophy.) (c) Those who undertake the major for per- sonal satisfaction, or as a path in the pursuit of a liberal education, without intending to be- COLLEGE LECTURER come professional philosophers. Frederic Michael McLain, Professor of Religion. (d) Those wishing to combine philosophy with (Philosophy of religion; history of philosophy.) work in another department in an interdisci- plinary major. A student with an idea for such a major, a wide variety of which are possible, Philosophy has traditionally included efforts should consult a member of the Department. to answer certain large and important ques- tions, for example, questions about the nature Requirements for a major in Philosophy: of things, about values and human obligations, Philosophy 201, 202, 206 or 407-408, 304, and and about the ways and limitations of under- 15 additional hours in Philosophy. standing. It has also usually been characterized by a careful and critical spirit in dealing with such COURSE OFFERINGS questions.

Philosophy for Non-Majors. Philosophy 201 101. Introduction to Philosophy. [31 C5 and 202, preferably but not necessarily taken in An introduction to the study of philosophy sequence, are the place to start for majors and through the reading of an important philo- non-majors alike. The courses are intended to sophical work and related materials. Attention be primarily courses in philosophy, and not in is focused on the tasks, the methods and the the history of ideas. Besides 201-202, the non- value of philosophy, and on reasoned appraisal major may consider a number of other courses of the philosophical work selected. The course in the department not requiring prerequisites. is scheduled as time and availability of instruc- These include: 203, perhaps of particular inter- tors permit. The course does not satisfy philos- est to students in the arts, literature, and music; ophy major requirements. 206 and 304, relevant to many disciplines; 310, which bears chiefly upon the natural sciences, 201. Introduction to and History of but also upon the social sciences, notably psy- Philosophy. (I) [3] C5 chology; and 334 and 350, dealing with some An examination of philosophical methods, central questions about religion. Some upper problems and ideas from early Greek through level historical and topical courses might be medieval philosophy. Reading and discussion taken by students without prior work in phi- of some main writings of the period. Occa- losophy, under special circumstances, but a prior sional lectures. 1 128 Philosophy

202. Introduction to and History of lem, freedom and determinism. Prerequisite: Philosophy. (II) [3] C5 permission of instructor. Not offered 1984-85. An examination of philosophical methods, problems and ideas from the 17th century to 319. Epistemology. (I) [3] C5 the present. Reading and discussion of some An exploration of some major issue(s) such as main writings of the period. Occasional lectures. the nature of knowledge, the possibility and limitations of human knowledge, the method(s) of attaining knoWledge, the ethics of belief. 203. Aesthetics. (III) [3] C5 Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Not of- A consideration of some philosophical prob- fered 1984-85. lems which arise in connection with the de- scription, interpretation, and evaluation of works 334. Philosophical Theology. (I) of art. Not offered 1984-85. [3] C5 A consideration of the philosophical basis and 206. Logic. (I) [3] C5 implications of religious belief and theological An introduction to deductive and inductive logic formulations. Such questions as the existence which studies methods and principles of ar- of God, the problem of evil, religious experi- gument, proof, and inquiry, the classification of ence and the nature of faith are discussed. (Same formal and material fallacies, and problems of as Religion 334.) May be taken for either Phi- definition and meaning. losophy or Religion credit but not for both.

304. Ethics. (I) [3] C5 350. Philosophy of Religion. (III) [3] C5 A study of some of the major issues of philo- An exploration in depth of a few major prob- sophical ethics such as: the nature of the good lems in contemporary philosophy of religion, life, basic moral rules, the nature of moral rea- such as the arguments for the existence of God, soning, the nature of moral judgments,.the re- the problem of evil, the meaningfulness of the- lation between ethics and religion, and ological language, and the relationship of faith principles of social and economic justice. and reason.

306. Quantificational Logic. (O.D.) [1] 357. Social Issues in Ethical and Religious An extension of Philosophy 206. Quantifica- Perspective. (III) [3] C5 tional notation, expression of ordinary lan- The same as Religion 357. guage sentences in the notation, and a method of quantificational deduction to establish the 407-408. Foundations of Mathematics. (O.D.) deductive validity of arguments. Prerequisite: -[3-31 Philosophy 206. (May ordinarily be taken in any The same as Mathematics 407-408. term but must be cleared with department be- fore registering.) 501. Plato. (II) [3] C5 310. Philosophy of Science. (II) [3] C5 A critical reading of selected dialogues of Plato, A philosophical examination of the meaning and raising major epistemological, metaphysical, and limitations of explanation, primarily in the nat- ethical issues. Not offered 1984-85. ural sciences. Prerequisite: completion of two courses in a natural science (the core courses) 503. Aristotle. [3] C5 or two courses in mathematics; or, one course Selections from Aristotle, with emphasis upon in philosophy and completion of the degree re- the Metaphysics and Nicomachean Ethics. (O.D., quirements in the natural science area. Not of- Consult department one term in advance.) fered 1984-85. 510. Medieval Philosophy. [3] C5 318. Metaphysics. (I) [3] C5 Selections by several writers, but with empha- An exploration of some major issue(s) such as sis upon Aquinas. (O.D., Consult department materialism vs. theism, the mind-body prob- one term in advance.) Philosophy 129

512. Early Modern Philosophy. (II) [3] C5 A study of topics from Descartes or from Hume, or both, with a more comprehensive study of Kant's philosophy.

515. Existentialism. (I) [3] C5 A study of two somewhat contrasting existentialists.

516. Analytic Philosophy. (I) [3] C5 Readings in analytic philosophy, including log- ical positivism, from Moore and Russell through Ryle, Austin, Wisdom, and Strawson.

525 - 526. Problems in Philosophy. (I - II) [3 - 3] A tutorial course for senior students only. Each student chooses his or her topic in consultation with the departmental faculty.

527 - 528. Honors Tutorial. (I - II) A tutorial course devoted in part to preparation of an Honors essay. Six credit hours each term.

Honors in Philosophy (1) Courses required: fulfillment of the re- quirements for a major in Philosophy. (2) Honors course: Philosophy 527-528. (3) Examinations: (a) the history of philosophy: ancient and medieval; (b) the history of phi- losophy: modern and contemporary,; (c) logic; (d) oral examination on the Honors essay and related field. 130 Physical Education

PHYSICAL EDUCATION No Credit

301 School Health (I - II - 111)

Physical Education classes are offered every 302 Community Health (1 - 11 - 111) term for students who wish to take courses for 304 Personal Health (1 - 11 - 111) credit towards graduation or for their own growth, deyelopment'and pleasure. A maximum of 4 hours credit towards grad- uation may be earned in Physical . Education. Many courses are taught for 6 weeks (one half of Term I or II) and one half hour of credit is awarded. Other courses must be taken for a full term for one hour of credit. No more than one hour of credit may be earned in any one course. Courses are graded on a pass-fail basis. All classes are open to both men and women. The three Health Courses are offered for el- ementary teacher certification.

COURSE OFFERINGS

Six Week Courses. One-half Hour Credit. 100 200 Varsity Sports (I-11-111) 103 Beginning Tennis (I-111) 105 Intermediate Tennis (I-111) 107 Beginning Golf (I-111) 111 211 Beginning Volleyball (II-111) 121 221 Beginning Racquetball (I-11-111) 123 223 Intermediate Racquetball (I-11-111) 125 Beginning Swimming (III) 127 Intermediate Swimming (III) 128 228 Fencing (II) 129 229 Beginning Basketball (II) 133 233 Beginning Badminton (II) 139 239' First Aid (II) 154 254 Weightlifting (I-11) 157 257 Run for Fun (I-11-111) 160 260 Soccer (I-II) 174 274 Exercise (1-11-111) 177 277 Self Defense (II) 195 Senior Life Saving (III)

Full Term Courses. One Hour Credit. 350 Yoga (I-11) 360 White Water Canoeing for Beginners (III). Special fee required. 380 Ballet (I) 385 Intermediate Ballet (II) 395 Water Safety Instructor (11I) Physics 131

PHYSICS Physics will normally take 101-102-105 and their associated laboratories.

PROFESSOR Advanced Placement. Stu-dents who have Southwestern At Jack Howard Taylor.,B.S., taken Advanced Placement Examinations should Memphis; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. consult the chairman of the Department for ap- (Infrared, atmospheric and optical physics.) propriate placement.

Objectives for Majors. (a) With a bachelor's ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS degree in physics, a student is equipped for Edward A. Barnhardt. B.S., Southwestern At technical work in industrial and governmental Memphis; M.S., Vanderbilt University. (Elec- laboratories. tronics and data analysis.) (b) A student may also teach in a secondary school. The job market for well-qualified high Frederic Reed Stauffer. Chairman. B.S. and M.S., school physics teachers appears relatively more Bucknell University. (Infrared spectroscopy.) favorable than in some other fields at the sec- ondary level. A prospective secondary school John L. Streete. B.S., Southwestrn At Mem- teacher should consult with the Chairperson of phis; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Florida. the Department of Education, early in his or her (Optical physics and solar astronomy.) college career, to arrange courses leading to a state teaching certificate. (c) If a student wishes to do advanced re- LABORATORY OF ATMOSPHERIC AND search in physics, or teach in a college or uni- OPTICAL PHYSICS versity, graduate school should be attended and Professor Taylor, Director. the Ph.D. degree earned after graduation from Professor Stauffer, Associate Director. Southwestern. (d) All Physics majors are encouraged to de- velop their creativity by taking at least one Di- The Department of Physics offers courses that rected Inquiry in Physics and to seriously serve the following students: (a) those, 'from consider the Honors program if they should many disciplines and majors, who are inter- qualify. ested in studying this fundamental natural sci- •. ence, dealing with such features of the world Facilities. Southwestern's six story Peyton Nalle as time, space, motion, matter, electricity, elec- Rhodes Tower houses a 31 inch diameter and a tromagnetic radiation; (b) those intending to 24 inch diameter reflecting telescope, an opti- major in physics; (c) those not intending to ma- cal system for directing radiation from the sun jor in physics, but whose majors or career goals into the various laboratories, a 70 foot long dark require knowledge of physics. The last cate- tunnel, satellite tracker, machine shop, elec- gory includes biology and chemistry majors, pre- tronic and optics shops, spectrographs and ra- med and pre-dental students, geophysics, diometers, pedagogical and research meteorology, oceanography, astronomy, and laboratories, library, 2 kw ham radio station and various technical and scientific specialties. many other specialized teaching and research facilities. The electrical measurements labora, Introductory Courses. For students in the hu- tory is particularly well-equipped. The elec- manities or social sciences, Physics 100 is an ap- tronics laboratory has been expanded and now propriate introduction to the field; or such includes five microcomputers. students may take the 101 sequence, or the 107 sequence, with associated laboratories. A Program. In addition to formal class and lab- Chemistry or Biology major may take 107-108 or oratory work, students are encouraged to try 101-102-105, and associated laboratories. An in- their hands at research. The majority of the de- coming first-year student intending to major in partment's research efforts are in the area of 132 Physics optical physics, which includes such things as Requirements for a major in Physics leading astronomy, astrophysics, spectroscopy, atmos- to the B.S. degree: pheric optics, atmospheric physics and infra- (1) Physics 101-102-105 (or 107-108 with ap- red physics. proval of Department Chairperson), 103- Much of the department's research efforts 104, 205, 207, 211-212, 301-302, 303, 305- have been involved in field trips, in particular -, 306, 401, 405, 421, and 451. total solar eclipse expeditions to study the (2) Mathematics 103, 104, 203, 204, 261 and physics of the solar atmosphere. The depart- 301 or 302. Math 190, 290 are strongly ment has a long established tradition in this area, recommended. with past field trips to such places as the Canary Islands, Alaska, and Kenya. On all these expe- Note: Students interested in a Physics major ditions every effort is made to take as many stu- should take Physics 101-102 and 105 in the fresh- dents as possible. These opportunities provide man year. The importance of mathematics in the students with truly meaningful undergrad- physics cannot be overemphasized, and pros- uate research experiences. The department pective majors are urged to take 4 years of makes a special effort to enable students to be- mathematics in high school. All prospective come innovative and creative. physics majors should consult with the Chair- The staff members make every effort to ob- person before registration. tain interesting and professionally sound em- ployment for upperclass Physics majors during COURSE OFFERINGS the summer months. Majors have gone to places such as the High Altitude Observatory (Boul- der, CO), the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory 100. Natural Science: Physics. (1) 13] D4 (Los Alamos, NM), and the Oak Ridge National An introduction to the principles, history, phi- Laboratories (Oak Ridge, TN). losophy, and social implications of physics. In- cluded are the vocabulary of the physical Oak Ridge Science Semester sciences, the reasoning behind the definitions, In cooperation with the Southern Colleges and the experimental and theoretical method, ex- Universities Union, Southwestern participates amination of basic laws and postulates, and in an Oak Ridge Science Semester program. This discussion of recent scientific discoveries and program makes it possible for selected majors their social implications. Not open to premed- to participate in supervised research and sem- ical students, students who plan to major in one inars at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory dur- of the physical sciences or students who have ing the spring months of their junior or senior successfully completed Physics 101, 107 or the year. Credits earned in this program apply di- equivalent. Two lectures and a third period for rectly to degree requirements. Early applica- lecture-demonstration, laboratory, or discussion. tion is needed, in order to make appropriate arrangements. Consult Professor Barnhardt. 101-102-105. General Physics. (I-II-III) [3-3-31 D4 The elements of mechanics, heat, sound, elec- Requirements for a major in Physics leading tricity, magnetism, optics and atomic physics. to the B.A. degree: This course is calculus-based. Prerequisite: a (1) Physics 101-102-105 (or 107-108 with ap- knowledge of algebra and trigonometry. Co- proval of Department Chairperson), 103- requisite: Physics 103-104. Math 103 is a co- 104, 205, 207, 211-212, 301, 303, 305, 451, requisite for Physics 101. and one additional course from 302, 306, 402, or 405. 103-104. General Physics Laboratory. (2) Mathematics 103, 104, 203, 204, and 301 or (I-II) [1-1] 302 or 190-290. Basic experiments in the topics covered in (3) Chemistry 111-112 and 113-114 or Biology Physics 101, 102, 105, 107, 108, designed to ac- 111-113L and 112-114L. quaint the students with typical experimental Physics 133 problems and to demonstrate many types of actions, fission, fusion, particle accelerators, and scientific apparatus. Normally taken concur- reactors. Nuclear forces, properties and clas- rently with the lecture course. sification of elementary particles. Prerequisite: Physics 105 or 108.

107 - 108. Introductory Physics. (I - 11) [3 - 3] D4 A study of the classical fields of physics, with an 301 - 302. Electromagnetic Theory. (I - II) [3 - 3] introduction to modern physics. Satisfies the Maxwell's field theory of electromagnetic science sequence required for the liberal arts properties of matter: Maxwell's equations, and science curricula. Intended primarily for the electric and magnetic fields in vacuo, phe- non-physics majors and pre-medical and pre- nomenological treatment of the electrodyn- dental students. Corequisite: Physics 103-104. amics of ponderable matter. Prerequisites: Prerequisite: A working knowledge of high Physics 105 or 108 and Mathematics 204. school algebra and trigonometry. 303. Electrical Measurements Laboratory. (I) [3] 205. Electromagnetic Radiation. (I) [1] A study of the behavior of electromagnetic A laboratory course designed to teach the fun- waves, both in free space and in material bod- damentals of electrical measurements: AC ies. Coherence, interference, diffraction, dis- bridge measurements, nonlinear devices, fil- persion, and polarization. Modulation transfer ters, measurements at audio and radio fre- functions. Absorption and emission of light, quencies. Must be taken concurrenty with the blackbody radiation laws, electrooptical and lecture course or at other times by special per- magnetooptical effects. Prerequisites: Physics mission of the instructor. 105 or 108. Corequisite: Mathematics 203.

207. Experimental Optical Physics. (I) 305 - 306. Classical Mechanics. (I - II) [3 - 3] [1] A study of the statics, kinematics, and dynamics A laboratory course designed to teach experi- of material bodies, including motion in a cen- mental techniques in optical physics. Lens and tral field, constrained motion, Lagrange's and mirror systems, polarization, dispersion by Hamilton's equations, variational formulations, prisms and diffraction gratings, radiation de- and rigid body motion. Prerequisites: Physics 105 or 108 and Mathematics 204. tectors and radiometry, interferometry, thin films and metallic reflection. Must be taken concur- rently with the lecture course or at other times 308. Fourier Analysis in Physical Systems. by special permission of the instructor. (O.D.) [3] The examination of applications of Fourier Se-

211 - 212. Structure of Matter. (I - 11) [3 - 3] ries and Integrals to selected physical systems. This course is designed to give the student an Includes together with the basic mathematical overview of current knowledge and theories background a concentration on applications of concerning the structure of matter. Electromag- Fourier analysis to areas of physics and engi- netic waves and quanta will be discussed. The neering. Physical computing devices and ana- use of elementary wave mechanisms will be ap- lyzers will be liberally used. Three ninety minute plied to the electronic structure of atoms, mol- lecture/seminars and one ninety minute labo- ecules and solids. The kinetic theory of gases, ratory per week. Prerequiites: Three terms of plasmas, and solids as well as an introduction calculus and Physics 303 or special permission to nuclear physics will be covered. Prerequi- of the instructor. sites: Physics 105 or 108. Corequisite: Mathe- matics 203, 204. 401. Quantum Mechanics. (I) [3] The elementary formalism of quantum me- 215. Nuclear Physics. (O.D.) [3] chanics. Theory of measurement. Application The structure and properties of atomic nuclei, of the Schroedinger equation to the study of radioactivity, and instrumentation. Nuclear re- the hydrogen atom and its spectrum. Pertur- 134 Physics bation theory will be developed. Prerequisites: of physics, usually related to research being Physics 302, 306 and Mathematics 204. carried on by members of the department.

402. Electronics (II) [3] 413. Microcomputer Programming and The basic concepts of digital electronics, in- Interfacing. (III) [3] cluding gates, flip-flops, latches, decoders, The study and practice of assembly language multiplexes, bussing, memories, shift registers, programming of a microcomputer. The use of displays, counters, and arithmetic/logic cir- stacks, timers, interrupts and various address- cuits. Prerequisite: Physics 303 or consent of ing modes will be emphasized. Laboratory ex- instructor. ercises will cover analog-to-digital and digital- to-analog conversion, sampling, and servome- 403. Electronics Laboratory. (II) [1] chanisms. Two lectures and one laboratory pe- The application of the principal types of digital riod per week. Prerequisites: Physics 402 and circuit elements; emphasis is on the circuit im- 403 or consent of instructor. plementation of logic decisions. Corequisite: Physics 402. 415-416. Advanced Experimental Physics. (O.D.) [1-1] 405. Thermal Physics (I) [3] Courses will be project oriented, tailored to the An introductory study of thermodynamics and interests and needs of the students. General statistical mechanics from the unifying view- laboratory techniques may be included, such point of the quantum theory. Gibbs and Boltz- as vacuum and gas handling, deposition of thin man factors; Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein films, optical testing procedures, photography, distribution functions. Temperature, pressure machine shop instruction. Projects would largely and the monatomic ideal gas. Application to be spectrographic in nature, ranging from near metals, white dwarf stars, photons and pho- ultraviolet to far infrared. Admission by per- nons. Consideration of the thermodynamic po- mission of the instructor. tentials. Prerequisites: Physics 105 or 108 and Mathematics 204. 421. Modern Physics Laboratory. (I) [1] 407. Spectroscopy. (O.D.) [3] Experimental problems dealing with the crucial Introduction to the quantum theory of atomic developments in modern physics. Meas- and molecular processes, and to the principal urement of the charge of the electron, charge methods of investigation. Grating mountings to mass ratio of the electron, Planck's constant, and spectrograph design, high-resolution velocity of light, gravitational constant. Se- spectroscopy: wavelength and intensity meas- lected experiments in nuclear physics, electron urements. Interferometric spectroscopy. Fourier spin resonance and nuclear magnetic res- spectroscopy. The special methods applicable onance experiments. Senior standing or per- to the ultraviolet, visible, and infrared regions mission of the instructor. of the spectrum. Two hours of lecture and not less than three of laboratory a week. Prereq- 451. Senior Seminar (II) [1] uisite: advanced standing in physics. A weekly departmental seminar in which current topics in physics are discussed. As discussion 409-410. Topics in Theoretical Physics. (O.D.) leaders students will use recent periodicals as [3-3] course material. Required of all majors in their A course in which subject matter to be treated senior year. on an advanced level will be chosen to meet the needs of the individual students. Enrollment only Honors in Physics with permission of the instructor. (1) Courses required: those listed for the B.S. degree with a major in physics. 411-412. Honors Research. (I-II) [3-3] (2) Special laboratory research in a recognized Open to candidates for honors in Physics. Spe- branch of physics usually related to re- cial laboratory research in a recognized branch search being carried on by members of the Physics 135

department. A creditable thesis must be presented at the end of the year. (3) Examinations: (a) Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics; (b) Electricity and Magnetism and Optics; (c) Structure of matter and Thermal Physics; (d) honors research. 136 Political Science

POLITICAL SCIENCE foundation courses: Introduction to Law and Legal Research, Early Political Theory or Public Administration, Computers and Political Sci- ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS ence, and either Political Analysis Using the Rodney A. Grunes. Chairman. A.B., Drew Uni- Computer or Measuring Public Opinion. The versity; M.A. and Ph.D:, Duke University. (Pub- Department encourages students to develop an lic law; constitutional politics; judicial behavior.) expertise in one or more of the following areas: Pre-legal Coordinator. A. LEGAL STUDIES. This area examines the relationship of law, courts, and the polit- Michael P. Kirby. B.S., Wisconsin State Univer- ical system. A unique interdisciplinary sity; M.A., Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., course offers students legal resarch skills University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. (Criminal which allows them to understand court justice; urban policy; computers.) decisions, statutes, and the actual work of lawyers in the legal system. Courses are Wilmer A. Sweetser. B.S., Spring Hill College; also available on the judicial process, M.A., University of Detroit; Ph.D., Louisiana constitutional law and politics, education State University; M.P.A., University of Missis- law and politics, and civil liberties. The sippi. (Public administration; organizational Department provides academic and theory; political philosophy.) placement counseling on law schools. B. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND POLICY STUDIES. This field examines the man- The Department of Political Science offers the agement of public agencies and analyzes liberal arts student an opportunity to examine major substantive areas. Public adminis- the nature of government and politics at the na- tration courses are available on the budg- tional, state, and local levels. Political Science etary process, the public administrator, is concerned with the legal basis of govern- agency formation and organizational be- ment, how governments are and ought to be havior, and public personnel administra- constituted, the decision-making process, pub- tion. Policy courses are avaliable in urban lic policies, and the consequences of govern- policy and criminal justice, and special- mental action. ized areas such as health policy. Students majoring in Political Science pre- C. POLITICAL ANALYSIS. The Department pare for careers in law, government service, offers several approaches to the under- practical politics, criminal justice, teaching, standing and analysis of political issues.. hospital administration, and journalism. Access Studies in normative theory offer a unique to nationally ranked law and graduate pro- approach to the understanding of major grams is facilitated by a program designed to political themes by examining the ideas provide students with analytical and reasoning developed by the classical theorists and skills, competence in written and oral expres- the concepts found in contemporary lit- sion, and training in computer usage. The De- erature. Quantitative problems are ap- partment offers a unique internship program proached through a series of specially which allows students to obtain credit by work- designed one-hour courses using the ing with legal, political, and governmental or- College's computer facilities. The non- ganizations. Also, students are encouraged to technically oriented student will find these develop their own understanding of the polit- courses useful and interesting. A com- ical process by undertaking supervised re- puter laboratory is maintained by the De- search projects involving the use of library partment to provide assistance for all resources, the gathering of data, the analysis of students using the computer. judicial opinions, and direct observation. D. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND PO- Political Science students are provided with LITICS. This field examines the institu- an overview of the discipline through Intro- tions and processes of public policy- ,duction to American Politics and the following making. Courses are available on Political Science 137

contemporary issues, political cam- D. Senior Program: one of the following paigns, the judiciary, and the political options process. During the College's unique Term 1. Political Science emphasis: 524-525 III, a departmental faculty member takes 2. International Studies emphasis: 400 a class to Washington, D.C. to study gov- ernment through seminars with public officials.

COURSE OFFERINGS Requirements for a major in Political Science include the following: 1. Political Science 151, 181, 183 or 184, 201, 250 or 300, 524 and 525, or 527 and 528; 151. The United States Political System. 2. Political Science 151, or its equivalent, is (I and II) [3] E3 required for admission to all courses with The basic concepts and issues of the United the exception of 161, 171, 181, 182, 183, 184, States political system; constitutional devel- and 215. opment; institutions; and political process. 3. Seven additional courses (21 hours) in Po- Prerequisite to all courses in the Department litical Science. with the exception of 161 and 171. 4. Electives selected in consultation with fac- ulty advisor in Political Science. 161. Contemporary Issues in Public Policy. (II, or III) [3] E3 In order to meet the demands of students in- An analysis of selected national issues in public terested in both Political Science and Interna- policy; their origin, development, and impact. tional Studies, an interdisciplinary major Topics may include taxing and spending, en- program is offered in Political Science/Inter- ergy, transportation, environmental protec- national Studies. tion, agriculture, equality, health, consumer A. Required in Political Science protection, education, business, labor and 151 The United States Political System welfare. 201 Introduction to Law and Legal Research 250 Public Administration 171. Political Themes in Contemporary 181 Computers and Political Science Literature. (III) [3] E3 183 Political Analysis Using the Computer A selective analysis of continuing conflict is- Or sues in normative political theory: the nature 184 Measuring Public Opinion of justice; role of the state; power; alternative Six additional hours in political science political systems; and the promotion of moral- B. Required in International Studies ity. Materials taken from contemporary writings. 100 Introduction to International Studies 200 Introduction to Comparative Politics 301 International Relations 181. Computers and Political Science. (I and 302 International Politics II) [1] One of the following sequences in inter- Examination of computer uses in Political Sci- national studies, for a total of six credit ence; focus on learning to use the computer hours: 241-242 Russia; 243-244 Mideast; through editing and specialized applications. 263-264 East Asia; 261-262 China; 281-282 Europe; 371-372 Foreign Policy; 373-374 Defense Policy; 331-332 Development; 182. Advanced Computer Applications in 351-352 Organization and Law; 311-312 Political Science. (11)[1] International Economics. An introduction to recoding and system files C. Required Cognate: Economics 103-104 which allow a student to utilize more advanced 138 Political Science

procedures in SPSS, the "Statistical Package for including specialized libraries, interviews, and the Social Sciences." Prerequisite: 181. observation.

183. Political Analysis Using the Computer. 300. Early Political Philosophy. (I) [3] (I, II, and III) [1]. Readings, analysis and discussion of selected Introduction to empirical analysis in political writers and doctrines in the tradition of West- science. Students will use SPSS and the com- ern thought on politics and society from an- puter to examine a data set and submit a written cient Greece through the sixteenth century. report. Prerequisite: 181. 301. Modern Political Philosophy. (II) [3] Readings, analysis and discussion of selected 184. Measuring Public Opinion. (II) [1] writers and doctrines in the tradition of West- The use of survey research and polls in exam- ern thought 'on politics and society from the ining public opinion. The creation of question- seventeenth to the twentieth century. naires and the interpretation of results using the computer. Prerequisite: 181. 302-303. Constitutional Law and Politics. (I, II) [3-3] 201. Introduction to Law and Legal Research. American constitutional principles are examined (I and II) [31 E3 through an analysis of Supreme Court deci- An interdisciplinary examination of the nature sions. The decision making and policy roles of and functions of law; the process of legal de- the Court in selected areas of executive and velopment; court procedures; judicial organi- legislative powers, federalism, the economic zation; law and society; and the roles of police, system, civil liberties, reapportionment and civil lawyers, juries, and judges in the legal system. rights are given special coverage. Prerequisite: Special attention given to the techniques of le- 201. gal research. 307. Judicial Process and Behavior. (I or II) [3] 215. Law, Politics, and Education. (III) [3] E3 The organization, jurisdiction, and functions of An examination of the interaction of law, po- the United States federal court system. Special litics, and the educational system. Focus on the emphasis given to: the roles of the judiciary; rights and responsibilities of students, teach- the decision making process; and the impact of ers, and administrators, and the policy prob- judicial decisions. lems of separation of church and state, freedom of expression, due process, and equal educa- 316. Urban Policy. (I) [3] tional opportunity. (Same as Education 215) Problems and processes of policy formation in the urban system; discussion of substantive policy areas such as housing, community de- 250. Public Administration. (I) [3] velopment, planning and transportation. Pre- Examines the organization, development, and requisite: 293 or consent of the instructor. operations of the public administrative system in the United States. Special focus on the role 350. The Public Administrator. (II) [3] of bureaucracy in a democratic political system. The principles and techniques of the public ad- (Alternate years; offered 1983-84) ministrator's roles in planning, organization, and control. Within the political environment, spe- 295. Term III in Washington. (III) [6] cial attention is given to decision making, pro- A study of specialized issues in American na- gram implementation, evaluation, the fiscal tional government. Three weeks on the South- process, and personnel relationships. Prereq- western campus and three weeks in Washington, uisite: 250. (Alternate years; offered 1983-84) D.C. The Washington portion will include sem- inars with members of Congress, interest 351. Budgetary Processes. (II) [3] groups, executive branch and the bureaucracy. The fiscal decision-making process of govern- I will also include access to research sources, mental agencies as affecting the allocation and Political Science 139 administration of revenues for public service litical behavior, campaign design and strategy, areas on the national, state and local levels. Pre- and state politics. requisite: 250. 414. Seminar in Civil liberties. (III) [3] 352. Agency Formation and Organizational The legal process as an instrument of social Behavior. (II) [3] change. Selected areas in legislation, judicial Concepts and principles related to the organi- interpretation, and executive decisions affect- zation and management of public agencies. Case ing civil rights and liberties. An evaluation of studies in such selective areas as authority-re- political, social, and economic impact. sponsibility, design, span of control, leader- ship, communication, and motivation. 420. Seminar in Urban Policy. (III) [3] Prerequisite: 250. (Alternate years; not offered A research seminar dealing with key issues in 1983-84) urban policy: housing, transportation, and land use. The applicaton of policy analysis tech- 353. Public Personnel Administration. (I) [3] niques. Prerequisite: 316 or consent of the Structure, staffing, motivation, and evaluation instructor. of the public service system in the United States.

Case studies in the recruitment and training of 425 - 426. Public Affairs Laboratory. (I, II, Ill) personnel, reward-disciplinary activities, col- [3-3] lective bargaining, personnel benefits, and em- A directed internship with a selected legal, gov- ployer/employee relationships. Prerequisite: ernmental or community agency. Prerequisite: 250. (Alternate years; not offered 1983-84) Consent of Department.

385. Criminal Justice. (II) [3] 430. Washington Semester. (II) [16] Practices and purposes of enforcement agen- A sixteen week study of national government cies and courts; arrest; preliminary hearing; in Washington, D.C.; consists of seminars, in- bail; jury; prosecution; trials; plea bargaining; ternship and research projects. Prerequisite: sentencing; corrections, and probation. Justice Consent of Director and special financial ar- in theory and practice. Prerequisite: 201. rangements with the College are required.

388. Seminar in Public Policy. (III) [31 524. Senior Seminar (I) [1] An investigation of one subject area in public The application of research techniques to spe- policy, offered in response to student demand. cialized projects in political science. A prere- Topics might include energy, environment, quisite to 525, Senior Seminar, and required of transportation, agriculture, and health. all senior majors.

390. Campaigns and Elections. (I) [3] 525. Senior Seminar. (11)131 Emphasis on political campaign strategies and A research course designed for senior Political tactics, with discussion of the recruitment of Science majors. candidates for public office; examination of practical politics; exploration of social science 527 - 528. Honors Tutorial. (I - II) [6 - 6] research on campaigns; voting trends; and This is an advanced tutorial, individually tailored public opinion. Offered during national elec- to each honor student involving the prepara- tion years. tion of a major independent research project.

401-402-403. Seminar in the Political Process. (O.D.) [3] An investigation of an important subject area within the discipline of political science offered in response to student demand. Topics might include the presidency, legislative process, po- 140 Psychology

PSYCHOLOGY human development, perception, cognition, personality, psychopathology, social behavior, and religion. PROFESSORS An intensive concentration on this first ob- E. Llewellyn Queener. A.B., University of Ten- jective prepares the student for graduate edu- nessee; B.D. and Ph.D., Yale University. (Gen- cation in psychology. Since the doctorate in eral; psychology of religion.) psychology requires approximately four years (experimental-theoretical psychology) to six Herbert W. Smith. Chairman. B.A. and M.A., East years (clinical psychology, including intern- Texas State University; Ph.D., Florida State Uni- ship), the student should be aware of the long- versity. (Clinical psychology; developmental.) term academic effort required. The student should also know that admission to graduate ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR departments of psychology is now highly com- petitive. The student planning to do graduate Frank Thomas Cloar. B.A., Southwestern At study in psychology will need to master labo- Memphis; M.A., Memphis State University; ratory experimentation, statistics, and biologi- Ph.D., University of Alabama. (Animal behav- ior; operant conditioning and learning.) cal bases of behavior. The Department has excellent facilities for conducting research with both animal and human subjects. Individuals ASSISTANT PROFESSORS holding doctoral degrees generally enter into L. Charles Lemond. B.A., Southwestern At teaching/research, a mental health vocation, or Memphis; M.A. and Ph.D., Vanderbilt Univer- consultantships in industry and education. sity. (Cognitive processes; experimental design.) The long-standing view that there is no vo- cational outlet for B.A.'s in psychology is no Marsha D. Walton. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Univer- longer tenable. The psychology major prepares sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. (Devel- the student for the use of psychology in such opmental, language and thought, social.) vocations as medicine, the clergy, social work, law, management, and personnel work. Prep- Christopher G. Wetzel. B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., aration may also be made for a career in edu- University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. (So- cation, such as secondary school teaching of cial, industrial, attribution theory, decision psychology or teaching in special education. making.) There is the additional prospect of B.A. level employment in such human services careers as psychological services worker, mental health VISITING PROFESSOR aide, and research assistant. All majors are re- Allen Overton Battle. B.S., Siena College; M.A. quired to complete certain courses of a theo- and Ph.D., Catholic University of America. retical and experimental nature (e.g., history and (Clinical psychology; psychopathology.) systems, quantitative aspects), which help to provide the base of knowledge for the appli- cation of skills and principles. A primary objective of the Department of Faculty, facilities, and departmental opera- Psychology is to provide the student with a tions are shaped by the intentions described comprehensive understanding of the science above. Although all faculty were selected, in part, of behavior and experience. A second basic ob- for their concerns regarding human issues in jective is to provide the necessary background psychology, the five full-time and the several and experience for a'variety of meaningful vo- part-time members represent a wide range of cational applications. specialties such as measurement, statistics, an- Regarding the first objective, a non-major can imal behavior, human development, cognitive study various topics of interest to the educated processes, clinical/counseling psychology, so- layperson, such as an in-depth survey of con- cial psychology, industrial psychology, and temporary psychology, followed by courses in humanistic psychology. Psychology 141

Arrangements with the University of Tennes- ing: Religion 151, 231, 334, 335, 338, 339, see Center for the Health Sciences and various 345, 346, 357. (Other courses within the human services agencies allow for a variety of Department of Religion may be substi- off-campus internships and practicum tuted with departmental approval.) experiences. (2) Psychology tracks: Follow either A or B. The applicability of psychological principles (A) Applied Track to other areas of interest is evidenced by the Psychology courses required: 101-102, fact that most students at Southwestern com- 211, 214; and two (2) of the following: plete two or more courses in psychology and 219, 223, 226, 229, 230, 304, 311, 407, have the opportunity to obtain an interdepart- 411. mental major; e.g., with anthropology/ sociol- (B) Theoretical Track ogy, and religion. Psychology courses required: 101-102, 211, 405; and two (2) of the following: Requirements for a major in Psychology: 214, 216, 219, 221, 226. 1. Psychology 101-102. Prerequisite to all ad- (3) Additional required courses: Psychology- vanced courses. Religion Senior Seminar and 3 hours of 2. Psychology 211. Course should be com- philosophy. pleted as soon as possible. (4) Recommended courses: Biology, 111, 112. 3. Psychology 401-402. 4. Seven additional courses in Psychology, four COURSE OFFERINGS of which must come from 214, 332, 333, 334, 338, 405, 406. 101-102. General Psychology. (I-II) [3 - 3] E4 Interdisciplinary majors: Theories, principles, and data of general psy- Requirements for a major in Anthropology/ chology. NOTE: PREREQUISITE TO ALL AD- Sociology and Psychology: VANCED COURSES. (1) Anthropology/Sociology 103, 105, 206, 261, 301 or 313, 365. 209. Human Intuition and Judgment (2) Psychology 101-102, 219, 229, 304. Examines how people make judgments about (3) Anthropology/Sociology 262 or Psychol- themselves and others, how people attribute ogy 211, Anthropology/Sociology 303 or causation to human behavior, and how people Psychology 223, Anthropology/Sociology make judgments or decisions about courses of 466 or Psychology 407 or 411. action. (4) Anthropology/Sociology-Psychology 474. 211. Quantitative Aspects of Psychology. (I) [41 Requirements for a major in Psychology/ Measurement principles with emphasis on the Religion: application of statistics in the design and analy- A major exploring areas of common concern sis of psychological research. Three hours of to both religion and psychology-areas of lecture and not less than three hours of labo- agreement as well as disagreement-focusing ratory per week. upon both theoretical and practical issues. Re- quirements are the same for all students in the 214. The Analysis of Behavior. (II) [3] portion of the bridge taught by the Department An introduction to the analysis of behavior with of Religion. In the Psychology segment,the stu- emphasis on the principles of operant dent may elect to follow either an "applied" or conditioning. a "theoretical" direction. "Applied" means that the intention is in the direction of the helping 215. Comparative Psychology. (I) [31 professions. "Theoretical" implies a teaching- A consideration of the methods and data of and-research orientation. comparative psychology, including ethological (1) Religion courses required: 100 or 110 or issues, with emphasis on' cross-species behav- 120; 131, 263, 342; and two of the follow- ioral continua. 142 Psychology

216. Perception. (O.D.) [3] 311. Counseling Psychology. (O.D.) [3] A survey of theories and research in sensation A survey of the major theoretical orientations and perception. Emphasis is placed on visual and current practices of counseling and processes. psychotherapy.

219. Personality Psychology. (I) [3] 333. The Experimental Analysis of Behavior. The theories, development, and correlates of (I) [4] personality. An introduction to the techniques utilized in deriving the principles of operant condition- 221. Humanistic Psychology. (O.D.) [3] ing. Laboratory work with the rat, pigeon and fish. Two lectures and two laboratories each Study and evaluation of the basic principles of humanistic psychology. week. Prerequisite: Psychology 214.

334. Experimental Psychology. (II) [4] [3] 223. Social Psychology. (I) The study and application of the experimental Application of psychological theories to human techniques used in the investigation of psycho- relations. logical processes in human subjects. Two lec- tures and two laboratories each week. 226. Psychology of Religion. (III) [3] Prerequisite: Psychology 211. An examination of religion mainly in terms of cognitive psychology. 338. Tests and Measurements. (II) [4] Psychometric principles, including evaluation 229. Developmental Psychology I. (I) [3] of contemporary psychological tests and de- Principles of development from infancy through sign and construction of measurement instru- childhood. ments. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. 230. Developmental Psychology II. (II) [3] A continuation of development psychology from 399. Junior Seminar. (III) [1] adolescence through old age. A survey of contemporary research on selected topics. Open only to junior psychology majors. 234. Industrial Psychology. (I) [3] Prerequisite: permission of the staff. Selection, human relations, and human engi- neering in industry. 401. Processes and Areas I. (I) [3] An integration of perceptual processes and of cognitive processes as these are represented [3] 302. Cognitive Processes. (I) respectively in seven areas of academic psy- A survey of theories and research in human chological specialization. cognition. Topics to be covered are thinking, problem solving, creativity, decision making and 402. Processes and Areas II. (II) [3] memory. A continuation of 401 with emphasis on affec- tive and motivational processes. 304. Abnormal Psychology. (II) [3] Symptoms, etiology, and therapies of person- 405. History and Systems of Psychology. (I) [3] ality deviations. A survey of the history of psychology with emphasis on the history of experimental psy- 306. Language and Communications. (O.D.) chology and the development of contemporary [3] systems. (Not offered 1983-84) A survey of recent theory and research on hu- man language. Topics to be covered include 406. Experimental Social Psychology. (II) [4] language and communication, language and the Techniques for inducing and observing behav- human mind, and language and development. ior in response to social variables. Completion Psychology 143

of one major empirical project. Two hours of 474. Interdepartmental Seminar. (II) [3] lecture and four hours of laboratory each week. Discussion of topics integrating psychology and Prerequisites: Psychology 211, 223. anthropology/Sociology. Required of bridge majors. Seniors only. 407. Developmental Problems. (Ill) (O.D.) [3-6] Tutorial Courses An interdisciplinary approach to diagnosis and 525-526. Senior Tutorial. (I-11) [3 - 3] treatment of children with development prob- For students who wish to do advanced work not lems, including supervised experience at the U.T. provided for in the regular courses. The con- Child Development Center. Prerequisite: Per- tent will be determined after consultation with mission of instructor. the student: Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. 411. Practicum in Child Psychology. (O.D.) [4] Application and research in the principles and 527 - 528 - 529. Honors Tutorial. (I - II - 111) methods for the training of children in cogni- [3-6; 3-6; 3-6] tive and language skills. Two hours lecture and Maximum of 12 hours credit. six hours of laboratory each week. Prerequi- sites: Psychology 229 and permission of Honors in Psychology instructor. (1) In the spring of the junior year, a qualified psychology major, in consultation with a member of the psychology department, may 421. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. work out a proposal for an honors program (I-111) [3] to be undertaken in the senior year. This Principles of interviewing and psychodiagnos- proposed program must be discussed and tic evaluation in a psychiatric setting. Prerequi- approved by the psychology department sites: Psychology 219 and 304. Senior Psychology before the petition to read for honors is majors only. submitted to the Individualized Studies Committee. The prospective honors stu- 430. Psychology and Literature. (111) (O.D.) [3] dent will normally enroll in Psychology 399 A number of psychological theories are during Term III of the junior year. examined in light of several recurring themes (2) Courses required: Fulfillment of the re- in literature. quirements for a major in psychology and Psychology 527-528-529. 434. Advanced Experimental Design. (III) (O.D.) (3) Examinations: Honors students will be re- [3] quired to take oral and written examinations An advanced examination of the logical and sta- over the subject of the honors thesis in ad- tistical aspects of specific experimental designs dition to comprehensive examinations. that are most useful in the behavioral sciences. (4) An honors thesis must be prepared on some Prerequisites: Psychology 211 and Psychology special topic related to the general field of 334. honors study. The thesis must be read and approved by two members of the psychol-

460. Internship in Psychology. (I, II, 111) [3 - 6] ogy department before it is submitted to the Supervised experience in applying psycholog- Individualized Studies Committee. ical knowledge and principles in a field or "real- world" setting. Students will read the literature on applying psychology, work on a project with a (non-clinical) professional psychologist and write a paper on the experience. Prerequisites will depend on the particular project but would usually include Psychology 211, 234, and 338. Permission of the internship director required. 144 Religion

RELIGION der to investigate areas of personal interest, to reflect on the meaning of life, and to gain as- sistance in reflecting on career values. Courses PROFESSORS in religion, such as theological ethics, provide Richard A. Batey. The W. J. Millard Professor of the student with an ethical awareness that is in- Religion. B.A., David Lipscomb College; B.D. valuable for any profession. and Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (New After graduation, majors may find employ- Testament.) ment in the world of business and management where their analysis of human problems and Milton P. Brown, Jr. The Albert Bruce Curry Pro- sensitivity to viable solutions have proven ex- fessor of Religion. A.B., BirMingham-Southern ceptionally valuable. These skills have also led College; B.D., Louisville Presbyterian Theolog- to successful careers in law, government serv- ical Seminary; Ph.D., Duke University. (Biblical ice, medicine, counseling and communications. studies; patristics.),. Majors in religion are "qualified to enter sem- inary and prepare for a vocation in the church Frederic Michael McLain. Chairman. B.A., or they may choose to pursue a doctorate in DePauw University; B.D., Yale Divinity School; religion and follow an academic career as Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (Philosophical teachers and scholars. theology.)

Fred William Neal. The R. A. Webb Professor of Requirements for a major in Religion: Religion. A.B., Lewis and Clark College; B.D., Students majoring in Religion will select their Chicago Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Univer- individualized course of study in consulta- sity of Chicago. (Church history; medical ethics.) tion with their departmental advisor. The ma- jor in Religion leads to a balanced and Robert G. Patterson. B.A., Washington and Lee integrated understanding of basic concepts University; B.D., Union Theological Seminary and methodologies in religious studies. Fif- (Virginia); Ph.D., Yale University. (Eastern reli- teen courses are required for a major in gions, ethics.) Religion.

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Required Courses: Steven L. McKenzie. B.A., Abilene Christian (1) Bible: 100 or 110 or 120. College; M.Div., Abilene Christian University; (2) Theology: 131, 335. Th.D., Harvard University. (3) Religion and Culture: 151, 342. (4) History of Christianity: 160, 263. (5) Patterns of Religion: Two of the follow- DISTINGUISHED VISITING.LECTURER ing: 161, 264, 265, 346. (Supported in part by the Jewish Chautauqua (6) Senior Seminar: 515. Society.) (7) Electives: 6 additional hours in the James A. Wax. B.A., Southeast Missouri State department. University; B.H.L. and M.H.L., Hebrew Union (8) Philosophy 201, 202. Humanities 101, 102, College. (Jewish studies.) 201, 202 may be substituted for Philoso- phy 201.

The academic study of religion is the primary Recommended Courses: objective of the Department of Religion. The Greek 101 and 102 are recommended for stu- courses offered are concerned to explore reli- dents interested in advanced work in New Tes- gion as a dimension of human experience, the tament studies. biblical faith, and its relevance for contempo- rary life. Religion and Culture Majors: Non-majors often take religion courses in or- Religion and culture majors will substitute for Religion 145 their 6 elective hours three courses (at a level hundred generally presuppose previous beyond the introductory) in another field of in- knowledge in the study of Religion. Admission terest, e.g. History, Philosophy, Literature, So- is subject to the successful completion of the ciology, etc. They will also register for either designated prerequisite or to the consent of the Religion 525-526 or 527-528 arranged with the instructor. instructor so as to cover the interdisciplinary areas. COURSE OFFERINGS Either Religion 100 or 110 or 120 must be taken Religion - Psychology Interdisciplinary Major as a prerequisite for all other Bible courses. A major exploring areas of common concern to (Humanities 101 and 102 may be substituted as both religion and psychology—areas of agree- the prerequisite for all other Bible'courses. ment as well as disagreement—focusing upon both theoretical and practical issues. Require- BIBLE ments are the same for all students in the por- tion of the major taught by the Department of 100. Introduction to the Bible. (I) [3] Religion. In the Psychology segment,the stu- Study of the methods of interpreting the Bible, dent may elect to follow either an "applied" or the basic principles and tools of biblical schol- a "theoretical" direction. "Applied" means that arship, and the significance of scholarly find- the intention is in the direction of the helping ings for our understanding of contemporary professions. "Theoretical" implies a teaching- religious issues as well as the Bible itself. and-research orientation. (1) Religion courses required: 100 or 110 or 110. The Religion of the Hebrews. (I) [3] 120; 131, 263, 342; and two of the follow- An historical and literary approach to the reli- ing: Religion 151, 231, 334, 335, 338, 339, gion which expressed itself in writings held sa- 345, 346, 357. (Other courses within the cred by Jews and Christians. Department of Religion may be substi- tuted with departmental approval.) 120. The Beginnings of Christianity. (I) [3] (2) Psychology tracks: Follow either A or B. A study of the life, faith, and literature of (A) Applied Track primitive Christianity. Psychology courses required: 101-102, 211, 214; and two of the following: 219, 200. Biblical Theology. (II) [3] 223, 226, 229, 230, 304, 311, 407, 411. This course approaches the Bible topically rather (B) Theoretical Track than historically. It considers central biblical. Psychology courses required: 101-102, teachings, such as the nature of God, the hu- 211, 405; and two of the following: 214, man situation, the meaning of righteousness. 216, 219, 221, 226.

(3) Additional required courses: Psychology- 210 - 211. Biblical Hebrew. (I - II) [3 - 3] Religion Senior Seminar and 3 hours of Introduction to the grammar and vocabulary of Philosophy. the Hebrew Bible/Christian Old Testament. By (4) Recommended courses: Biology 111, 112. the end of a year's study, students should be able to read much of the prose material of the Religion Honors Program: Bible. These courses do not satisfy the foreign The honors program in Religion is set up by language competency requirement. consultation between the student and the de- partment. In addition to the courses required Old Testament Studies for a major, the honors program requires the Historical, literary, and theological studies of advanced seminar, Religion 527-528 in which the various writings of the Old Testament. student will be guided in the composition of an 212. Pentateuch. (II) [3] honors paper. An oral examination will be ad- 213. Historical Literature. (II) [3] ministered over this special area of research. 214. Prophets. (II) [3] Courses listed with numbers above two 215. Wisdom Literature/Psalms. (II) [3] 146 Religion

216. Apocalyptic. (III) [3] Studies in Religion and Culture 218-219. Selected Topics in Old Testament. (III) [3] 342. Religion and Psychology. (I) [3] An exploration of the relation between religion New Testament Studies and psychology articulated through selected representative theologians and psychologists. Historical, literary, and theological studies of various writings in the New Testament. 345. Pain, Suffering and Death. (I, II) [3] 223. Synoptic Gospels. (II) [3] A seminar which examines critical issues and 224. Gospel of John. (III) [3] problems of crisis-experience, involving pain, 225. Paul's Epistles. (II) [3] suffering and death. Lectures, discussions and 226. The Epistle to the Romans. (II) [3] interviews with practicing physicians, psychol- 228-229. Selected Topics in New Testament. ogists, clergy. Designed primarily for pre-med- (O.D.) [3] ical students, it serves also those looking to patient-related vocations such as counselling, THEOLOGY nursing, ministry, etc. Enrollment is limited and preference is given to pre-medical students, 131. Introduction to Theology. (I, III) [3] though others may enroll with the permission Introduction to theological reflection on such of the instructor. matters as belief in God, the nature of revela- tion and the meaning of history. 346. Phenomenology of Religion. (II) [3] A cross-cultural study of the origin and prehis- tory of religion, myth and how to decode it, 231. The Quest for Meaning. (I, II) [3] spiritual discipline and other dimensions of re- Wide-ranging readings from theology, philos- ligious practice. The course will also treat the- ophy and literature selected by the instructor, ories of the essence of religion. the intention being to engage reflection and stimulate discussion on the possibility and na- 348-349. Selected Topics in Religion and ture of meaningful or authentic life in the mod- Culture. (III) [3] ern world. RELIGIOUS ETHICS Studies in Theology 151. Introduction to Theological Ethics. (I) [3] The human relationship to God, understood in 334. Philosophical Theology. (I) [3] Christian terms, will provide a framework for A consideration of the philosophical basis and consideration of such topics as the moral self, implications of religious belief and theological use of the Bible in ethics, order in creation, and formulations. Such questions as the existence selected present-day ethical issues. of God, human freedom, the problems of evil, and the meaning of God-talk are discussed. Studies in Ethics (Same as Philosophy 334.) May be taken for either Philosophy or Religion credit but not for 352. Moral Responsibility in the Professions. both. (II) [3] Theological reflection on human values to be served by the service professions. Case studies 335. Modern Theology. (II) [3] from law, medicine, business, and other profes- A consideration of several figures and ideas im- sions will be examined and evaluated. portant to this century. The approach will vary between historical, philosophical, and topical 353. Medical Ethics. (III) [3] emphases, according to announcement by the A study of ethical problems confronting per- instructor. Prerequisite: Religion 131. sons in the medical professions—euthanasia, abortion, genetic screening and amniocen- 338 - 339. Selected Topics in Theology. (I) [3] tesis, human experimentation and informed Religion 147

consent, motives in medicine, etc. Case-study SEMINARS AND TUTORIALS analyses, position papers, interviews. Enroll- ment is limited and preference is given to 405, 406, 407. Seminar in Bible or Religion. premedical students, though others may enroll (O.D.) [3] with the permission of the instructor. A biblical topic or a major problem or thinker in the field of religion will be given more inten- 357. Social Issues in Ethical and Religious sive consideration than is possible in the courses Perspective. (II) [3] listed above. Instructors will announce topics. After a brief discussion of moral theory, this course will focus on selected social issues as 515. Senior Seminar. (II) [3] war, capital punishment, sexual ethics, and This seminar is required of all majors in religion hunger. and is normally taken in Term II of the senior year. The seminar will seek to develop a com- HISTORY OF RELIGIONS prehensive view of the field of religion as an academic discipline. 160. Christianity in Western Culture. (I) [3] A study of Western Christianity with particular 523. Tutorial (O.D.) [3] attention to its relations with secular culture, Subject matter to be arranged between the pro- covering significant ideas, issues, leaders, in- fessor and student. stitutions and epochs in its development. 525-526. Advanced Study in Bible or Religion. 161. Living Religions and Modern Man. (I) [3] (O.D.) [3-3] A survey of the major living religions in today's Intended for majors, in their senior year, the world. The course will consider both the rise of course will provide intensive study of topics the classic traditions and the shape that their chosen in consultation with individual students followers are giving them today. Religions to be and relating to the development of their major considered include Hinduism, Buddhism, studies. The second term will be concerned pri- Chinese religion, Japanese religion, Judaism, marily with the writing of a senior paper. Christianity, and Islam. 527-528. Honors Tutorial (O.D.) Studies in the History of Religions 533. Internship. (O.D.) [1-3] 263. Religion in America. (II) [3] Supervised learning experience in the com- An historical analysis of American religion, its munity outside the college, e.g., correctional beliefs, institutions, and ideals. Such themes as institutions, churches, hospitals, social agen- Puritanism, Revivalism, the Social Gospel, and cies. The program of field work will be devised the Fundamentalist-Modernist controversy will by the student and faculty advisor and ap- be treated. proved by the chairperson of the department.

264. Judaism. (I, III) [3] A survey of the history of Judaism, its formative experiences and its sources of tradition, its dis- tinctive ideas and values, and what it means to be a Jew in today's world.

265. Islam: Religion as the Basis of Political Theory and Thought. (I) [3] The same as International Studies 214.

268-269. Selected Topics in the History of Religion 148 Theatre and Media Arts

THEATRE AND MEDIA ARTS Ms. Canon is Technical Director/Poduction Manager for The McCoy Theatre. She has light designing credits at Memphis State University, Little Theatre at Theatre Memphis, and she de- ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS signed both light and set for The McCoy The- Tony Lee Garner. Chairman. Artistic Director, atre production "Carnival." McCoy Theatre. B.M., Southwestern At Mem- phis; M.M., Memphis State University. Julia Ewing. B.A., Siena College; M.A., Mem- Professor Garner is a pupil of Neumon Leigh- phis State University. ton and Issac Van Grove. He has been a fre- Professor Ewing has directed with Theatre quent performer with the Robert Shaw Summer Memphis, where she was the second female di- Chorus at Westminster Choir College. He is rector, and with Downtown Dream Machine and conductor of the Southwestern Singers, foun- Circuit PlayhOuse, where she was the first fe- der and principal conductor of the Masterpiece male director. She has been the director of Festival Chorus and Orchestra. He has been Memphis Children's theatre for 10 years. Dur- musical director at Theatre Memphis for six- ing that time she has received the Southeastern teen years and twenty-seven productions. He Letter of Commendation for Children's Theatre has directed three productions in the new Work, and the National Letter of Honor for McCoy Theatre and has numerous acting cred- Children's Theatre Work. She has acted with its. CANDIDE was selected as "one of the best" Theatre Memphis, Circuit Playhouse, Play- of 1982 by Edwin Howard. house on the Square, and Downtown Dream Machine in such productions as PIPPIN, TAM-

Betty M. Ruffin. B.S. and M.A., Memphis State ING OF THE SHREW, and A MID - SUMMER University. NIGHT'S DREAM. She has studied with Burgess Professor Ruffin has acted with Center Play- Meredith, Ellis Rabb, Hary Dean at the Actor's ers, Theatre Memphis, Memphis Shakespeare Institute at Stasberg, Ernie Martin and Lucille Festival, Circuit Playhouse, and Memphis Open Rubin. In 1978, she was selected as one of The Air Theatre, playing title roles in HEDDA GAB- Outstanding Young Women of America. LER, GIN GAME, and GNADIGES FRAULEIN. She Professor Ewing's productions of THE CRU- has studied at Northwestern University and done CIBLE and BRECHT ON BRECHT were selected graduate work in English at Wroxton College, as two of the best sixteen Memphis produc- Oxfordshire, England. She has been•a staff tions of 1982 by Press Scimitar critic Edwin member of Vanderbilt's "Theatre in London" and Howard. attended workshops in acting and directing at Webster College, Southern Methodist Univer- Raymond S. Hill. B.F.A. and M.F.A., State Uni- sity, the University of Illinois, and the London versity of Iowa. Academy Of Music and Dramatic Art. She stud- Professor Hill performed for 12 years as a ied period acting with Alan Brown, formerly of clown and puppeteer on WMC TV's Looney Zoo the National Theatre of Great Britain. She was program. He has served as host on a number of listed by Memphis Magazine as one of the Ten local TV series, such as This City Is You, Work- Best Actresses for her performances in INTO shop 13, The Arts Alive, and Architecture and THY NARROW BED in 1980, and THE GIN GAME Modern Man. He has directed plays of the Cir- in 1981. ROUND AND ROUND THE GARDEN, cuit Players, Center Players, Memphis Opera directed by Professor Ruffin, was listed as one Theatre, and others. He is co-founder of A of the Ten Best Plays in Memphis in 1981 by Learning Place, an experimental school in Memphis Magazine. Memphis.

The Department of Theatre and Media Arts PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS offers courses of instruction which are in- Laura Canon. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis; tended to develop understanding of Theatre and M.F.A., Memphis State University. Media as integral parts of the society in which Theatre and Media Arts 149 they exist and of the liberal arts. Students may Core requirements for Theatre Track: pursue coursework in either or both of the two (1) Understanding Mass Media 200 areas. The degree is not a professional one al- (2) Introductory Acting 204 though graduates will be well prepared to pur- (3) Advanced Acting 205 sue professional training or graduate school (4) Stage Movement 209 studies. (5) History of the Theatre 301 and 302 The Department has a well-developed net- (6) Theatre Crafts 308 work of theatrical and media agencies which al- (7) American Musical Theatre 411 lows the major to receive practical experience (8) Fifteen additional hours in Theatre and in advertising, newsgathering and reporting, TV Media Arts and radio production, make-up, set construc- tion, etc., through the Internship program. Di- COURSE OFFERINGS rected Inquiries are available to concentrate on historical and theoretical areas. 101. Creative Communication. (I) [3] This basic speech course requires research and Special Study Opportunities. Southwestern organization of materials. Basic speech tech- Theatre and Media Arts students have numer- niques such as vocal projection, diction, body ous opportunities to gain experience in their language and platform deportment will be fields. Theatre students may perform or work stressed. Practical exercises include interview- in campus or locally-produced plays. Broad- ing, making speeches, and discussion in small casting students can get a feel for radio at the groups. For students who need to stand before campus FM station, WLYX. people to make a presentation or speech, this course is a must.

Departmental Facilities. The style of the the- 107. Oral Interpretation. (I) [3] atre program at Southwestern was set in the 1982 A course for the curious. A chance to broaden opening events of the new McCoy Theatre, one the appreciation of literature by expanding the of the best designed theatres in the region. The experience from the silent communication of fully adaptable performing space was first oc- author to reader to an audible sharing with an cupied by the musical "Candide" which utilized audience. an environmental stage setting. The M -cCoy Theatre will seat up to 200 for theatrical pro- 200. Understanding Mass Media. (I) [3] ductions. The stage and the seating are mobile A consideration of newspapers, magazines, ra- so that they can be set up in many different con- dio, television, recordings, theatre, motion pic- figurations. Since the opening production, all tures and other popular entertainments and how possible stage configurations have been uti- they affect society and the individual. A strong lized. Productions are supported by excellent emphasis will be placed on their importance in technical capabilities. the political arena.

203. Theatre Arts. (III) [3] F3 Requirements for a major in Theatre and This course is an introduction to the theatre. It Media Arts: allows the student to explore briefly and par- The Department is divided into two tracks: ticipate in the various elements that are in- Theatre and Media. volved in theatrical production. Students will learn about acting, directing, scene design, Core requirements for Media Track: costuming, make-up, lighting, script interpre- (1) Understanding Mass Media 200 tation, and criticism. The course is recom- (2) Introductory Acting 204 mended for non-majors. (3) History of the Theatre 301 or 302 (4) History of the Cinema 303 204. Introductory Acting. (I) [3] F3 (5) Twenty-seven additional hours in Theatre This course is designed for the beginner who and Media Arts wants to explore the art of acting. Basic tech- 150 Theatre and Media Arts

niques will be taught including some diction and 220. Elementary Newspaper Reporting (I) [3] movement, improvisation, character develop- A study of basic journalistic practices and an ment and stage deportment. Workshop per- opportunity to apply them in campus and class- formances of short scripted scenes will be room assignments. Students must have at least presented. minimal typing ability before admission. (Alter- nate years; offered 1985-86.) 205. Advanced Acting. (II) [3] F3 An exercise in discovering the truths the actor 221. Specialized Newspaper Writing (II) [3] has available to him. Sense memory improvis- Theory and practice in writing various types of ation and scene study will be explored in a lab- news features, editorials, and columns. (Alter- oratory situation. nate years; offered 1985-86.)

301. History of the Theatre. (II) [3] F3 206. Practicum in Acting. (I - II - III) [1 - 6] Actual stage experience of major consequence. The theatre of the Greeks to the eighteenth Investigation into character, period and author century theatre of George Washington will be will be included. 40 hrs. of work will be re- explored from historical, psychological, and quired for each hour of academic credit. Pre- sociological viewpoints. Attention will be paid requisite: Introductory Acting 204 and Advanced to the music and art of the various periods which Acting 205 or permission of faculty. were an integral part of theatrical production. Representative plays of each period will be read 209. Stage Movement. (I) [3] F3 and discussed. Designed to develop an awareness of the com- 302. History of Theatre. (I) [3] F3 municative skills of the body, what can be ex- A study of theatre as it reflects society from the pressed without words. This development is 19th century to the present. This course is de- fundamental in the training of any public figure signed for both majors and non-majors and is but especially the actor. Upon successful com- world wide in scope. A discussion of philoso- pletion of this course the student will have de- phers, political leaders and artists will be veloped a control over the body, a discipline that included. is mental as well as physical. The student will be able to create and perform a classical mime, 303. History of the Cinema. (II) [3] F3 Oa street mime, an abstract mime. A final per- A survey of world cinema from its beginnings formance, without words, 20 minutes in length, to the present time. (Alternate years; offered serves as the exam. It will require outside read- 1985-86.) ing and a writing component. 305. Stage Direction. (I) [3] F3 210. Stage Movement. (II) [3] H Designed as an introduction to stage direction. Designed to further the development of move- The emphasis will be on the analysis of play ment skills and more especially as it relates to scripts and the translation of that analysis into the actor. The student will be able to relax the dramatic action. Upon successful completion body to allow the character's emotion to come of this course the student will have a good un- through; able to change his or her center to al- derstanding of the workings of a script and be low for a different physical characterization. The required to complete a director's book, includ- student will learn to control the placement of ing sections on research, history, philosophy, energy for different styles and periods of act- analysis and the actual blocking of scenes. This ing. Various solo performances will be required book and a directed scene will constitute the through the term. The final project will be a 20- final project. minute performance of a character from a play.

A paper will accompany the final project ex- 307. Practicum in Directing. (I - II - III) [1 - 6] ploring the psychological and physiological ac- Designed for students to do advanced work in tions of the character. (Alternate years; offered directing plays. Permission of instructor is 1984-85.) required. Theatre and Media Arts 151

308. Theatre Crafts. (I-11-111) [3] writing, gathering, and production of news The first half of the term is devoted to familiar- programs will be provided. The student will en- izing the student with basic scenic elements, gage in a critical examination of current trends standard methods of construction, working in broadcast journalism and by a comparative drawings, and perspective drawings. The sec- study of print and broadcast journalism. Pref- ond half of the term deals with the fundamen- erence to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: tals of stage lighting. A practical laboratory Understanding Mass Media 200. designed to give the student hands-on experi- ence in all areas of stagecraft is included in the 330. Scenery and Lighting Design. (II) [3] F3 course. A basic course in design, dealing with the es- sential elements of light, sound, color, texture 310. Writing for Screen and TV. (I) [3] F3 and mood as, it relates to the text. Theory, his- By reading and analyzing successful screen- tory and practice of scenic design and stage plays and teleplays the student will gain a back- lighting. Lectures, demonstrations, discus- ground knowledge of the techniques and styles sions, and projects including the preparation of of the two media. Each student will write short a design for a small production. Lab sessions scripts for both film and television. (Alternate involve the application of principles studied. years; offered 1985-86.) Prerequisite: Theatre Crafts 308.

315. Drama and Film Criticism. (II) [3] F3 334. Costume Design. (II) [3] By reading and discussing outstanding exam- Costume design for a play is based on thorough ples of drama and film criticism of past and knowledge of the play and a careful analysis of present, the student will set out to develop his the characters to be costumed. Period styles or her own criteria for critical judgment. Among along with the culture and art of the times will critics whose work will be studied are Bernard be explored. The student will be taught how to Shaw, Graham Greene, James Agee, Harold wear clothing of selected periods and walking Clurman, Stanley Kaufmann, Eric Bentley, John and bowing. Budgeting and organizing cos- Gassner, Penelope Gilliatt, Pauline Kael, and John tumes and rendering techniques will be taught. Simon. The student will write critiques of films, This course will be of special interest to any stu- plays, and teleplays seen during the term. (Al- dent interested in acting or directing. Prereq- ternate years; offered 1984-85.) uisites: Theatre and Media Arts 305 and Art 201 or permission of the instructor. 319. Writing for Radio. (I) [3] F3

The student will be given opportunity to gain 407 - 408. Playwriting. (I - II) [3 - 3] F3 experience in all phases of radio writing from The student will study playwriting by- analyzing spot commercials to comedy skits and dramas. plays of past and present. The student will also (Alternate years; offered 1984-85.) write scenarios and one act plays. (Alternate years; offered 1984-85.)

321. Practicum in Radio Production. (1 - 11 - 111) [1-6] 411. American Musical Theatre. (III) [3] F3 Actual experience in various aspects of radio This course is a listening and reading journey production at the campus radio station WLYX. through the land of the American musical stage The student will be involved in a variety of pro- from the early years of the twentieth century to gramming areas. 40 hours work will be required the present. Students will learn about the per- for each hour of academic credit. sonalities who have dominated the stage and learn how to discriminate between types of 325. Introduction to Broadcast Journalism. (II) musical theatre. [3] An introduction to radio and television jour- 412. Contemporary Theatre. (III) [3] F3 nalism from both practical and philosophical A survey of dramatic literature of the world from points of view. Laboratory experience in news 1940 to present. Playwrights whose works will 152 Theatre and Media Arts

be studied include Beckett, Brecht, Durren- matt, Genet, Pinter, lonesco, Mrozek, Stop- pard, Albee, Mamet, and Shepard.

415. Internships for Majors. (I, II, III) [1 - 6] Internships with selected media, theatres, and agencies. Preference to seniors. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and at least two courses in Theatre and Media Arts. Biblical Studies 153

BIBLICAL STUDIES Students may choose an interdisciplinary ap- AT SOUTHWESTERN proach in which the long-acclaimed course "Man in the Light of History and Religion" is required, or (2) students may choose a traditional sub- Southwestern's relation to the Presbyterian ject-oriented approach in which two Biblical Church has remained close and unbroken since studies courses and two Bible-related courses 1855. The most recent expression of the col- are required. A detailed outline of these two al- lege's relationship to the Church may be found ternatives may be found under "Planning A in a covenant statement between Southwest- Degree." ern and the Church, summarized as follows: Southwestern At Memphis is a liberal arts 1. Man in the Light of History and Religion college associated with the Presbyterian Church The twelve-hour course, Man in the Light of (U.S.A.). The college has covenant relation- History and Religion, throughout its thirty-six ships with the Synod of the Mid-South and the year history at Southwestern, has guided stu- Synod of the Sun. Southwestern, as a church- dents to an understanding of themselves as related college whose primary mission is to ed- members of the Western world by a study of the ucate, guarantees freedom of inquiry for fac- Biblical heritage and its influence on Western ulty and students. The College, without pressing civilization. In both content and method this for acceptance, maintains a climate in which the course is, essentially, a dialogue between the Christian faith is nurtured. The curriculum in- Biblical faith and Western culture. As an early cludes a variety of courses in Bible and religion catalogue put it, "Our . . . Christian back- that explore the Judeo-Christian heritage and ground is traced and analyzed, and the pageant its implications for the whole of life. Students of (Western) Civilization is viewed from its be- are required to study the Bible and its relation- ginning to present time." ship with history and culture as a part of their This course is a basic foundation of our pro- college work. As an academic community gram of Christian higher education, and is a founded on Christian ideals, Southwestern ex- twelve-hour course. presses personal concern for students, pro- The first year is an intensive study of the Bible vides opportunities for corporate worship, and in both the Old and New Testaments. Extensive maintains a commitment to social justice and passages from the Old and New Testaments are human mercy. read and discussed, compared and contrasted More specifically, the educational purpose of with other writings of the ancient world and of the college is expressed in Southwestern's Graeco-Roman civilization, which is seen as im- maintenance of an environment for the pursuit portant in its own right and as part of the back- of truth in which it is ensured that the Christian ground of early Christianity. faith is clearly articulated, that its formative role The second year, to be taken ordinarily in the in Western civilization is carefully considered, sophomore year, continues the study of our and that honest intellectual and moral ques- Biblical roots, as we see them established in the tions are articulated and responded to intelli- history and institutions of the Western world. gently and sensitively. We see the power of Christian ideas and thought This commitment is made clear in a resolu- as expressed in the Bible molding and shaping tion adopted by the Board of Trustees of the a civilization. We read from the theology of St. college: Augustine whose formulation of Christian ideas, "It is the intention of the Board that the Col- based on the Bible as divine revelation, domi- lege substantially comply with requiring two nated and inspired the minds of men for a thou- years of sound and comprehensive study of the sand years and is still relevant today. We read Bible for the granting of a degree." In keeping also from St. Thomas in the high Middle Ages, with this resolution and with the mission of from Luther and Calvin in the Reformation, and Southwestern, the degree requirements in the other great theologians in the modern period— Humanities are structured so there are two ways from Schleiermacher to Reinhold Niebuhr—all available to students to complete this study. (1) of them Biblically grounded. We see how the 154 Biblical Studies

basic Christian convictions became relevant in our discussion groups we reflect on how con- society as prophetic voices in successive eras temporary expression of the Biblical faith can made the Biblical message alive in the daily life respond to these challenges. The course ends and hopes of men. with a lecture on "The Heritage upon which we In the Middle Ages, we trace the prodigious Stand" and a discussion of "The American Fu- effort to establish a universal Christian civili- ture" by Reinhold Niebuhr—American Biblical zation under the aegis of the Church. It was Theologian. nothing less than an attempt to construct a world There is a distinct emphasis on reading orig- community on Christian principles. We trace the inal sources, so the student is led directly to the marks of the Sermon on the Mount in the com- idea as it is stated by the author, and not by sec- passion of St. Francis of Assisi and the struggle ondhand knowledge. In the colloquia, the stu- for Christian perfection in the devotion of the dents are encouraged to seek for depth of Monastic movement. We see the Biblical ideas understanding and to relate their own thought in painting, sculpture, stained glass, architec- to the idea being presented. There is continu- ture, in the liturgy and great literary works which ous effort to recognize the connections be- are symbolic of Christian life and thought like tween ideas. Thus, there is always reference back Dante's Divine Comedy. to the formative ideas of the Western tradition The Reformation stressed in a vivid way a re- in the Bible and the classical heritage. For ex- turn to the authority of the Bible in Luther and ample, one can see connections between the Calvin's emphasis on the authority of the Word Biblical faith and the thought of Plato and the of God. The Apostle Paul dominates their mystics of the Middle Ages. Or one can rec- thought as Peter had dominated Roman Cath- ognize clearly the rigorous ethics of the Old olic culture. Students consider and discuss the Testament prophets in the categorical impera- personal experiences of Luther and Calvin as tive of Immanuel Kant. Also, we see how the these men discovered meaning for their life from great scientific postulates of the orderliness and Scripture and looked for guidance for life in uniformity of nature emerged out of a culture society. which had been formed by the basic Biblical As we approach the modern scientific world, understanding of creation through the Logos we encounter the many complex movements (Word) of God. This is the kind of teaching which which have emerged, e.g. nationalism, the ex- we believe makes ideas come alive and become pansion of science, industrial and technologi- part of human character and where values are cal development, and divergent economic and not merely something to be learned but some- political systems. In these complex move- thing to be experienced and cherished. ments, we see both the power and often the perversion of Christian ideas: for example, 2. Bible and Bible-Related Courses Kierkegaard's "Attack on Christendom" repre- The student who chooses the alternative to sents a passionate plea for a genuine Christian the "Man in the Light of History and Religion" faith. Nietzsche's contemptuous regard for completes four individual courses, two of which Christianity, by contrast, reveals a passionate are in the area of Biblical studies and which are secular understanding of the nature of total taken in the freshman year. The remaining two commitment. For the student, the cumulative courses are in the area of Bible-related studies, knowledge of the basic Biblical ideas and the comprised of religion and philosophy courses. ways they have been made relevant to human These two courses may be taken at any time. life at various times and places in Western his- The Biblical studies courses include three tory gives a growing context in which students courses which are introductions to the Bible. can discuss and evaluate the problems we have Religion 100, Introduction to the Bible, intro- inherited in our own time. duces the Old and New Testaments, emphasiz- In the twentieth century, we examine two great ing the basic, elementary, facts about the challenges—the struggle of democratic powers formation of the Bible, the history of its trans- with communism and fascism and the great mission, and tools of interpretation used by ,anxieties of our age as seen in Existentialism. In scholars. Religion 110, The Religion of the He- Biblical Studies 155 brews, surveys the literature of the Old Testa- ment and the history of Israel. It traces the growth of Israel's traditions into the books of the Hebrew Bible. Religion 120, The Beginnings of Christianity, traces.the origins of Christianity as reflected in the books that comprise the New Testament. A student will choose one of these courses in Term I of the freshman year. A sec- ond course is taken in either Term II or Term III of the freshman year and is chosen from several offerings which treat specific Biblical texts in either the Old Testament or the New Testament. The Bible-related study includes philosophy and religion courses which reflect on and de- velop Biblical, theological, or religiously signif- icant themes. The student is free to choose two courses from those listed as meeting this re- quirement. A large variety of courses are of- fered dealing with the basic ideas and values of Western society as well as contemporary ethi- cal issues and consideration of meaningful lives. Courses can be chosen which best comple- ment the student's overall academic plan, both in fulfilling degree requirements and in fulfill- ing requirements for a major. They may be taken at any time in the student's college career. This alternative emphasizes the Biblical her- itage in Western civilization. The staff members who teach the basic courses in this alternative call this humanities option "Life: Then and Now," or simply "Life." `156 Continuing Education

MEEMAN CENTER FOR were brought to a focus in the fall of 1973 with CONTINUING EDUCATION the founding of the Center for the Study of Al- ternative Futures. Its objectives include the promotion of an increased public awareness of Continuing Education Staff possible futures, the advancement of the in- May Maury Harding. Director of Continuing vestigation of probable futures, and the devel- Education. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. opment of methods for determining and working toward desirable futures. A library of Raymond S. Hill. Assistant Director. B.F.A. and books, journals and other materials relating to M.F.A., State University of Iowa. policy and futures studies, based on the collec- tion of the late John Osman, is maintained by Granville D. Davis. Director, Institute for Exec- the Center. . utive Leadership. A.B., University of Arkansas; Special summer programs include the annual A.M. and Ph.D., University of Illinois. Elderhostel, a week long residential non-credit liberal arts program for adults over 60 years old. Rebecca J. Long. Administrative Assistant. Undergraduates are invited and encouraged to participate in activities at the Center. The Center for Continuing Education is The various programs of the Center are de- Southwestern's visible expression of its belief scribed in brochures, available on request from that liberal learning goes on through all of life. the Office of Continuing Education. Since its inception in 1944, it has been an in- tegral part of the college that seeks to bring a continuing concern for liberal arts and sci- ences, in a practical and serious way, into the lives of men and women. The Center offerings include seminars, lec- tures, and workshops in addition to the regu- larly scheduled informal study-discussion groups conducted by Southwestern faculty and other qualified individuals from the commu- nity. Housed in Clough Hall, the Meeman Cen- ter facilities are also used by other campus and community groups. Two special programs presented by the Cen- ter have attracted national attention. The Insti- tute for Executive Leadership has as its purpose the development of leaders in the field of busi- ness. The Urban Policy Institute has brought to- gether public officials, civic leaders, and social scientists with visiting experts in an endeavor to understand the forces inherent in the urban- ization process and to analyze their conse- quences for public policy. The Urban Policy Institute also provides opportunities for citi- zens and emerging community leaders to de- velop skills and competencies in planning, problem-solving, policy formulation and analysis. The Center was a pioneer in the develop- ment of "futures" studies for both undergrad- uates and its adult constituents. Futures activities Burrow Library 157

THE BURROW LIBRARY concerned with the acquisition, organization, and circulation of the collection, but provide Lynne M. Blair. Director of the Library. A.B., M.A., reference and reader assistance to users, as well M.S.L.S., University of Illinois, Urbana- as direct instruction in bibliography to classes Champaign. at all levels. Dedicated in 1953, the handsome Burrow Li- Emily Flowers. Assistant Director and Cata- brary building stands on Southwestern's cam- logue Librarian. B.A., Union University; pus as a monument to the generosity of its M.A.L.S., George Peabody College. donors, Mr. and Mrs. A. K. Burrow, of Memphis. The present building has a capacity for 200,000 William Short. Reference Librarian. volumes and 279 readers. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis; M.L.S., George The Burrow, Library's book collection is of Peabody College. outstanding quality. It has been carefully built over a period of years by both the teaching and Sue Craft Turpin. Circulation Librarian. the library faculty so as to include materials B.S., M.Ed., Memphis State University. which constitute valuable resources for under- graduate instruction in a liberal arts institution. Michael E. Matthews. Circulation Assistant. In addition to the reference and circulating col- B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. lections there are two special collections, the Southwestern Collection and the Walter Arm- strong Rare Book Collection. The Southwest- Louise Garnett. Catalogue Assistant. ern Collection consists of- publications about B.S., Iowa State University. Southwestern of an historical nature as well as the books written by faculty and alumni. The Margaret Cardwell. Assistant Catalogue Librar- Walter Armstrong Rare Book Room includes the ian. B.A., University of California, Santa Bar- special items of value added to the Southwest- bara; M.L.S., University of Texas, Austin. ern Library through the years, and The Rare Book Collection of first editions of English and Amer- Janet Carr James. Acquisitions Librarian. B.A., ican authors, many of them autographed, do- Southwestern At Memphis; M.S.L.S., Univer- nated by Mr. Walter Armstrong. sity of Tennessee, Knoxville. The Human Relations Area File, maintained in the Anthropology/Sociology Department, is Diane Dice. Acquisitions Assistant. A.A., Wil- a carefully selected file of over 2 million pages, liam Woods College; B.S. of Ed., Memphis State stored on microfiche. Thoroughly cross-in- University. dexed, it is a major resource for research not only in anthropology and sociology, but also re- Annette Cates. Periodicals Librarian. A.A., Ala- lated disciplines such as comparative govern- bama Christian College; B.S., Auburn Univer- ment, religion, and linguistics. sity; M.L.S., University of Alabama. The departmental collections in science and mathematics include files of specialized peri- odicals and indexes of research. The Buckman The college library system is composed of the Library for Biology and Mathematics, given by Burrow Library, four departmental collections the late Dr. Stanley J. Buckman, and his asso- (Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, and Phys- ciates of Buckman Laboratories, Inc., Mem- ics), and the Human Relations Area File located phis, is housed in the Frazier Jelke Science in the Anthropology Department office. The Center and was dedicated October 19, 1968. Burrow Library contains approximately 189,000 In order to effect optimum interinstitutional volumes, 900 periodical subscriptions, 5000 re- library service to the student bodies, faculties, cordings, and 2,500 microforms which provide and staff of the Greater Memphis Consortium, a basis for its service. Its staff of ten includes the Burrow Library joins the following libraries " seven professional librarians who are not only in making their collections available to each 158 Burrow Library others' students and faculties: The Christian Brothers College Library, Hollis F. Price Library of LeMoyne-Owen College, John W. Brister Li- brary of Memphis State University, G. Pillow Lewis Library of the•Memphis Academy of Arts, and the Memphis Theological Seminary Li, brary. Students of Southwestern are also enti- tled to library cards in the Memphis and Shelby County Public Library and Information Cen- ter,the Main Library of which is an especially valuable community resource to Southwest- ern. The Burrow Library, moreover, operates an active interlibrary loan service for its faculty and students with libraries outside the Memphis area. Computer Center 159

THE COMPUTER CENTER ogy make extensive use of the computing fa- cilities in courses. In general, the fundamental focus on the cur- riculum in the area of computer use and com- L. Charles Lemond..Director of the Computer puter science is to develop in each student an Center. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis; M.A. understanding of the use and the potential for and Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (Assistant Pro- use of the computer in his or her choserraca- fessor of Psychology.) 'demic field. Southwestern's objective is to pro- vide the resources, both physical and Sue D. Hall. Computer Programmer and Su- instructional, to ensure that each student who pervisor. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. wishes to be competent in the use of a com- puter as it applies to his or her own academic Janet Kirby. Computer Programmer. B.A., Wis- field or career can do so. An example of 'one consin State University. way in which this objective is realized is the special computer instruction courses in the De- partment of Political Science. The main computer resource at Southwest- Special interdisciplinary majors have been ern is comprised of a DEC PDP-11/70 and a DEC defined in Computer Science—Mathematics and VAX 11/750, located in the Computer Center in Computer Science—Business Administration. Room 300 of Palmer Hall. Twenty-six terminals The details of these programs may be found in and nine personal computers are available for the Courses of Instruction section under the student use and are connected to the main Department of Mathematics. computers. The main bank of terminals is lo- While a major in Computer Science is not of- cated on the lower level of the Burrow Library fered, by using the computer courses that are in a room designed for computer use and in- offered together with directed inquiries and in- struction. Other terminals and instructional fa- ternships, a student can acquire a background cilities available for academic purposes are in computer work sufficient for graduate work strategically located in various academic build- or entry-level jobs in computer science. ings on campus, notably in the natural science and mathematics buildings. Twenty-four hour a day access to computer terminals is provided. Various letter-quality printers are available for hard-copy output. All students are encouraged to maintain active computer accounts whether or not they are enrolled in computer instruc- tion courses. Southwestern's academic program includes a significant amount of course work leading to computer competency. Some of the technical aspects of computer electronic design and of programming computer circuitry are devel- oped in the course work of the Department of Physics. Instruction in programming languages and in advanced undergraduate areas of com- puter science and related fields is offered in the curriculum of the Department of Mathematics. Special computer hardware and software support computer science instruction in math- ematics and physics. Other departments, no- tably chemistry, economics and business administration, political science, and psychol- 160 MATTERS OF RECORD

BOARD OF TRUSTEES, 162 EMERITI, 164 • ADMINISTRATION, 167

SPONSORED PROGRAMS, 170 PRIZES, ENDOWMENTS AND MEMORIALS, 171 THE PHYSICAL PLANT, 179 ANNUAL COMMENCEMENT, 1983, 181 162 Board of Trustees

CORPORATION Lynda Graham McCarty, B.A. Jackson, Mississippi. LEGAL TITLE— SOUTHWESTERN AT MEMPHIS Frank M. Mitchener, Jr., B.S. Sumner, Missis- Frank M. Mitchener, Jr. Chairman. sippi. President, Hoparka Plantation.

Anne P. Wilson. Vice Chairman. S. Herbert Rhea, B.S. Memphis, Tennessee. President, Rhea Financial Corporation. S. Shepherd Tate. Secretary. Henry B. Strock, Jr., B.A., B.D., M.Th., D.Min. John C. Whitsitt. Treasurer. Memphis, Tennessee. Pastor, Idlewild Presby- terian Church..

BOARD OF TRUSTEES Ray U. Tanner. B.A. Jackson, Tennessee. Presi- dent and Chief Executive Officer, Jackson Na- tional Bank. James H. Daughdrill, Jr. President of the College, ex officio Richard A. Trippeer, Jr., B.A. Memphis, Tennes- see. President, Union Planters National Bank.

ELECTED BY THE COOPERATING SYNODS SYNOD OF THE SUN SYNOD OF THE MID-SOUTH John H. Crabtree, B.A., M.B.A. Baton Rouge, Louisiana. President, Crabtree Investments, Inc. Edgar H. Bailey, B.A. Memphis, Tennessee. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive.0f- Jessie Woods Falls, B.A. Wynne, Arkansas. f icer, Leader Federal Savings and Loan Association. Henry Goodrich, B.S. Shreveport, Louisiana. Owner, Goodrich Oil Company. William H. Bryce, B.A. Memphis, Tennessee. President and Founder, Bryce Corporation. Murray 0. Rasberry, B.A. Helena, Arkansas. Robert H. Buckman, B.S., M.B.A. Memphis, Chairman of the Board, Mid-South Sales, Inc. Tennessee. President and Chairman of the Board, Buckman Laboratories, Inc. Robert H. Seal, B.S. San Antonio, Texas. Chair- man of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Bruce E. Campbell, Jr., B.A., M.B.A., Mem- National Bank of Commerce. phis,Tennessee. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, National Bank of Com- Robert Boynton Smith,'B.D., Th.M., D.D., D.D. merce and National Commerce Bancorporation. Midland, Texas. Minister, First Presbyterian Church. R. Lee Jenkins, B.A., LL.B., LL.M. Memphis, Tennessee. Executive Vice President of Con- ELECTED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES sumer Operations, Schering-Plough Corpo- ration. Winton M. Blount, L.H.D., H.H.D., LL.D., D.C.L., D.P.S., LL.D., D.Sc. Montgomery, Alabama. Frank E. Lankford, A.B., LL.B. Birmingham, Al- Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Of- abama. General Partner, Lankford Investment ficer, Blount, Inc. Co., Ltd., and President, LICO Commodities and . Shipping, Inc. Neville Frierson Bryan, B.M. Kenilworth, Illinois. Board of Trustees 163

Robert Fogelman, B.S. Memphis, Tennessee. LIFE TRUSTEES President, Fogelman Investment Co. L. Palmer Brown, B.A. Memphis, Tennessee. Nancy Hill Fulmer, B.A. Memphis, Tennessee. President Emeritus. L.P. Brown Company.

Margaret Ruffin Hyde, A.B. Memphis, Paul Tudor Jones, B.A., B.D., S.T.M., D.D., LL.D. Tennessee. Memphis, Tennessee. Retired Pastor, Idlewild Presbyterian Church. W Neely Mallory, B.A. Memphis, Tennessee. President, Memphis Compress and Storage Co. Edward B. LeMaster. Memphis, Tennessee. and Alexander International. Chairman Emeritus of the Board, Edward LeMaster Company, Inc. Joseph Orgill III, B.A. Memphis, Tennessee. Chairman, Orgill Brothers Corporation. Robert D. McCallum, B.S., H.H.D. Memphis, Tennessee. Retired Chairman of the Board and Harry J. Phillips. Memphis, Tennessee. Chair- Consultant, Valmac Industries, Inc. man and Chief Executive Officer, Browning- Ferris, Inc. W. J. Millard, B.A., B.D., D.D. Memphis, Ten- nessee. Pastor Emeritus, Evergreen Presbyter- Joseph Lawrence Roberts, Jr., B.A., M.Div., M.Th. ian Church. Atlanta, Georgia. Pastor, Ebenezer Baptist Church. William C. Rasberry, B.A. Shreveport, Louisi- ana. Timberlands and Investments. William B. Rudner, B.A. Memphis, Tennessee. President, DeSoto Capital Corporation of Memphis. P. K. Seidman, B.S., C.P.A., LL.B. Memphis, Ten- nessee. Senior Consultant, Seidman & Seidman. M. B. Seretean, B.S., M.S. Dalton, Georgia. Chairman of the Board, Coronet Industries, Inc. Norfleet Turner, H.H.D. Memphis, Tennessee. Chairman Emeritus of the Board, First Tennes- Eleanor Bosworth Shannon, B.A., M.A. Char- see Bank, N.A. lottesville, Virginia. John W. Wade, B.A., J.D., LL.M., S.J.D. Nash: S. Shepherd Tate, B.A., J.D. Memphis, Tennes- ville, Tennessee. Dean and Distinguished Pro- see. Attorney. fessor of Law Emeritus, School of Law, Vanderbilt University. John M. Tully, B.C.E. Memphis, Tennessee. President, Anderson-Tully Company. HONORARY TRUSTEES

Norfleet R. Turner, B.S. Memphis, Tennessee. Emerson A. Alburty, Memphis, Tennessee. Chairman, Data Communications Corporation. Founder and Chairman Emeritus, Business Service Industries, Inc. John C. Whitsett, B.A., A.M.P. Memphis, Ten- nessee. Retired Vice Chairman, First Tennessee Emily P. Alburty, Memphis, Tennessee. Retired Bank, N.A. Officer and Director, Business Service Indus- tries, Inc. Anne P. Wilson, A.B. Nashville, Tennessee. Mertie S. Buckman, B.A., M.A. Memphis, Ten- Spence L. Wilson, B.A., M.B.A. Memphis, Ten- nessee. Secretary-Treasurer, Buckman Labora- , nessee. President, Kemmons Wilson, Inc. tories, Inc. 164 Emeriti

Thomas B. Davis, B.A., B.S. Memphis, Tennes- EMERITI see. Past President, Davis Company. Peyton Nalle Rhodes. President Emeritus since Thomas Fearn Frist, B.S., M.D., H.H.D. Nash- 1965. A.B., A.M. and Ph.D., University of Virginia. ville, Tennessee. Co-Founder and Past Presi- dent, Hospital Corporation of America. David M. Amacker. Professor Emeritus of Polit- ical Science since 1967. A.B., Princeton Univer- Morrie A. Moss, B.S. Memphis, Tennessee. For- sity; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University. mer Owner and President, John A. Denie's Sons Company. Thomas M. Lowry, Jr. Professor Emeritus of His- tory and Government since 1970. A.B., David- Harold F. Ohlendorf, B.A., LL.D., L.H.D. Os- son College; A.M., Princeton University. ceola, Arkansas. Owner, Ohlendorf Farms. Marie Meek. Instructor Emerita in French since EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 1970. B.A., Siena College; M.A., George Pea- body College for Teachers. Frank M. Mitchener, Jr. Chairman. Anne P. Wilson. Vice Chairman. Clinton L. Baker. Professor Emeritus of Biology S. Shepherd Tate. Secretary. since 1971. B.S. and M.S., Emory University; Edgar H. Bailey Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert H. Buckman James H. Daughdrill, Jr. Adolph Steuterman. Instructor Emeritus in Or- Henry Goodrich gan since 1971. Pupil of Dr. T. Tertius Noble, Dr. Margaret R. Hyde William C. Carl, Charles Galloway. Joseph Orgill III S. Herbert Rhea John R. Benish. Professor Emeritus of English Henry B. Strock, Jr. since 1972. The Thomas K. Young Chair. A.B., John M. Tully Arkansas College; A.M., Vanderbilt University; Norfleet R. Turner Ph.D., University of Michigan. John C. Whitsett Ralph C. Hon. Professor Emeritus of Economics INVESTMENT COMMITTEE and Business Administration since 1973. A.B., (All members are residents of Memphis) University of Illinois; A.M., Harvard University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina. William B. Rudner, Chairman. Joseph S. Sims, B.A., LL.B. Vice Chairman, First M. Foster Moose. Professor Emeritus of Chem- Tennessee National Corporation., istry since 1973. B.S., Memphis State Univer- Sidney A. Stewart, Jr., B.A. President, E. H. Crump sity; A.M. and Ph.D., Columbia University. Companies, Inc. L Palmer Brown Alvin H. Overbeck. Associate Professor Emeri- John H. Crabtree tus of German since 1973. B.S., Austin Peay State

Robert D. McCallum College; . M.A., University of Mississippi; M.A. Harry I. Phillips and Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. S. Herbert Rhea Marshall E. McMahon, Faculty Representative Danforth Raynolds Ross. Professor Emeritus of Douglas Southard, Faculty Representative English since 1974. B.A., Southwestern At Mem- William B. Allen, Jr., College Comptroller phis; A.M., Vanderbilt University; Ph.D., Uni- Thomas R. Kepple, Jr., Dean of Administrative versity of Minnesota. Services James H. Daughdrill, Jr., ex officio Dorothy Ross. Lecturer Emerita in Art since 1974. Frank. M. Mitchener, Jr., ex officio B.A. and M.A., University of Minnesota. Emeriti. 165

Laura Robinson. Professor Emerita of Classics Angelo Margaris. Professor Emeritus of Math- since 1974. A.B., Agnes Scott College; A.M., ematics since 1983. B.E.E., Cornell University; University of Georgia; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., Cornell University. University.

Albert Johnson. Librarian Emeritus since 1975. . James R. McQuiston. Associate Professor B.A., Southwestern At Memphis; A.B. in L.S., Emeritus of English since 1983. B.A., South- Emory University. western At Memphis; M.A., University of North Carolina. Charles I. Diehl. Professor Emeritus of Educa- tion and English since 1976. B.A., Southwestern Jack Conrad. Professor Emeritus of Anthropol- At Memphis; A.M., University of Chicago. ogy since 1984. A.B. and M.A., Emory Univer- sity; Ph.D., Duke University. Arlo I. Smith. Professor Emeritus of Biology since 1977. A.B., Hendrix College; M.S., Northwest- Julian T. Darlington. Professor Emeritus of Bi- ern University; Ph.D., University of Washington. ology since 1984. A.B. and M.S., Emory Univer- sity; Ph.D., University of Florida. Frederick D. Pultz. Director Emeritus of the /- Counseling Service, and Professor Emeritus of Jack D. Farris. Professor Emeritus of English since Psychology and Education since 1978. B.A., 1984. B.A., Ouachita College; M.A., University Washington and Lee University; M.A. and Ph.D., of Michigan. The Ohio State University. Warren D. Howell. Auditor and Assistant to the Granville D. Davis. Professor Emeritus of His- Comptroller Emeritus since 1961. tory since 1980. The J. J. McComb Chair. A.B., University of Arkansas; A.M. and Ph.D., Uni- C. L. Springfield. Comptroller Emeritus since versity of Illinois. 1968.

William R. Maybry. Instructor of Physical Ed- Mrs. Paul M. Watson. Resident Head of Towns- uction Emeritus since 1981. B.A., Southwestern end Hall Emerita since 1968. At Memphis; M.A. in Physical Education, George Peabody College for Teachers. Treys Martin. Cashier Emerita since 1970. Mary Ross Burkhart. Professor Emerita of Eng- lish since 1982. B.A., Mary Washington College Annie Mary Jones-Williams. Catalogue Librar- of the University of Virginia; M.A., University ian Emerita since 1971. of Tennessee. Mrs. G. W. Nichols. Resident Head, Voorhies Helen N. Hall. Professor Emerita of Education Hall, Townsend Hall and Trezevant Hall Emerita since 1982. B.A. and M.A., University of Den- since 1971. ver; Ed.D., University of Tennessee. Goodbar Morgan. Director of Alumni Affairs Emmett H. Anderson, Jr. Professor Emeritus of Emeritus since 1973. French since 1983. B.A., University of Rich- mond; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Virginia. Mrs. John Q. Wolf. Coordinator of Special Pro- grams Emerita since 1973. David H. Likes. Professor Emeritus of Interna- tional Studies since 1983. B.A., Johns Hopkins Ann Watkins Boatner Groves. Assistant Direc- University; M.A. and Ph.D., Georgetown tor and Senior Reference Librarian Emerita since University. 1977. 166 Emeriti

Noreen Smith. Senior Circulation Librarian Emerita since 1977.

Herbert S. Emigh. Supervisor of Laboratories Emeritus since 1980. Administration 167

THE ADMINISTRATION Station WLYX and Associated Services PRESIDENT Karen D. Luvaas. General Manager. B.A., Alle- James H. Daughdrill, Jr. gheny College. B.A., Emory University; M. Div., Columbia The- ological Seminary; D.D., Davidson College. Academic Offices Mrs. George McPherson. Secretary, Music. Office of the President B.S., State Teachers College (Livingston, Ala.); Josephine B. Hall. Administrative Assistant to the M.A., University of Alabama. President. Marjorie M. Stoner. Secretary, Language Center. Peggy Arnold. Executive Secretary. Tina Benton. Faculty Secretary. Office of College Relations Loyd C. Templeton, Jr. Assistant to the Presi- Evelena Grant. Faculty Secretary. Associate De- dent. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. gree Secretarial Science, Compton College.

Anne McCauley. Faculty Secretary. Helen Norman. Director of Communications. B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Joyce Moore. Faculty Secretary. Sheila Scott Dailey. Administrative Assistant. Margaret Handwerker. Secretary, International Studies. B.A., Mississippi State. VICE PRESIDENT AND DEAN OF THE COLLEGE Gerald Duff. B.A. Lamar University; M.A., Uni- DEAN OF STUDENTS versity of Arkansas; Ph.D., University of Illinois. Clarence Virgil Scarborough. B.A., Southwest- ern At Memphis; M.Div., Princeton Theological Robert R. Llewellyn. Associate Dean of the Col- Seminary. lege. B.S., Davidson College; M.A. and Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. Office of the Dean of Students Frayna E. Goodman. Assistant Dean of Stu- Office of the Dean of the College dents. B.A., Goucher College; M.A., Florida State Miriam Nabors Banks. Administrative Assistant. University. B.S., Memphis State University. H. Lisbeth Nielsen. Coordinator of Student Ac- Office of the Registrar tivities. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. Glenn W Munson. Registrar. B.A., Hartwick College; M.Ed., Kent State University. Sara S. Jones. Administrative Assistant to the Dean of Students. B.A., Southwestern At Mem- Mrs. J. Richard Cox. Associate Registrar. phis; M.A., University of Texas.

Carla Jean Ryan. Assistant to the Registrar. Medical Staff C. B. Daniel, M.D., College Physician. Office of Information Systems L. Charles Lemond. Director. B.A., Southwest- David Williams, M.D., Physician. ern At Memphis; M.A. and Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. Ralph Goodman, M.D., Physician.

Sue D. Hall. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. Moore Moore, Jr., M.D., Consultant.

Jan Kirby. B.A., Wisconsin State University. Doris Gill, R.N., College Nurse. 168 Administration

Rue VanMiddlesworth, R.N., Associate College Robert M. Browning. Athletic Trainer, Equip- Nurse. ment Manager. B.A., North Carolina State University. Counseling and Job Placement Services Elizabeth Robertson. College Counselor. B.A. DEAN OF ADMISSIONS and Ph.D., Texas State University. David. J. Wottle. B.S., Bowling Green State University. Susan Brush Harr. Placement Officer. B.S. and M'.A., Bowling Green State University. Office of Admissions Leonard L. Satterwhite. Associate Director of Patricia H. Lovelace. Chaplain and Kinney Di- Admissions. B.A., Vanderbilt University. rector. B.A., Wake Forest University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary in Virginia. Susan C. Taylor. Assistant Director of Admis- sions. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. Ronald W Lovelace. Chaplain and Kinney Di- rector. B.A., King College; Th.M., D.Min., Union Julie M. Mayberry. Assistant Director of Admis- Theological Seminary in Virginia. sions. B.A. and M.S., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Physical Education and Athletics George Lapides. Director. B.A., Memphis State Andrew W. Fletcher. Assistant Director of Ad- University. missions. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis.

Cheryl Buckmeier. Coach of Volleyball and Soc- Gloria Scott. Administrative Assistant to the cer. Physical Education Staff Member. B.S., Ar- Director. kansas State University. Marty Thomas. Receptionist/Secretary. Michael T. Clary. Coach of Track and Assistant Coach of Football. B.S., Southwestern At Christine D. Gay. Secretary. Memphis. Office of Financial Aid and Government Barry E. Colburn. Coach of Cross Country and Relations Director of Intramurals. B.S., Livingston Uni- Ray M. Allen. Dean of Financial Aid and Gov- versity; M.A., Troy State University. ernment Relations. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis; B.D. and Ph.D., Duke University. Gordon Ellingsworth. Coach of Baseball and Assistant Coach of Football. B.A., Augustana Shirley Frisch. Assistant to the Dean of Financial College. Aid and Government Relations.

Herbert Alan Hilgeman. Coach of Basketball and Kathy Weeks. Assistant to the Dean of Financial Assistant Coach of Track. Physical Education Staff Aid and Government Relations. Member. B.S., Miami University; M.E., Mem- phis State University. DEAN OF DEVELOPMENT Donald J. Lineback. B.A., Washington and Lee Joseph Huber. Coach of Soccer. Techniesche University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina Schule Munchen. at Chapel Hill.

Sarah Risser Hatgas. Coach of Basketball and Office of Development Tennis. Physical Education Staff Member. B.S. Winton C. Smith, Jr. Legal Counsel for Devel- and M.A., George Peabody College. opment. BIZ., Southwestern At Memphis; B.D., Princeton Theological Seminary; J.D., The Uni- Deborah L. Byrne. Administrative Assistant. versity of Tennessee. Administration 169

Thomas I. Ritchey. Director of Development and Mary Louise Battle. Accounting Supervisor. B.A., Church Relations. B.S., Westminster College; Southwestern At Memphis. M.A., Bowling Green State University. Edward Dellinger. Staff Accountant. B.A., Barbara Draffin. Director of the Southwestern Southwestern At Memphis. Fund. B.S., University of Tennessee. Cashier's Office: Mary Margaret Guth. Southwestern Fund As- Sarah Bowlan. Cashier. sociate. B.A., University of Mississippi. Anita Butler. Assistant Cashier. Jennifer Smoot Prascher. Director of Alumni and Parent Programs. B.A., Southwestern At Sandra Bauer. Assistant Cashier. Memphis. Martha Mullins. Switchboard Operator. Norma Laster. Assistant. Purchasing/Personnel Office Maxine Raines. Director of Personnel. Brenda Eckles. Researcher and Computer As- sistant. B.A., Vanderbilt University. Tansill H. Hille. Purchasing Manager. B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. Fran Benderman. Executive Secretary. Barbara Maxey. Personnel Assistant. Renee Noland. Executive Secretary. M. Charlene Craig. Administrative Assistant. Mary Louise O'Connor. Executive Secretary. Buildings and Grounds Jacquelyn Carney. Secretary. Roy R. Twaddle, Jr. Director of Maintenance.

Marsha Starck. Administrative Assistant to the Wallace Houck. Assistant Director of Director of Alumni and Parent Programs. B.A., Maintenance. Wartburg College. James Pharis. Director of Housekeeping. John H. Rone. Administrative Assistant to the •. Assistant Director of Director of Alumni and Parent Programs. B.A., Sylvester Irby. Housekeeping. Southwestern At Memphis; M.A., Memphis State University. James Vann. Supervisor of Grounds. DEAN OF ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES Joyce B. Kernodle. Administrative Assistant. Thomas R. Kepple, Jr. B.A., Westminster Col- lege (Pa.); M.B.A., Syracuse University. Security Max McQuown. Colonel, U.S.M.C. (Ret.). Office Of Administrative Services Director of Security. B.S., Ohio University. Jane Freeman. Executive Secretary. Edwin Ireland. Assistant Director of Security. Finance Offices William B. Allen, Jr. Comptroller. C.P.A., C.M.A., Bookstore B.A., Southwestern At Memphis. Jane E. Darr. Manager. B.B.A., Memphis State University. Accounting Office: JoAnn Haley. Accounting Manager. Deborah S. Jordan. Assistant Manager. 170 Sponsored Programs

SPONSORED PROGRAMS American Education, Three Views on the Econ- omy, Sports: Win, Place or Show, Management and Labor: Must They Be Adversaries?, and World Statesmanship and Trade: Help or The academic life of Southwestern is consid- Hocum? erably enhanced by annual sponsored pro- grams which make it possible for distinguished The Frank E. Seidman Distinguished Award in persons to come to the college and to partici- Political Economy pate in a variety of events with our faculty and The Frank E. Seidman Distinguished Award in students. Political Economy was established in memory of Frank E. Seidman by Mr. and Mrs. P.K. Seid- The Harry B. McCoy, Jr. Visiting Artists Program man. Mr. Frank Seidman was very interested in The Harry B. McCoy, Jr. Visiting Artists Pro- the areas of mutual concern to both econo- gram was established in 1978 in honor of the mists and political scientists. The field of polit- late Harry McCoy, a Memphis real estate de- ical economy is increasingly recognized as a well- veloper who died in 1966. The purpose of the defined discipline for study and research. program is to introduce Southwestern students The award is given to an economist who has to various art forms and the performing artists distinguished himself or herself internationally themselves. Such an opportunity is seen as an by contributing to the advancement of eco- enriching adjunct of the college's liberal arts nomic thought along interdisciplinary lines and experience. to its implementation through public policy. The The McCoy Visiting Artists Program has award recognizes those economists who are brought to Southwestern an impressive variety extending their work into the interdependent of performing artists. Among those who have areas of the other social sciences, especially the come to the college are opera's dramatic so- study of the environmental and institutional in- prano, Nancy Tatum; noted dancer and cor- fluences upon the economic behaviour of in- eographer Agnes de Mille; Swedish baritone dividuals and groups. Hakan Hagegard; The New Shakespeare Com- Award winners have included John Kenneth pany of San Francisco; actresses Pat Carroll and Galbraith, Arthur F. Burns, Robert M. Solow, Ar- Siobhan McKenna; and The Tokyo String Quar- thur M. Okun, Albert O. Hirshmen, Janos Kornai. tet. Featured performers in 1984 are pianiS'ts Paul Badura-Skoda and Alicia De Larrocha.

The M.L. Seidman Memorial Town Hall Lecture Series The M.L. Seidman Memorial Town Hall Lec- ture Series was established in memory of M.L. Seidman by Mr. and Mrs. P.K. Seidman. Mr. M.L. Seidman was the founder of an international accounting firm. Throughout his life he main- tained an active interest in public issues. A series of lectures is scheduled each year in which internationally recognized authorities on current public issues are presented in a town hall forum. In each series opposing points of view on the public issue are developed, and the active participation of students, faculty, and members of the Memphis community is encouraged. In recent years the public issues presented have been The Middle East Crisis, The State of Prizes, Endowments and Memorials 171

PRIZES, ENDOWMENTS AND erty of the sorority whose name appears most MEMORIALS often in the inscription upon it. The first pres- entation was made at the end of the 1946-47 Awards session. Awards for excellence in scholarship are given The Jack U. Russell Awards in Mathematics in every academic department. Some awards are • were established by friends of Professor Jack named and special conditions are established Russell of Southwestern. They are award0c1 to for the.winner. Other awards recognize excel- outstanding mathematics students selected by lence in extracurricular activities. Some of the the Department of Mathematics. special named awards are listed below. The Seidman Awards in Economics and Polit- The Clarence Day Award for Outstanding ical Science are provided annually by Mr. P. K. Teaching. Established in 1981 by Mr. Clarence Seidman of Memphis. The award in Economics Day of Memphis, this award is given annually recognizes the senior majoring in Economics to a full-time member of the teaching faculty at and/or Business Administration who has the Southwestern to recognize excellence in teach- highest average in all courses taken in the Eco- ing. This honor carries a monetary award of ap- nomics Department. The award in Political Sci- proximately $5,000. ence recognizes the senior majoring in Political The Dean's Award for Outstanding Research Science (or a senior student who has com- and Creative Activity. Mr. Clarence Day of Mem- pleted 24 hours of work in Political Science) who phis established this award in 1981 to recognize has the highest average in all courses taken in a Southwestern faculty member for significant the Political Science Department. Awards are also research and/or creative activity which has been given to the freshman or sophomore students brought to fruition in a public form, e.g. schol- making the best records in Economics 103-104 arly writing, public performances. The award and Political Science 151. may be given each year, but need not be. The The Seidman Trophy. This plaque given by Mr. monetary complement of this award will range P K. Seidman in memory of his nephew, Thomas from $500 to $2,500. Ehler Seidman, who died in March, 1937, is to The Estelle R. Cone Award is given annually be awarded each year to a member of the grad- to that student selected for outstanding service uating class. The trophy is intended to recog- in an individual project through the Kinney Pro- nize outstanding excellence in both scholarship gram. The award is in memory of Mrs. Cone, and athletics, and the selection of the student who was Kinney Program Director from its is to be made by the Faculty Committee on founding until 1975. Physical Education and Athletics, together with the President of the College and the Dean of The Donald J. Gattas Memorial Awards are Students. given annually to the two students judged to be most outstanding in the study of Advanced The W 0. Shewmaker Memorial Fund was es- Arabic and in Middle Eastern Studies. tablished by alumni and friends in memory of Dr. W. 0. Shewmaker, Professor of Bible at The Memphis Panhellenic Association, in its Southwestern 1925-41. The income from this desire to encourage scholarship, will present fund will be used annually for an award of books an award to the sorority woman of the graduat- to the student who attains the highest distinc- ing class at Southwestern At Memphis having tion in the integrated course on Man in the Light the highest scholastic average for her entire of History and Religion. college course. This award, a silver platter, will be engraved with her name and the name of her The Spencer Prizes in Greek. These prizes, sorority, and will remain in the possession of founded in memory of Mr. H. N. Spencer, Port that sorority until time for its presentation the Gibson, Mississippi, are awarded to those stu- following year. At the conclusion of a ten-year dents in each class who attain the highest dis- period, the award will be the permanent prop- tinction. The prize in Greek 101-102 is $10.00; 172 Prizes, Endowments and Memorials in Greek 201-202 is $20.00; in Greek 401-402 or The Walter P Armstrong Memorial Scholar- Greek 403-404 is $30.00. In addition, there is ship was established by Dr. Walter P. Armstrong, awarded to the student who has attained the Jr:, Mrs. Irma W. Armstrong, the late highest absolute, not merely relative, grade Mr. James F. Smithwick, Mr. and Mrs. George during four years of.greek courses a prize of S. Miles, and the law firm of Armstrong, $40.00. McCadden, Allen, Braden and Goodman, Memphis. The Algernon Sydney Sullivan Awards, a medallion and certificate, provided by the New The A. L. Aydelott Students Memorial Schol- York Southern Society of the City of New York, arship Fund was established by his daughter, the are awarded to the man and woman students late Mrs. Josephine A. Johnson, Memphis. of the graduating class and to one outstanding The Mary Lowry Bacon Scholarship was es- citizen of the community who best exemplify tablished by her son, Henry W. Bacon, and her the ideals of Mr. Sullivan. granddaughter, Barbara B. Newton. It is awarded The Emma Tull Award is given in memory of to a student of Religion. Mrs. Tull to the rising senior who has shown the The Albert D. Banta Scholarships provide for greatest concern for fellow students and the Southwestern one-third of the income from a community-at-large. A special committee at trust created by the late Albert D. Banta, Southwestern selects the recipient of this $500 Shreveport, Louisiana, which is administered prize. by the First National Bank, Shreveport, Louisiana. The Wall Street Journal Award is given an- The Frank G. Barton Scholarship Fund was es- nually to recognize the student who has the tablished by his wife, the late Mrs. Pauline C. highest achievement in the area of finance and Barton, Memphis. investment. The Helen M. Bowld Scholarship is awarded Scholarships each year to a student of religion in grateful memory of Miss Helen M. Bowld, a dedicated Scholarships at Southwestern are endowed member of the college staff for many years. in units of $25,000.00 or more, or are the equivalent of such endowments. The Arabia Wooten Brake field '42 and Betty Scholarships have been endowed or estab- Mae Wooten Michael Scholarship was es- lished wholly or in part as listed below. tablished by their father, the late Mr. Hoyt B. Wooten, Memphis. The Albert H. Adams, Jr Scholarship Fund, established by his son and daughter-in-law, Dr. The Enoch Brown Scholarship Fund was es- and Mrs. J. Robert Adams, is a merit scholarship tablished by the late Mrs. Enoch Brown, Frank- awarded to a student outstanding in extracur- lin, Tennessee, in memory of her husband. The ricular activities, with a 2.8 grade point average recipients of this fund are selected by the Com- and preferably to natural science students. mittee on Admissions and Financial Aid, with preference given to students from either Shelby The Emerson A. and Emily Peale Alburty County or Williamson County, Tennessee. Scholarships were established by Mr. and Mrs. The Jean Brown Scholarship was established Alburty to be administered through the Com- through a bequest from the late Miss Jean Brown mittee on Admissions and Financial Aid. Selec- of Hot Springs, Arkansas. tion of the scholarship recipients will be based primarily on financial need. Preference will be The W C. Brown Memorial Scholarship Fund given to Memphis and Shelby County resi- was established by the children of the late Wil- dents, but not restricted to those students. liam Clark Brown, Sr., Stamps, Arkansas. The in- come from this fund is used to provide The Arkansas Scholarship was established by scholarships or grants-in-aid to worthy students. alumni and friends in Arkansas. Preference is given to a needy student from Arkansas. The John H. Bryan Scholarship was estab- Prizes, Endowments and Memorials 173

lished by John H. Bryan, Sr., West Point, Mis- Henry Davis—a Rhodes Scholar, a member of sissippi. Income from this fund is to be awarded the history faculty for forty-four years, and by the Committee on Admissions and Financial President of British Studies At Oxford in the first Aid. four sessions. The scholarships are awarded on the bases of scholastic performance, leader- The Leslie H. Buchman Scholarship was es- ship, and financial need and may be awarded tablished by Southern Fabricators, Inc., Mr. Paul . to either a rising or graduating senior. Isbell and Mrs. Buchman of Memphis. The Davison Scholarship was established by The Buntyn Presbyterian Church Scholarship Mr. W. F. Davison, Misses Ethel and Marjory Fund was established by the congregation to aid Davison, and Mrs. J. D. Crosby in memory of worthy students from the area formerly known their parents. Preference shall be given to as the Synod of Tennessee. Selection of the re- qualified students from the area formerly known cipients is made by the Committee on Admis- as the Synod of Alabama, who are nominated sions and Financial Aid of the college. by the officers of the Presbyterian Church, The Samuel Craighead Caldwell Memorial Brewton, Alabama. Scholarship was established by First Presby- The National Organization and The Memphis terian Church, Hazlehurst, Mississippi. Alliance of Delta Delta Delta Sorority, in accord- The Dr. and Mrs. Herbert V Carson Scholar- ance with its national policy of encouraging a ship was established by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert V. high quality of academic work, offer an annual Carson, Jr. of Houston in memory of his parents. scholarship to a qualified woman student at Southwestern. The Robert Emmet Craig Scholarship was es- tablished by his late wife, Mrs. Robert E. Craig, The Diehl Scholarship in Voice was estab- and his daughters, Mrs. Amelia Craig Lane and lished in memory of Mrs. Christiana Nolte Diehl Mrs. Samuel Sanders III, New Orleans, and Mrs. Katherine treys Diehl by members of Louisiana. the Diehl family and friends. This scholarship is to be awarded to a student majoring in voice The Jere Lawrence Crook, Jr Scholarship Fund whose previous record indicates that gradua- was established by a generous gift of 'the late tion with distinction will be attained. The award Mr. Crook, prominent Memphis real estate de- is to be announced at the end of the student's veloper, world traveler and civic leader. The junior year. scholarship is administered by the college's Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid with The Hugh Dixon Scholarship Fund was estab- preference given to students from foreign lished through a gift from the George H. Mc- countries. Fadden and Bro. Fund, of Memphis, in memory The Jefferson Davis Scholarship Fund was es- of Mr. Dixon, who was Chairman of the Board tablished by Mr. and Mrs. Jefferson Davis of At- of Valmac Industries, patron of the arts in Mem- lanta, Georgia, alumni of the college. Mr. Davis phis and the mid-South, and business and civic served for many years as a member of South- leader. western's Board of Trustees. Each year, the The David Burns and Blanche Butler Earhart Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid Scholarship was established by Mrs. Blanche awards the income from the fund to deserving Butler Earhart of Memphis. students. The John A. Edmiston, Jr. Scholarship was es- The John Henry Davis Oxford Scholarships tablished by his parents, Mr. and Mrs. John A. were established in 1974 when Southwestern At Edmiston, Sr. Memphis joined with British Studies at Oxford to assist Southwestern students of merit to at- The J. S. and Capitola Edmondson Scholar- tend Oxford. The scholarships are offered in ship Fund was established by Mr. and Mrs. J. S. gratitude for the services of Professor John Edmondson of Memphis to aid worthy stu- 174 Prizes, Endowments and Memorials dents. This fund is administered by the Com- years. The scholarship is administered by the mittee on Admissions and Financial Aid. Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid with preference to children of ministers from the The Joseph Peyton Faulk Memorial Fund was states of Louisiana and Texas. Selection of the established by Robert W. Faulk in memory of scholarship recipients will be based primarily his father to aid worthy and needy students from on financial need. Tipton County, Tennessee, who are pursuing a full-time course of study leading to a Bachelor's The Margaret Gorman Scholarship was estab- Degree. lished by John E Gratz, Jr., of Memphis, to be given annually to that student in piano who, in The Federal Express Scholarship was estab- the judgment of the faculty of the Music De- lished by the Federal Express Company. partment, presents the greatest proficiency in The Files Sisters Memorial Scholarship was the understanding and performance of the established by the late Miss R. M. Files, Shreve- classical and romantic periods of music on the port, Louisiana. The beneficiary of this schol- piano or a student enrolled in the Department arship is named by the pastor of the First and majoring in music composition who is Presbyterian Church, Shreveport, Louisiana. deemed the most needy in the opinion of the Department. The First Presbyterian Church Memorial Scholarship Fund was established by the First The Fred R. Graves Scholarship Fund was es- Presbyterian Church of Gallatin, TN. tablished by friends of the late Dr. Graves, long- time Presbyterian minister in Mississippi, and The Josie Millsaps Fitzhugh Scholarship was by Mr. and Mrs. Jere B. Nash, Jr., of Greenville, established by The Josephine Circle of Mem- Mississippi. Income from the Fund is awarded phis, in honor of its founder, the late Mrs. Gut- each year on the basis of need and merit by the son T. Fitzhugh, Memphis. Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid. The Sarah Mackenzie Flemister and Robert C. The Charles E. Guice Scholarship was estab- Flemister, Jr Fund is a loan fund established by lished by members of the J.J. White Memorial Mr. and Mrs. Robert C. Flemister, Jr. of Birming- Church and the Presbytery of South Missis- ham, Alabama for deserving and needy stu- sippi. The recipient is recommended by the dents with preference given to upperclassmen. church. Mr. Flemister is in the Class of '26. The T Frank Jackson and Elizabeth Jackson Hall The Sally Pettus Gold Scholarship was estab- Scholarship was established by Mrs. Elizabeth lished by Dr. Edward A. Mohns of Milwaukee, Jackson Hall. Oregon. The A. Arthur Halle Memorial Scholarship was The Goldsmith Family Scholarship was estab- established by trustees of the A. Arthur Halle lished through a gift from the Goldsmith Foun- Memorial Foundation, Memphis. The recipi- dation in memory of Jacob and Dora Goldsmith. ents are limited to first-year students and the The C. M. Gooch Scholarships were estab- selections are made by the Committee on Ad- lished by the will of the late Mr. C. M. Gooch, missions and Financial Aid. prominent mid-South lumberman and busi- The Hammond-Moore Scholarships were es- nessman. The scholarships are awarded by the tablished by Mark B. Hammond, '39, Memphis, Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid. Tennessee, in memory of his father, R. M. Ham- The Abe Goodman Memorial Scholarship mond and Dr. Moore Moore, Memphis. was established by his sons, Charles, Abe, and The Frank Heiss Scholarship Fund was estab- William Goodman, Memphis. lished by the New York City law firm of Kelley, The Dan F Goodwin, Jr. Scholarship Fund was Drye and Warren in memory of its distin- given in honor of Dan F. Goodwin, Jr, member guished laW partner and alumnus of South- of Southwestern's Board of Trustees for eight western Class of '28. Prizes, Endowments and Memorials 175

The Robert Donaldson Henley Scholarship is Foundation and are based on the applicants' ac- awarded annually in memory of Robert Don- ademic and extracurricular records. aldson Henley, Class of 1965. The scholarship is The Reverend William Nathan Jenkins Schol- awarded to a student selected by the Commit- arship Fund was established by his wife, the late tee on Admissions and Financial Aid. Pearl C. Jenkins and his daughter, Miss Annie The J. D. Henry Scholarship was established• Tait Jenkins of Crystal Springs, Mississippi. Mr. by the late Mr. J. D. Henry, Selma, Alabama, in Jenkins was a Presbyterian minister and a mem- grateful and loving memory of the family. ber of Southwestern's Class of 1895. Recipients of the scholarship are selected by the Commit- The Francis G. Hickman Scholarship was es- tee on Admissions and Financial Aid with pref- tablished by Edwyna Hickman, of Memphis, as erence to students from Mississippi. a memorial to her husband. Preference is given to a student majoring, or intending to major, in The Jane and J. L. Jerden Scholarship was es- the department of Anthropology/Sociology. tablished by Mr. and Mrs. J. L. Jerden of Atlanta, Georgia. The Beth Bevill Hollingsworth Scholarship The Paul Tudor Jones, M.D., Scholarship and Fund was established by her sons Cyril E. the Annie M. Smith Jones Scholarship were es- Hollingsworth and Donald M. Hollingsworth of tablished by the Jones family in memory of their Little Rock, Arkansas. Preference is given to a parents. needy student. The Walk C. Jones, Jr Scholarship was estab- The David Wills Hollingsworth Scholarship lished by Mrs. Walk C. Jones, Jr. of Memphis. Fund was established by The First Presbyterian The Estes Kefauver Memorial Scholarships Church, Florence, Alabama, to honor the mem- were endowed by friends of Senator Kefauver, ory of their longtime minister. Income from the member, United States House of Repre- Fund is awarded on the basis of financial need, sentatives, 1938 through 1948; United States with preference to students from Alabama. Senator, 1949-1963; a true champion of the pub- The Elizabeth Hart and Horace King Houston lic interest. Memorial Scholarship was established by The The scholarships are awarded annually by the Reverend Horace K. Houston, Jr. of Newark, New Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid with Jersey. This scholarship is given to an active preference to students who demonstrate finan- member of a Presbyterian Church who is a res- cial need. ident of Essex County, New Jersey, Washington The Jane Donaldson Kepple Scholarship is County, Mississippi or Shelby County, provided anonymously by a Southwestern fac- Tennessee. ulty family in loving memory of Jane Kepple and in appreciation for the joy and vitality she The Thomas Percy Howard, Jr. Memorial brought to the Southwestern community in the Scholarship was established by members of short time we were privileged to know her. the First Presbyterian Church of Tunica, Mississippi. The Laurence F. Kinney Scholarship is named for a beloved Southwestern Professor of Reli- The Joanne E. Hunt Memorial Scholarship was gion. It was established in his memory by Mrs. established by Mr. and Mrs. George B. Jones in Kinney. memory of Mrs. Jones' daughter, Joanne E. Hunt, '60. The Edward H. Little Endowed Scholarship is provided by the E.H. Little Trust. The J. R. Hyde Scholarships were established The Lowenstein Freshman Scholarship is pro- by the J. R. Hyde Foundation and its Board of vided by the William P and Marie R. Lowenstein Directors, with headquarters in Memphis, Ten- Foundation to be presented to outstanding nessee. Awards are made by the Committee on freshmen who commute. Admissions and Financial Aid with recommen- dation to and final approval by the J. R. Hyde The McGehee Scholarship Fund was estab- 176 Prizes, Endowments and Memorials

lished by James E. McGehee & Company, Mem- Memphis in memory of her son, a member of phis. The income on this Fund is to be awarded the Class of '66. Preference is given to a junior by the Committee on Admissions and Financial or senior pre-med major. Aid, with priority given to residents of Shelby The Edmund Orgill Scholarship was estab- County, and achievement, rather than need, is lished by his friends in recognition of his out- the principal consideration. standing church, civic, and educational services, The J. J. Manson Memorial Scholarship Fund and is awarded to students who have given evi- was established by the First Presbyterian Church dence of interest in and concern for govern- of New Orleans, Louisiana. The recipient is se- mental processes. lected in accordance with the resolution adopted The Ortmann-Cox Memorial Scholarship Fund by the Session of the church with preference to was established by the will of Bessie Cox students nominated by the Session. Ortmann. The James J. and Ada Manson Scholarship The George Marion Painter Memorial Schol- Fund was established by their daughter Mrs. arship was established by the First Presbyterian Lucille M. Tate of New Orleans, Louisiana. Each Church of Gallatin, Tennessee, and by Mrs. year the income from the fund is awarded in the George M. Painter of Gallatin and Mrs. Priscilla form of scholarships to five recipients selected Early of Memphis. by the Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid. The James A. and Celia E Pharis Scholarship was established by their son Dr. John R. Pharis The Jeff A. Marmon, Jr. Memorial Scholar- ships were established by Mr. and Mrs. George '67, of Memphis. Mallouk of Garden City, New York and other The Pi Kappa Alpha National Memorial Foun- friends and relatives. He was in the Class of '39. dation Scholarship Award of $300.00 annually is The treys Martin Scholarship has been estab- given in memory of Dr. George Summey, a great lished by the Southwestern Woman's Club. The minister and church leader. The award is to be scholarship is to be awarded by the Committee given to a worthy fraternity sophomore who is on Admissions and Financial Aid to a qualified judged to have Christian character, leadership female student. qualities, and financial need. This award is granted through Southwestern At Memphis in The Frank M. Mitchener, Sr. Scholarship Fund appreciation of its contribution to the fraternity was established by his daughters, Mrs. Frances life of the nation, and the selection of recipi- M. Scott and Mrs. Murphey C. Wilds, and his ents is made by the Committee on Admissions - wife, Mrs. Frank M. Mitchener, Sr. of Sumner, and Financial Aid. Mississippi. The Pi Kappa Alpha National Memorial The Goodbar Morgan Scholarship was estab- Foundation Scholarship of $300.00 annually is lished by Dr. Terry E. Westbrook '66, of Mc- given in memory of Dr. Charles E. Diehl, former Comb, Mississippi, in honor of Goodbar president of Southwestern At Memphis, and in Morgan. Preference is given to a Sigma Nu. appreciation of his great contribution to edu- The Norvelle Hammett and Adolphus B. Mor- cation. This award is to be given to a worthy so- ton Scholarship was established by their rority sophomore who is judged to have daughter and son-in-law, Mr. and Mrs. A. D. Christian character, leadership qualities, and fi- Wilhelm, parents of alumnus Jack Wilhelm. nancial need. This award is granted through Three scholarships, in memory of Hugh M. Southwestern At Memphis in appreciation of its Neely, were established by the late Mrs. Mary contribution to the sorority life of this nation, Sneed Neely, Memphis. The beneficiaries are and the selection of recipients is made by the chosen by a self-perpetuating committee. Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid. The Sanford Alvin Myatt, M.D. Scholarships The Julia and Moses Plough Scholarships were were established by Mrs. Lewis J. Myatt of established by Mr. Abe Plough in memory of his Prizes, Endowments and Memorials 177 parents. Twenty Plough Scholarships are The Stephen J. Schmidt, Jr. Scholarship Fund awarded each year. was provided for needy students by Mr. Schmidt, Class of '72. The Morton D. and Elsie Prouty Scholarship Fund was established by Mr. and Mrs. Morton The Scripps-Howard Foundation Scholarship D. Prouty of Florence, Alabama. At the time of is given annually by a foundation affiliated with the establishment of the Fund, Mr. Prouty was• the WMC stations, The Commercial Appeal, and a member of Southwestern's Board of Trustees. The Press-Scimitar. The recipients are pursuing an academic curriculum which qualifies them The Lynn Elizabeth Pyeatt Memorial Scholar- for a journalism career. ship was established by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Wayne W. Pyeatt, Memphis, Tennessee, her Southwestern Woman's Club Scholarship was grandmother, Mrs. Lillian Pyeatt, Searcy, Arkan- established by Southwestern Woman's Club. sas, and by her friends. Income from the Fund The Dr. Perry D. and Lucretia Scrivner Schol- will be awarded by the Committee on Admis- arship was established by Mrs. Lucretia H. sions and Financial Aid to women students ma- Scrivner of Lawton, Oklahoma. This scholar- joring in music, who have been nominated for ship is to be awarded to a worthy student in the this award by the Music Department. Department of Education. The Lieutenant Russell E. Reeves, Jr Schol- The William Spandow Scholarship in Chem- arship was established by his parents, Mrs. istry was established by the late Mrs. Florence Russell E. Reeves and the late Mr. Reeves, Gage Spandow, Memphis. This scholarship is Memphis. The income from this fund is to be awarded to a senior majoring in chemistry whose used to pay or assist in the payment of the previous record indicates that graduation with tuition of a worthy male student. distinction or with honors will be attained. The The Linda Williams Rhea Scholarship Fund was award is announced at the end of the student's established by Board member Herbert Rhea in junior year. honor of his wife. The William Spandow Scholarship in Math- The Alice Archer Rhodes Scholarship was es- ematics was established by the late Mrs. Flor- tablished by the Southwestern Woman's Club. ence Gage Spandow, Memphis. This scholarship The award of this scholarship is to be made by is awarded to a senior majoring in mathematics the Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid who is a candidate for the degree with distinc- to a qualified female student. tion or with honors. The award is announced at the end of the student's junior year. The Eleanor Richmond Scholarship was es- tablished by family and friends. She was in the The William Spandow Scholarship in Physics Class of '27. was established by the late Mrs. Florence Gage Spandow, Memphis. This scholarship is awarded The Anne L. Rorie/Chi Omega Scholarship to a senior majoring in physics who is a candi- Fund was established in her memory by her date for the degree with distinction or with parents, Dr. and Mrs. J. E. Rorie, and by her honors. The award is announced at the end of friends and fellow students. Anne was a mem- the student's junior year. ber of the Class of 1982. The C. L. Springfield Honor Scholarship Fund The Lucy W Rowe Scholarship was provided was established by Mr. and Mrs. James F. by the late Mrs. Lucy W. Rowe and her daughter, Springfield of Memphis to honor his father, who Mrs. Carrington Jones, Memphis. was for many years Comptroller of the college. The Jules B. Rozier Scholarships, established The Warren Ware Sullivan Memorial Scholar- by the late Mr. Jules B. Rozier, Memphis. ship was established by his father, Mr. H. P. Sullivan, Walls, Mississippi, and friends of the The Scharding Scholarship was established family. through a bequest of Mrs. Scharding, mother of Jane S. Koziel '74. The Whit Thomas Scholarship was estab- 178 Prizes, Endowments and Memorials lished in his memory by the Sigma Nu Fraternity at Southwestern. The Edward F. Thompson Scholarship Fund was established by Mr. Thompson, a member of Southwestern's Class of '29 and retired econo- mist with Union Planters Bank of Memphis. The scholarship is administered by Southwestern's Committee on Admissions and Financial Aid. The Henry C. Watkins Scholarship was estab- lished by Mr. Edmund Orgill; C.I.T. Financial Services and C.I.T. Executives. He was in the Class of '35. The Norma Webb Scholarship was estab- lished to enable foreign students to attend Southwestern. It is awarded on an annual basis. The Gordon White Scholarship was estab- lished by his sister, the late Mrs. Lizzie Gordon White Hood, Nashville, Tennessee. The Lettie Pate Whitehead Scholarships are awarded on an annual basis by the Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation of Atlanta. The Russell S. Wilkinson Scholarship Fund was established by a friend of Mr. Wilkinson to pro- vide scholarship assistance to students attend- ing Southwestern. Recipients of the scholarships will be selected by the Committee on Admis- sions and Financial Aid. The scholarships will be awarded on the basis of both merit and fi- nancial need. The M. J. Williams Scholarship honors the former Director of Finance at Southwestern. The B. Oliver Wood Scholarship was estab- lished by Mr. and Mrs. B. Oliver Wood, Jr. of Midland, Texas, in memory of his father, an alumnus of the class of '15. The Mrs. Grey S. Wurtsbaugh Scholarship. The beneficiary is to be designated by the pastor of the First Presbyterian Church, Shreveport, Louisiana. The John Thomas Wurtsbaugh Scholarship was established by Mrs. John Thomas Wurtsbaugh, Shreveport, Louisiana, in memory of her husband. The Margarette H. Wurtsbaugh Scholarship was established by her sister, the late Mrs. E. H. Betts of Little Rock. Physical Plant 179

THE PHYSICAL PLANT Administrative, Academic and Other Buildings Residences Palmer Hall,* erected largely by contribu- Bellingrath Hall* was dedicated October 18, tions from the people of New Orleans in mem- 1961, in memory of.Dr. Walter D. Bellingrath, ory of Dr. Benjamin Morgan Palmer, for many Mobile, Alabama, a long-time friend and bene- . years pastor of the First Presbyterian Church, factor of the college. New Orleans, and considered the father of Ellett. Hall* was dedicated December 18, 1956, Southwestern, was dedicated November 27, in memory of Dr. E. C. Ellett, Memphis, an alum- 1925. nus of Southwestern. Berthold S. Kennedy Hall,* erected in 1925 to Alfred C. Glassell Hall* was dedicated May 2, house the Department of Chemistry and re- 1968, in memory of Alfred C. Glassell of Shreve- modeled in 1968, named in honor of Dr. Bert- port, Louisiana, an alumnus of Southwestern and hold S. Kennedy, of Anna Maria, Florida, an a member of its Board of Directors 1929-1938 alumnus of Southwestern, was dedicated Oc- and 1943-1958. tober 19, 1968. Robb Hall* was named in memory of Lt. Col. The Burrow Library,* housing over 189,000 Albert Robb, attorney, who was a member of catalogued volumes, given through the gen- the Board of Directors of Stewart College at the erosity of the late Mr. and Mrs. A. K. Burrow, time the Presbyterian Church assumed control Memphis, was dedicated October 8, 1953. of Montgomery Masonic College in 1855, and The Catherine Burrow Refectory,* a dining hall who in 1859 donated the land on which the first named in honor of the late Mrs. A. K. Burrow, residence for men students was erected in Memphis, was dedicated October 16, 1958. Clarksville, Tennessee, where Southwestern was The Hugh M. Neely Hall,* a dining hall, a me- located until 1925. morial to a heroic soldier and a public-spirited Margaret Townsend Hall was dedicated June citizen, the late Hugh M. Neely, Memphis, pro- 3, 1961, in honor of Margaret Huxtable Towns- vided through the generosity and affection of end, who was a member of the Southwestern his wife, the late Mrs. Mary Sneed Neely, as a faculty from 1918 to 1954, and who was.South- token of her interest in the development of western's first Dean of Women, serving in that youth to Christian manhood and womanhood, capacity from 1925 to 1952. was dedicated November 13, 1928. Suzanne Trezevant Hall, given by Edward H. The Moore Moore Infirmary,* made possible Little in memory of his wife, Suzanne Trezevant through a bequest of the late Dr. Moore Moore, Little, was dedicated on November 18, 1966. Sr., beloved College Physician and Secretary of the Board of Directors from 1925 until his death Voorhies Hall, provided through the gener- June 28, 1957, was dedicated June 2, 1962, as a osity of the late Mrs. Emma Denie Voorhies, memorial to his wife, Ethel Sivley Moore. Memphis, was dedicated April 10, 1948. The William Neely Mallory Memorial Gym- Gordon White Hall,* a memorial to Dr. Gor- nasium and Physical Education Building, was don White, established by his sister, the late Mrs. dedicated December 10, 1954, in memory of Lizzie Gordon White Hood, Nashville, Tennes- Major William Neely Mallory, Memphis, who was see, was dedicated November 13, 1947. killed in an airplane crash in Italy on February Anne Marie Caskey Williford Hall, erected in 19, 1945. Major Mallory became a member of 1969, was dedicated April 23, 1980, in memory the Board of Directors of Southwestern in 1937, of Anne Marie Williford who was Dean of and in 1938 became Treasurer of the College, Women 1968-1975 and Dean of Students July 1, which office he held at the time of his death. 1975, until her death July 19, 1979. The Alburty Swimming Complex, given University, Evergreen and Stewart Halls. (For- through the continuing generosity of E. A. (Bob) merly faculty residences.) and Emily Peale Alburty, was dedicated May, 1977. 180 Physical Plant

The Richard Halliburton Memorial Tower,* ematics, given by Dr. Stanley J. Buckman, a provided by the late Mr. and Mrs. Wesley member of Southwestern's Board of Trustees, Halliburton, Memphis, parents of the dis- and his associates of Buckman Laboratories, Inc., tinguished world traveler and author, was Memphis, is housed in the Frazier Jelke Science dedicated October 17, 1962. The first floor of Center and was dedicated October 19, 1968. the Tower contains a lounge in which there is The S. DeWitt Clough Hall, erected in mem- maintained a display of books, papers, and me- ory of S. DeWitt Clough of Chicago, houses the morabilia relating to the life and adventures of Departments of Anthropology and Psychology, Richard Halliburton. the Edward J. Meeman Center for Continuing The Frank M. Harris Memorial Building,* Education, and the Hugo N. Dixon Wing in which housing the Political Science Department, pro- is located the Clough-Hanson Gallery and the vided by the generosity of the late Mrs. Nannie Department of Art. Clough Hall was dedicated P. Harris, Memphis, as a perpetual memorial October 14, 1970. to her beloved son, Frank M. Harris, was dedi- The Ruth Sherman Hyde Memorial Women's cated June 6, 1938. Gymnasium, made possible by gifts of the J. R. Gooch Hall* erected in 1962, was dedicated Hyde family, was dedicated March 17, 1971. on October 22, 1981, in memory of Boyce Alex- The Frances Falls Austin Building, made pos- ander and Cecil Milton Gooch. The building sible through a bequest of the late Falls Austin adjoins Palmer Hall and the Richard Halliburton in memory of his mother, was dedicated on May Memorial Tower and houses the Office of De- 13, 1980. The building houses an Information velopment, the Office of the President, and the Center, Security office, and Physical Plant of- offices of Student Affairs and the Academic fices as well as shop and storage spaces. Deans. The first floor reception area contains cases for exhibits selected from the Jessie L. The McCoy Theatre, given by the McCoy Clough Art Memorial for Teaching. A portion of Foundation, established by the late Harry B. the funds required for its construction was pro- McCoy Jr., Memphis, in memory of his parents, vided by the late S. DeWitt Clough and his wife, Minetry and Harry McCoy, was dedicated on Rachel Clough, of Chicago. January 21, 1982. Tuthill Hall is a classroom and studio struc- Hassell Hall, housing the Music Department ture, named in honor of Dr. Burnet C. Tuthill, and Conservatory, was a gift of the Hassell Fam- Southwestern's first Professor of Music. ily of Clifton, Tennessee and other friends and alumni of Southwestern. It contains the Shirley The Thomas W Briggs Student Center, pro- M. Payne Recital Hall, named in honor of a friend vided through the generosity of the late Thomas of the college. The building was dedicated on W. Briggs and Mrs. Briggs, Memphis, aug- April 27, 1984. mented by gifts of parents and other friends, *Listed on The National Register of Historical Places. was dedicated May 2, 1966. The Frazier Jelke Science Center, housing the Departments of Biology and Mathematics, was dedicated October 19, 1968, in memory of Mr. Frazier Jelke of New York. The Peyton Nalle Rhodes Tower erected in 1968 is named in honor of Southwestern's Professor of Physics (1926-1949), President (1949-1965) and President Emeritus (1965). The building houses the Department of Physics and was dedicated on April 23, 1981. The Buckman Library for Biology and Math- Annual Commencement, 1983 181

ANNUAL COMMENCEMENT THE WILLIAM SPANDOW SCHOLARSHIP June 4, 1983 IN CHEMISTRY David Neithamer, St. Petersburg, Florida HONORARY DEGREES Economics/Business Administration THE ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS DOCTOR OF LAWS DEPARTMENT AWARD A. Maceo Walker, Memphis, Tennessee Catherine McInerney, Memphis, Tennessee Chairman of the Board, Universal Life THE RALPH C. HON LEADERSHIP AWARD Insurance Co. Susan Logan, Gilliam, Louisiana R. Davis Howe, Mayfield, Kentucky DOCTOR OF HUMANITIES THE SEIDMAN AWARDS IN ECONOMICS Joel Conarroe, New York, New York Freshman/Sophomore Award Executive Director, The Modern Language Scott Heffington, Temple Terrace, Florida Association of America Senior Award — Lynn Stapleton, Birmingham, Alabama Malcolm S. Forbes, New York, New York Chairman and Editor-in-Chief, THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD Forbes Magazine Paul Parks, Tiptonville, Tennessee Education DOCTOR OF FINE ARTS THE JOYE FOURMY COBB ROMEISER AWARD Roy Perkins Harrover, Memphis, Tennessee Dorothy Weeks, Germantown, Tennessee Architect English JOHN R. BENISH AWARD DOCTOR OF DIVINITY Diane Lander Mount, Danville, Kentucky John Bush Rogers, Jr., Shreveport, Louisiana Minister, First Presbyterian Church Foreign Languages THE JARED E. WENGER AWARD Donald W. Shriver, Jr., New York, New York Henry Massey Rector, Little Rock, Arkansas President, Union Theological Seminary THE SPENCER GREEK PRIZES First Year — Steven Douglas Ervin, PRIZES AND AWARDS Wynne, Arkansas Anthropology/Sociology Second Year — Nall Douglas McCown, FRANCIS AND EDWINA HICKMAN AWARD Memphis, Tennessee Douglas Phillip Blackall, Little Rock, Arkansas History Special Award for Bridge Major, Kathleen THE JOHN HENRY DAVIS AWARD Mary Goedecke, Atlanta, Georgia Stuart Patton, Roanoke, Virginia Biology International Studies THE AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN BIOLOGY THE DONALD J. GATTAS Paul Rumble Deaton, Memphis, Tennessee MEMORIAL AWARDS For General Excellence in Arabic Languages Chemistry Martha Saavedra, Bowie, Maryland CRC FRESHMAN CHEMISTRY AWARD For General Excellence in Arabic Studies Sann Gossum, Memphis, Tennessee Jamie C. James, Little Rock, Arkansas SOPHOMORE CHEMISTRY AWARD ANN RORIE MEMORIAL AWARD Paula Millirons, Huntsville, Alabama Mark T. Adams, Memphis, Tennessee ACS DIVISION OF ANALYTICAL Man in the Light of History and Religion CHEMISTRY AWARD THE DEPARTMENTAL FRESHMAN AWARD David Neithamer, St. Petersburg, Florida William Stephen Lacy, Memphis, Tennessee 182 Annual Commencement, 1983

THE ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL AWARD Psychology Stephen Colin Threlkeld, THE OUTSTANDING PSYCHOLOGY Memphis, Tennessee MAJOR AWARD Linda Somerville, Owensboro, Kentucky THE W.O. SHEWMAKER AWARD Kimberly Ann Linnander, Glendale, Arizona THE OUTSTANDING BRIDGE MAJOR AWARD Wendy Ellis, New Orleans, Louisiana Mathematics THE JACK U. RUSSELL AWARDS Religion IN MATHEMATICS THE RELIGIOUS STUDIES AWARD First Year Calculus -,- John Koh, Elizabeth Lyle Lamb, Jackson, Missouri . Springfield, Kentucky Theatre and Media Arts Second Year Calculus - Diana Hays, THEATRE AND MEDIA ARTS AWARD Sherman, Texas and Tommy Ratliff, David James, Greer, South Carolina Hattiesburg, Mississippi Advanced Mathematics - Mary Goodloe, Gallatin, Tennessee THE CLARENCE DAY AWARD FOR THE WILLIAM SPANDOW SCHOLARSHIP OUTSTANDING TEACHING IN MATHEMATICS Established in 1981 by Mr. Clarence Day of 82-83 - Gray Moody, Memphis, this award is given annually to a full- Charlotte, North Carolina time member of the teaching faculty at South- 83-84 - Mary Goodloe, Gallatin, Tennessee western to recognize excellence in teaching. This Music honor carries a monetary award of approxi- THE JANE SODERSTROM MEMORIAL mately $5,000. AWARD IN MUSIC The 1983 Clarence Day Award for Outstand- Michael Fredman, University City, Missouri ing Teaching was awarded May 4 to Dr. William Larry Lacy, Professor of Philosophy. Philosophy Established also by Mr. Day is the Dean's Award THE LAURENCE F. KINNEY PRIZE for Research and Creative Activity to be be- Fred Motz, Atlanta, Georgia stowed only when warranted by faculty re- Physics search or creative endeavor. THE WILLIAM SPANDOW SCHOLARSHIP The 1983 Dean's Award for Research and Cre- IN PHYSICS ative Activity which carried a prize of $2,500 was Kevin Christen, Dallas, Texas presented May 4 to Professor Jack D. Farris in recognition of his novel, Me and Gallagher. THE PHYSICS DEPARTMENT AWARD Chong-Ket Chuah, Taiping Perak, Malaysia THE PEYTON NALLE RHODES PHI BETA KAPPA PRIZE Political Science Martha Saavedra, Bowie, Maryland THE MIKE CODY AWARD IN POLITICAL SCIENCE THE ALGERNON SYDNEY SULLIVAN AWARDS Grayson Smith, Hendersonville, Tennessee Kimberly Lene Chickey, Nashville, Tennessee and Michael Ronald Hall, THE JUSTICE ABE FORTAS AWARD Memphis, Tennessee IN LEGAL STUDIES The Non-Student Award - Richard A. Batey, Jim Wade, Little Rock, Arkansas Memphis, Tennessee THE SEIDMAN AWARDS IN THE EMMA TULL AWARD POLITICAL SCIENCE Richard Waggener, Hendersonville, Tennessee Freshman Award — Catherine Winterburn, Laura Hollandsworth, Memphis, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Senior Award — Lisa Krupicka, THE ESTELLE R. CONE AWARD Memphis, Tennessee Judy Booth, Jackson, Tennessee Annual Commencement, 1983 183

THE SEIDMAN TROPHY IN ATHLETICS DEGREES CONFERRED ON Timothy Gerard O'Keefe, Jackson, Tennessee JUNE 4, 1983 THE MORTAR BOARD SOPHOMORE WOMAN OF THE YEAR BACHELOR OF ARTS Beth Baxter, Nashville, Tennessee John Howard Adams ODK SOPHOMORE MAN OF THE YEAR Hopkinsville, Kentucky. Economics . Steven Anthony Overton, David Charles Allen Hendersonville, Tennessee Nashville,Tennessee. Political Science Maria Suzanne Allen THE TRI-DELTA ALLIANCE SCHOLARSHIP Waverly,Tennessee. Religion - Sociology Rebecca Ellington, Everett, Washington Barbara Nina Andrews NATIONAL COLLEGIATE ATHLETIC Wynne, Arkansas. History ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP Melissa Bayless Barth Russell Patrick Ashford, Maryville,Tennessee. History Hendersonville, Tennssee Cheryl Lee Barton Douglasville, Georgia. Religion HALL OF FAME Terence Morgan Bate Brian Sanders, Athens, Georgia; John Bryan, Vancouver, B.C., Canada. Communication Kenilworth, Illinois; Michael Hall, Memphis, Arts Tennessee; Michael Eads, Fort Smith, and English Arkansas; Charlotte Patton, Spencer, West James Robert Batey Virginia; Dawn McGriff, Albertville, Alabama Rock Springs,Tennessee. English James Patrick Beaird Ill NOTE: Degree candidates graduating summa Shreveport, Louisiana. cum laude have attained an overall collegiate International Studies grade point average of 3.9500 and a grade of A Carol Evelyn Beck on each comprehensive examination. Those Dyersburg,Tennessee. Communication graduating magna cum laude have attained a Arts and Psychology 3.8500 overall average and an average'grade of Marian Esther Benjamin A- on comprehensives. Students graduating cum Jacksonville, Florida. laude must have an overall average of 3.500 and Communication Arts an average grade of B or better on the compre- Anne Eaton Bennett hensive examinations. Louisville, Kentucky. Art Sharon Gail Bicks Memphis,Tennessee. International Studies Janet Kaye Bigham Morehead, Kentucky. Communication Arts Richard Denmar Bird, Jr. Nashville,Tennessee. Business Administration John Andrew Bock Boca Raton, Florida. Political Science Debbie Milam Booth Blytheville, Arkansas. Economics and Business Administration Maura Therese Brady San Antonio,Texas. Anthropology/Sociology 184 Annual Commencement, 1983

*Cynthia Sue Brown Terry Doyle Dycus Jackson,Tennessee. Art Gainesboro,Tennessee. John Henry Bryan III International Studies Kenilworth, Illinois. Business Michael Cravens Eads Administration Fort Smith, Arkansas. English Margarett Rose Cahill Robert G. L Eason Memphis,Tennessee. French Memphis,Tennessee. Economics and Julia Christine Carroll Business Administration Nashville,Tennessee. English Robert Scott Edwards Susan Leslie Carruth Florence, Alabama. International Studies Springfield, Virginia. Communication 1- §Wendy Sue Ellis Arts and English New Orleans, Louisiana. Anthropology/ Brenda Lee Cassinello Sociology-Psychology Medford, Massachusetts. Anthropology/ *Deanne Louise Ellison Sociology-Psychology Spencer, West Virginia. Psychology Catherine Coffin Cawood Margot Leigh Emery Nashville,Tennessee. Economics and Memphis,Tennessee. Business Administration Communication Arts Catherine Supple Chadwick Theodore David Estes Alexandria, Louisiana. Economics and St. Louis, Missouri. Economics Business Administration and Business Administration Kimberly Lene Chickey Christine Bradford Ewing Nashville,Tennessee. Religion-Sociology Nashville,Tennessee. Hugh Brent Cooke IV Psychology-Religion Memphis,Tennessee, Business Donna Renee Farnsworth Administration and Memphis,Tennessee. Communication Arts Anthropology/Sociology Thomas Gordon Cooper III Eve Fingerett Nashville,Tennessee. Economics Memphis,Tennessee. Anthropology/ Mary Christi Curtis Sociology and Mathematics Brentwood,Tennessee. Psychology Alicia Ann Franck Elizabeth Payson Daugherty Jackson, Mississippi. Political Science Atlanta, Georgia. Art Michael Lee Fredman Edward Covilli Dellinger University City, Missouri. Music History Newbern,Tennessee. Business and Literature Administration *Kathleen Mary Goedecke Perry David Dement Atlanta, Georgia. Anthropology/ Malden, Missouri. International Studies Sociology-Psychology Edward Allen deVillafranca Nancy Lynn Graham Kent, Connecticut. International Studies Nashville,Tennessee. Business Leslie Keen Drake Administration Tallahassee, Florida. History *§Larry Alan Gray Robert Roland Drake Memphis,Tennessee. English Chattanooga,Tennessee. English Grace Tarrant Hall •Lewis Nance Duckworth Richmond, Virginia. Anthropology/ Memphis,Tennessee. English Sociology-Psychology

*Cum Laude §Phi Beta Kappa tMagna Cum Laude Sin absentia tSumma Cum Laude Annual Commencement, 1983 185

*Michael Ronald Hall Barry Douglas Johnson Memphis,Tennessee. English Fort Smith, Arkansas. Political Science Richard Lucian Hamlet Bruce Alan Jones Memphis,Tennessee. Business Germantown,Tennessee. Business Administration Administration Terrell Lee Harris James Phillip Jones, Jr. Memphis,Tennessee. Clarksdale, Mississippi. Philosophy International Studies Kathryn Murry Jones Rodney James Hatley North Little Rock, Arkansas. Memphis,Tennessee. Political Science Communication Robin King Haynie Arts and Music History Shreveport, Louisiana. Lewis Kilbourne Forrester Kalmbach Anthropology/Sociology Shreveport, Louisiana. Art Keith Joseph Henkel Ann Cross Keltner Lawrenceburg,Tennessee. Economics and Little Rock, Arkansas. Psychology Business Administration Julie Delayne Kilpatrick Kurt Andrew Hentz Tullahoma,Tennessee. Art Poplar Bluff, Missouri. Business Mary Katherine Klyce Administration Memphis,Tennessee. Psychobiology Rilla Scarlet Hepworth William Haynes Knight, Jr. Memphis,Tennessee. Psychology Mu rfreesboro,Tennessee. Edna Katherine Hibbitts Communication Arts Midland,Texas. Psychology-Religion t*Lisa Ann Krupicka Maureen Lee Hobby Memphis,Tennessee. Political Science St. Petersburg, Florida. *Elizabeth Lyle Lamb Anthropology/Sociology Jackson, Missouri. t*Bryce Eric Holmes Psychology-Religion Kailua, Hawaii. English Whay Choong Lee David Brian Hopper Penang, Malaysia. Florence, Alabama. Psychology Economics-Mathematics **Richard Davis Howe, Jr. Rhonda Lee Lindsey Mayfield, Kentucky. Economics and Cleveland, Mississippi. Psychology Business Administration Donald Verne Linke *Valerie Faye Hunt Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Wynne, Arkansas. International Studies Communication Arts Marie Claire Hurt *Susan Caldwell Logan Memphis,Tennessee. Chemistry Gilliam, Louisiana. Economics and Katharine Elizabeth Hutcheson Business Administration Chattanooga,Tennessee. Spanish Monica Tracey Lunt Thomas Alexander Ivy Memphis,Tennessee. Business Memphis,Tennessee. Business Administration Administration Katrina Dawn McGriff *David Marshall James Albertville, Alabama. English Greer, South Carolina. Communication **Catherine Frances McInerney Arts and English Memphis,Tennessee. Economics and Jamie C. James Business Administration Dallas,Texas. Business Administration- Cynthia Gail McKnight International Studies Nashville,Tennessee. Political Science *Jeffery Allen Jarratt Grace Wells McKnight Memphis,Tennessee. Political Science Somerville,Tennessee. Foreign Languages

186 Annual Commencement, 1983

Jerry H. McLellan *Timothy Gerard O'Keefe Pine Bluff, Arkansas. Economics and Jackson,Tennessee. Business Business Administration Administration Karen Lydia McLellan Anne Wilson O'Shields Memphis,Tennessee. Political Science Atlanta, Georgia. Art Ann Baird McMillan Cheryl Lynn Oswald Mobile, Alabama. English Memphis,Tennessee. Susan Elizabeth McNutt Anthropology/Sociology Maryville,Tennessee. Katherine Wendel Owen International Studies Wynne, Arkansas. International Studies Beth Allyson Mack **Elizabeth Ann Pankey Germantown,Tennessee. Birmingham, Alabama. English Communication Arts Virginia Katherine Parker James Wilson Massey Broken Arrow, Oklahoma. Psychology Pulaski,Tennessee. Economics- Paul Newton Parks, Jr. International Studies Tiptonville,Tennessee. Business Michael Edward Matthews Administration Charlotte, North Carolina. Philosophy **Charlotte Lee Patton Emory Bowen Miles Spencer, West Virginia. Psychology Millington,Tennessee. Business James Hal Patton IV Administration-International Studies Memphis,Tennessee. Business Ward Herron Miller Administration Lexington, Kentucky. English **Stuart Freeman Patton Mary Katherine Mitchell Roanoke, Virginia. History Southaven, Mississippi. Business Letty Martha Payne Administration Cape Girardeau, Missouri. English- Hildegund Moll International Studies Arlington,Texas. Anthropology/ Cheryl Reaves Peeples Sociology-Psychology Dyersburg,Tennessee. English James Herman Moore Clayton Ingram Peeples Augusta, Georgia. Political Science Memphis,Tennessee. Economics and Sheryl Ruth Moore Business Administration Baton Rouge, Louisiana. English Charles A. Peloquin Teresa Annette Morrow North Brookfield, Massachusetts. Little Rock, Arkansas. Business Administration Communication Arts Timothy Clarence Phillips Hussein Motamedi Primm Springs,Tennessee. Memphis,Tennessee. Political Science International Studies *Olive Dixon Presswood **Frederic Carson Motz, Jr. Houston,Texas. Economics and Business Atlanta, Georgia. Philosophy Administration 1-§Diane Lander Mount *Henry Massie Rector Danville, Kentucky. English Little Rock, Arkansas. Foreign Languages John Douglas Nash •Marshel Hayes Reed Summertown,Tennessee. Business Noblesville, Indiana. Business Administration Administration Mark Lindvedt Nelson Sarah Brent Ridley Nashville,Tennessee. Business Cookeville,Tennessee. History Administration Madeleine Elise Rubenstein John Byers Nisbet Ill Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Business Jacksonville, Alabama. Political Science Administration Annual Commencement, 1983 187

*Brian Feltner Russell 1-*Susan Kelly Summitt Memphis,Tennessee. Art Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Shawn Michael Ryan *Matthew Anthony Taliaferro Memphis,Tennessee. Business Jackson,Tennessee. International Studies Administration Jonathan Blake Taylor **Scott Cairney Rye Memphis,Tennessee. Business Cordova,Tennessee. English Administration-International Studies **Martha Eileen Saavedra Melanie Elaine Taylor Bowie, Maryland. International Studies Pemberton, New Jersey. English Toni Knee Sabella Valarie Wright Taylor Memphis,Tennessee. International Cordova,Tennessee. Business Studies-Spanish Administration *Albert Brian Sanders Marsha Lynn Terrell Athens, Georgia. Philosophy Memphis,Tennessee. Business •Betty Ann Sanders Administration Waverly,Tennessee. English Noe Torres James William Sanders, Jr. Chicago, Illinois. International Studies Jonesboro, Arkansas. Business Rebecca Ann Vann Administration Huntsville, Alabama. Psychology *Harmon Thomas Sharp III Emily Michelle Vick Bartlett,Tennessee. Communication Jonesboro, Arkansas. Business Arts-English Administration Donald C. Smith *James Richard Wade Memphis,Tennessee. Business Little Rock, Arkansas. Political Science Administration Debra Louise Walker **Grayson Gay Smith Memphis,Tennessee. English Hendersonville,Tennessee. James Gowen Washburn Political Science Annandale, Virginia. Political Science Jeanmarie Gallagher Solzan Norman Paul Watson Memphis,Tennessee. Business Jackson, Mississippi. English Administration Gina Webber Linda Sue Somerville Washington, D. C. Art Owensboro, Kentucky. Psychology Dorothy Hart Weeks Dennis Jack Sossaman Germantown,Tennessee. History Bartlett,Tennessee. Political Science Robert Anderson Whartenby *Elizabeth Christine Spencer Jacksonville, Alabama. Economics and Caruthersville, Missouri. Psychology Business Administration Henry Cooper Standard III *Patricia Ann Witherspoon Atlanta, Georgia. Psychology Oak Ridge,Tennessee. Political Science **Lynn Elizabeth Stapleton Elisa Michele Yarber Birmingham, Alabama. Economics and Memphis,Tennessee. English Business Administration Steven Zissis Periann Stark Memphis,Tennessee. Business Athens, Greece. Business Administration- Administration International Studies Laura Byers Stettbacher BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Houston,Texas. Economics and **David Johnson Abbott Business Administration Davidson, North Carolina. Physics James Douglas Summerbell George Mitchell Baldree Rome, Georgia. History Cleveland,Tennessee. Biology 188 Annual Commencement, 1983

Elbert Horton Barnes, Jr. Robert John Kwech Fort Myers, Florida. Biology Atlanta, Georgia. Psychobiology Sandra Jenae Beck David Anderson Landrum Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Elkins, West Virginia. Biology Judith Kathleen Booth Laura Anne Lee Jackson,Tennessee. Psychobiology Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Paul Augustin Bruhwiler William Christopher Marsh Memphis,Tennessee. Physics Memphis,Tennessee. Computer Science/ Quinton Lee Cain - Mathematics Memphis,Tennessee. Biology *Emily Mills Timothy Edward Carter Bogalusa, Louisiana. Psychobiology Memphis,Tennessee. Biology *Clyde Gray Moody, Jr. Mary Antonia Chryssanthis Charlotte, •North Carolina. Computer Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Science/Mathematics Carol Hays Claus *Wary Rebecca Moore Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Pulaski,Tennessee. Biology Craig Stephen Davis Julia Ann Mortimer Perryville, Missouri. Biology Memphis,Tennessee. Biology *§Paul Rumble Deaton Pamela Denise Murray Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Jackson,Tennessee. Chemistry Terry Van Eagan *John Howard Pardue Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Elizabeth Warren Edmiston Charles Wallace Parrott St. Augustine, Florida. Computer Science/ Germantown,Tennessee. Chemistry Mathematics Greggory Kevin Phillips *§Richard Philip Gannaway Clarksville,Tennessee. Biology Oscar Ramos Clarksville,Tennessee. Biology Little Rock, Arkansas. Biology 4Karen Marie Gehrs *§Christopher Paul Schonbaum Festus, Missouri. Chemistry Memphis,Tennessee Ashby Trice Givvons Ill John Richard Schultz Metairie, Louisiana. Biology Little Rock, Arkansas. Physics Malissa Venise Gobbell Stephan Charles Sharp Lawrenceburg,Tennessee. Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Chemical Biology Yu-Hong Ting §Chon-Huat Goh Beijing, China. Computer Science/ Penang, Malaysia. Biology Mathematics John Sams Goza Eleanor Queenine Venable Fayetteville, Georgia. Biology Memphis,Tennessee. Biology *§Wi!ham Elsworth Gross Benjamin Rush Waller Ill Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Amy Ellen Hill Little Rock, Arkansas. Biology DEGREES CONFERRED *Richard Paul Hodge ON AUGUST 31, 1983 Jay, Maine. Chemistry BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE James Dennis Jackson Russell Patrick Ashford Florence, Alabama. Biology Hendersonville,Tennessee. Elisa Page Johnson International Studies Owensboro, Kentucky. Mathematics §Douglas Phillip Blackall Karen Jean Kellow Little Rock, Arkansas. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. Biology Anthropology/Sociology Annual Commencement, 1983 189

Sarah Lynn Brooks Frederic Carson Motz, Jr. Memphis,Tennessee. English Philosophy Anne Trevor Clarendon Charlotte Lee Patton Memphis,Tennessee. Business Psychology Administration Stuart Freeman Patton •Lynn Johanne Clement History Muscle Shoals, Alabama. Economics Martha Eileen Saavedra Constance Elizabeth Coxe International Studies Birmingham, Alabama. English Linda Sue Somerville Joseph Rouleau Cull Psychology Memphis,Tennessee. Anthropology/Sociology George Yaw Frempong Domiabra, Ghana. Business Administration Charles Beech Kellerman Billings, Montana. International Studies Michael Logan Keyes Nashville,Tennessee. International Studies Elizabeth Riegle Morehead Malden, Missouri. International Studies Brandon Allen Porter Memphis,Tennessee. Anthropology/ Sociology-Psychology Leslie Jawayne Reddick Memphis,Tennessee. Communication Arts Pedro Luis Rodriquez Jonesboro, Arkansas. International Studies James Brinkley Taylor Memphis,Tennessee. Economics and Business Administration BACHELOR -OF SCIENCE DEGREE Stanley Keith Brady Memphis,Tennessee. Biology Gregory Jay Stark Memphis,Tennessee. Biology GRADUATED WITH HONORS Carol Hays Claus Biology Wendy Sue Ellis Anthropology/Sociology-Psychology Michael Ronald Hall English Richard Davis Howe, Jr. Economics and Business Administration Lisa Ann Krupicka Political Science 190 Index

INDEX British Studies At Oxford 44, 86 Academic Regulations 46-49 Calendar of the College 4-5, 50 Academic Achievement 38 Campus Regulations 29-31 Accreditation 4 Career Advisors 40 Academic Faculty 52-152 Center for Continuing Education 156 Activities Class Schedules 51 Musical 24 Class Standing 46 Religious 24 Clough, The Jessie L., Art Memorial 58, 180 , Physical Education 26, 130 Clubs, Departmental 25 Social 22-26 College Regulations 29-31 Theatre 24 Commencement 35 WLYX-FM 25 Comprehensive Examinations Adding a Course 46-47 General 35 • Honors 42 Administration 167-169 Admission 10-13 Computer Center 159 Application Fee 10. Computer Science 118-119, 159 Advance Deposit 11 Continuing Education 156 Advanced Placement 11 Corporation 162 Early Decision 10 Counseling 27 Entrance Examination 10 Course, Auditing 46 Foreign Students 13 Courses of Instruction 50-155 Interviews and Campus Visits 10 "500" Course 50 Medical Report 11 Aerospace Studies 52-53 Readmission 12 Anthropology and Sociology 54-57 Requirements, freshmen 10 Arabic 94 Requirements, special students 12 Art 58-61 Astronomy 62 Requirements, special high school Biology 63-68 students 13 Business Administration 74-81 Requirements, transfer students 12 Chemistry 69-73 Advising, Faculty 27, 35 Classics 97 Adult Education 156 Computer Science 115-119 Aerospace Studies 52-53 East Asian Studies 73 Agreements, Student 31 Economics 74-81 Alcohol, Policy on 29-30 Education 82-85 American Chemical Society 70 English 86-90 American Association of University Foreign Languages 91-100 Women 25 French 94-95 Animals Prohibited 30 Geology 101 Athletics 26, 130 German 95-97 Attendance Greek 97-98 Class 46 History 102-106 Graduation Exercises 35 Interdepartmental Study 107 Auditing 46 Interdisciplinary Majors 107 Automobiles 30-31 International Studies 108-114 Awards, June 4, 1983, 181-182 Latin 98 Bachelor of Arts Program 34, 38 Man in the Light of History Bachelor of Science Program 34, 40 & Religion 153-154 Biblical Studies at Southwestern 153-155 Marine Sciences 67-68 Black Student Association 25 Mathematics 115-119 Board of Trustees 162-164 Military Science 120-121 Index 191

Music 122-126 Loan Funds 19-20 Oriental Humanities 107 Financial Aid Form 18 Philosophy 127-129 Scholarships 16-20 Physical Education 130 Work-Study Program 19 Physics 131-135 Renewal of 20 Political Science 136-139 Firearms, Possession Prohibited 30 Portuguese 98 Foreign Study 44-45 Psychology 140-143 Fraternities 23-24 Religion 144-147 Grades Russian 98-99 Conditional 48 Spanish 99-100 Deficiency Reports 48 Theatre & Media Arts 148-152 Grade Points 47-48 Course Load, Normal 46 Pass/Fail 48 Damage, Payment for 15, 30 Removal of Conditional Grades 48 Dean's List 48 Reports of 48 Deferred Payment Plan 14 Grading System 47-48 Degree Requirements 34-40 Graduate Study, Preparation for, 41 Codes for courses meeting degree Guidance and Placement 27 requirements 50 Gulf Coast Research Laboratory 67 Completion of 49 Health and Physical Education 130 Degrees Conferred, 1983, 183-189 History of Southwestern At Memphis 8-9 Degrees, Honorary 181 Honor Roll 48 Degrees Offered 34 Honor Societies 23 Deposits, Advance 11 Honor System 22, 29, 47 Dining Hall 14 Honors, Degree with 38 Directed Inquiry 42-43 Honors Program 42 Dramatics 24 Independent Study 42-43 Dropping a Course 46-47 Insurance 27 Drugs, Policy 30 Intoxicants, Policy 29-30 Elections Commission 22 International House 24 Eligibility Rules Investment Committee 164 Fraternity/Sorority Initiation 24 Kinney, The Laurence F. Program 26 Emeriti 164-166 Laboratory of Atmospheric and Optical • Engineering 41 Physics 131 Examinations Language Center 93 Comprehensive 35 Leave of Absence 35 Course 47 Library 157-158 Entrance 10 Library Staff 157 Honor System 47 McCoy Visiting Artists Program 170 Executive Committee 164 "MAN" Course 153-154 Expenses 14-15 Major Subject Education Fees 14 Declaring a Major 35 Fees 15 Major with Honors 38 Music Charges 15 Marine Science 67-68 Room and Board 14 Medical Report 11 Tuition 14 Medical Services 27 Refunds 15 Military Science 120-121 Payments 14 Modern Language Center 93 Facilities, Use of Campus 31 Musical Activities 24, 122-126 Faculty, Academic 52-152 Oak Ridge Semester 44, 132 Financial Aid 16-21 Objectives of Southwestern At Memphis 8

192 Index

Organizations Gordon White Hall 179 Athletic 26 Anne Marie Williford Hall 179 Black Student Association 25 Placement and Guidance 27 Departmental Clubs 25 Professional Careers, Preparation for 40-41 Election Commission 22 Prizes and Awards, 1983, 181-182 Honor Council 22, 29 Prizes, Endowments and Memorials 171-178 Honor Societies 23 Probation Social Fraternities and Sororities 23-24 Academic 49 Social Regulations Council 22-23, 29 Disciplinary 29 Student Government 22,29 Publications, Student 25 Organizations, New 31 Purpose of the College 8-9 Orientation 11 Radio Station 25 Parking 30-31 Readmission to the College 12 Pass/Fail 48 Refunds 15 Performing Groups 24 Registration 4, 11, 46 Pets 30 Regulations, Academic 46-49 Physical Education 130 Regulations, General 29-31 Physical Plant 179-180 Religious Activities 24 Alburty Swimming Complex 179 Requirements, Degree 34-40 Frances Falls Austin Building 180 Residence Halls 30, 179 Bellingrath Hall 179 Residence Requirements 34-35 The Thomas W Briggs Student Schedule Changes 47 Center 22, 180 Scholarships 16-21 The Buckman Library 180 Seidman Town Hall Lecture Series 170 The Burrow Library 157, 179 Seidman Award in Political Economy 170 Catherine Burrow Refectory 179 Social Functions 30 The S. DeWitt Clough Hall 58, 180 Social Regulations Council 22-23, 29 Ellett Hall 179 Sororities 23-24 Evergreen Hall 179 Southern College University Union 44 Alfred C. Glassell Hall 179 Southwestern Singers 24, 126 Richard Halliburton Memorial Tower 180 Special Students Frank M. Harris Memorial Building 180 Entrance Requirements 12-13 Hassell Hall 180 Fees 15 The Ruth Sherman Hyde Memorial Student Center 22 Women's Gymnasium 180 Student Government Association 22, 29 Gooch Hall 180 Suspension 49 Frazier Jelke Science Center 180 Teaching 82-85 Berthold S. Kennedy Hall 179 Term III 43, 50, 107 William Neely Mallory Memorial Theatre Activities 24 Gymnasium 179 Transfer Students McCoy Theatre 180 Admission 12 The Moore Moore Infirmary 179 Credit Policy, 37-38 Hugh M. Neely Hall 179 Tuition and Fees 14-15 Palmer Hall 179 Transcripts 49 Peyton Nalle Rhodes Tower 180 Tuition 14-15 Robb Hall 179 Tutorial Plan 42 Townsend Hall 179 Withdrawal Suzanne Trezevant Hall 179 From Class 47 Tuthill Hall 180 From College 15, 47 University Hall 179 WLYX-FM 25 Voorhies Hall 179 GIFTS AND BEQUESTS The legal name of the college, which is a not-for profit corporation in Tennessee, is Southwestern At Memphis.

Sample Bequest Form I give and bequeath to Southwestern At Memphis, a Tennessee corporation, the sum $ to be used for the general purposes of the college, or as follows:

SOUTHWESTERN PLANNED GIFT METHODS In addition to gifts by bequest, Southwestern encourages and accepts many types of planned gifts. Some provide a life-time income to the donor, or to others, with the final assets coming to the college. Others provide an annual gift to the college for a specific number of years, while protecting and increasing the assets which ultimately go to children, grand- children or other private heirs. Among these are: Charitable Remainder Trusts Charitable Gift Annuities Charitable Lead Trusts Life Estate Contracts Life Insurance

For further information write or call: Office of Development Southwestern At Memphis 2000 North Parkway Memphis, Tennessee 38112 (901) 274-1800